Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2015.

Registration No. 333-206849

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware		2834		20-3828755
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

 

10421 Pacific Center Court, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 362-6295

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Hamza Suria

Chief Executive Officer

AnaptysBio, Inc.

10421 Pacific Center Court, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

(858) 362-6295

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Effie Toshav, Esq. Matthew S. Rossiter, Esq. Robert A. Freedman, Esq. Fenwick & West LLP 555 California Street San Francisco, CA 94104 (415) 875-2300		Charles S. Kim, Esq. Robert W. Phillips, Esq. Sean M. Clayton, Esq. Cooley LLP 4401 Eastgate Mall San Diego, CA 92121 (858) 550-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer		¨		Accelerated filer		¨
Non-accelerated filer		x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)		Smaller reporting company		¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

 

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 23, 2015

 

             Shares

 

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of AnaptysBio, Inc. common stock. We are offering              shares of our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $         and $         per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ANAB.”

The underwriters have the option for a 30-day period to purchase up to an additional              shares from us to cover over-allotments of shares.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

		Price to Public		Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1)		Proceeds to AnaptysBio, Inc.
Per Share		$		$		$
Total		$		$		$

 

(1)	See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to the purchasers on or about                     , 2016.

 

 

Credit Suisse		Stifel

 

 

JMP Securities		Wedbush PacGrow

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016.

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Through and including                     , 2016 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed below will not occur. These events could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Discovery and Development of Our Product Candidates

Our product candidates are in early stages of development and may fail in development or suffer delays that adversely affect their commercial viability. If we or our collaborators are unable to complete development of or commercialize our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are using our proprietary technology platform to develop therapeutic antibodies, including our two lead wholly-owned product candidates, ANB019 and ANB020, as well as other programs that are being developed by our collaborators. However, all of our wholly-owned and partnered product candidates are in the early stages of development, and, for a wide variety of reasons discussed below, may fail in development or suffer delays that adversely affect their commercial viability.

A product candidate can unexpectedly fail at any stage of preclinical and clinical development. The historical failure rate for product candidates is high due to scientific feasibility, safety, efficacy, changing standards of medical care and other variables. The results from preclinical testing or early clinical trials of a product candidate may not predict the results that will be obtained in later phase clinical trials of the product candidate.

The success of our current product candidates, and any other product candidates we may develop in the future, will depend on many factors, including the following:

 

•

obtaining regulatory permission to initiate clinical trials;

 

•

successful enrollment of patients in, and the completion of, our planned clinical trials;

 

•

receiving marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

•

establishing commercial manufacturing capabilities or making arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

 

•

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and non-patent exclusivity for our product candidates and their components;

 

•

enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims;

 

•

achieving desirable therapeutic properties for our product candidates’ intended indications;

 

•

launching commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with third parties;

 

•

acceptance of our product candidates, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

•

effectively competing with other therapies; and

 

•

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our product candidates through clinical trials and following regulatory approval.

 

12

---

Table of Contents

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which would harm our business.

Furthermore, delays or difficulties in patient enrollment or difficulties in retaining trial participants can result in increased costs, longer development times or termination of a clinical trial. Clinical trials of a new product candidate require the enrollment of a sufficient number of patients, including patients who are suffering from the disease the product candidate is intended to treat and who meet other eligibility criteria. Rates of patient enrollment are affected by many factors, including the size of the patient population, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, the age and condition of the patients, the stage and severity of disease, the nature of the protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites and the availability of effective treatments for the relevant disease. We may not be able to initiate our planned clinical trials if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or foreign regulatory authorities. More specifically, some of our product candidates, including ANB019, initially target indications that are very rare, which can prolong the clinical trial timeline for the regulatory process if sufficient patients cannot be enrolled in a timely manner.

We have never dosed any of our product candidates in humans. Our planned clinical trials or those of our collaborators may reveal significant adverse events, toxicities or other side effects and may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

In order to obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we must demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidate for the relevant clinical indication or indications through preclinical studies and clinical trials as well as additional supporting data. If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in preclinical studies or clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to interrupt, delay or abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective.

We have not yet initiated any clinical trials or dosed any of our product candidates, including ANB019 and ANB020, in humans. We have conducted various preclinical studies of our product candidates, but we do not know the predictive value of these studies for humans, and we cannot guarantee that any positive results in preclinical studies will successfully translate to human patients. It is not uncommon to observe results in human clinical trials that are unexpected based on preclinical testing, and many product candidates fail in clinical trials

despite promising preclinical results. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval for their products. Subjects in our planned clinical trials may suffer significant adverse events or other side effects not observed in our preclinical studies, including, but not limited to, immunogenic responses, organ toxicities such as liver, heart or kidney or other tolerability issues. The observed potency and kinetics of our product candidates in preclinical studies may not be observed in human clinical trials. We have tested the dosing frequency and route of administration of our product candidates in preclinical studies, which will inform our dosing strategy for future clinical trials, however such dose and route of administration may not result in sufficient exposure or pharmacological effect in humans, and may lead to unforeseen toxicity not previously observed in preclinical testing. Further, if clinical trials of our product candidates fail to demonstrate efficacy to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in any of our future clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to the clinical trial, patients may drop out of our trial, or we may be required to

 

13

---

Table of Contents

abandon the trial or our development efforts of that product candidate altogether. We, the FDA, or other applicable regulatory authorities, or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, may suspend clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that subjects in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biotechnology industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage studies have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the drug from obtaining or maintaining marketing approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Further, if any of our product candidates obtains marketing approval, toxicities associated with our product candidates may also develop after such approval and lead to a requirement to conduct additional clinical safety trials, additional warnings being added to the labeling, significant restrictions on the use of the product or the withdrawal of the product from the market. We cannot predict whether our product candidates will cause toxicities in humans that would preclude or lead to the revocation of regulatory approval based on preclinical studies or early stage clinical testing.

We and/or our collaborators may be unable to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, required regulatory approvals in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions, which would materially impair our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our product candidates.

Our ability to continue to develop our product candidates, and to have the potential to achieve and sustain profitability, depends on the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities permitting us to conduct human clinical trials and, if our products are safe and effective, obtaining approval from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities to market them and subsequently successfully commercializing them, either alone or with our collaborators. The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, marketing and distribution of drug and biologic products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities. Before commencing clinical trials in the United States for any product candidate, we must submit an IND to the FDA; foreign regulatory authorities enforce similar requirements for initiation of clinical trials in other countries. An IND or foreign equivalent requires extensive preclinical studies, and there is no guarantee that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities will allow clinical trials to proceed based on the IND or equivalent submission. For example, although we have initiated toxicology studies for our product candidates, the FDA in the United States, the TGA in Australia or other foreign regulatory authorities, as applicable, may not allow our clinical trials to proceed in the regulatory authority’s jurisdiction if we are unable to show safety margins acceptable to the particular regulatory authority in appropriate animal species in our preclinical toxicology studies.

Even if we or our collaborators initiate and complete clinical trials for our product candidates, we will not be permitted to market our product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a Biologics License Application, or BLA, from the FDA, and will not be permitted to market in other countries without marketing approval from foreign regulatory authorities. Obtaining approval of a BLA or other marketing approvals is often a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process over which the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities have substantial discretion. Other than preliminary comments from the FDA for a pre-IND meeting for ANB020 that focused on preclinical data necessary to initiate studies in humans and potential design for Phase 1 study in healthy volunteers, we have not yet discussed with the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities the development plans for any of our product candidates or the designs of any of our later-stage clinical studies. We thus do not have the benefit of the FDA’s or foreign regulatory authorities’ current thinking on trial designs or product development for our target indications. For example, although we believe a small pivotal trial, potentially with fewer than 100 patients, may be sufficient to demonstrate substantial evidence of efficacy of ANB019 in generalized pustular psoriasis, or GPP, patients who have IL-36RA genetic mutations, we have not yet discussed clinical trial design for this indication with the FDA, and the FDA may disagree with our proposed trial design, including the number of patients necessary to demonstrate efficacy and/or may require us to conduct more than one pivotal study in order to obtain approval of a BLA.

 

14

---

Table of Contents

Preclinical studies and clinical trials are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. Products, on average, take ten to 15 years to be developed from the time they are discovered to the time they are approved and available for treating patients. The start or end of a clinical trial is often delayed or halted for many reasons, including:

 

•

imposition of a clinical hold for safety reasons or following an inspection of our clinical trial operations or site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

•

manufacturing challenges;

 

•

insufficient supply or quality of product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials;

 

•

delays in reaching or failure to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites and contract research organizations, or CROs, or failure by such CROs or trials sites to carry out the clinical trial in accordance with our agreed-upon terms;

 

•

clinical sites electing to terminate their participation in one of our clinical trials;

 

•

inability or unwillingness of patients or medical investigators to follow our clinical trial protocols;

 

•

required clinical trial administrative actions;

 

•

slower than anticipated patient enrollment;

 

•

changing standards of care;

 

•

safety concerns;

 

•

availability or prevalence of use of a comparative drug or required prior therapy; or

 

•

clinical outcomes or financial constraints.

Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. Regulatory authorities may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical or other studies or clinical trials. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Moreover, regulatory authorities may determine that the clinical and other benefits of a product candidate do not outweigh the safety or other risks. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may also cause delays in or prevent the approval of an application.

If we experience any of the issues described above, or other similar or related issues, we may:

 

•

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

•

not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

•

obtain marketing approval in some countries and not in others; obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

•

obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

•

be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

 

•

have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

 

15

---

Table of Contents

We may not be successful in our efforts to use and expand our technology platform to build a pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable products.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. Our business depends on our successful development and commercialization of the limited number of internal product candidates we have in preclinical development. Even if we are successful in continuing to build our pipeline, development of the potential product candidates that we identify will require substantial investment in additional clinical development, management of clinical, preclinical and manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions, obtaining manufacturing supply capability, building a commercial organization, and significant marketing efforts before we generate any revenue from product sales. Furthermore, such product candidates may not be suitable for clinical development, including as a result of their harmful side effects, limited efficacy or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. If we cannot validate our technology platform by successfully developing and commercializing product candidates based upon our technological approach, we may not be able to obtain product or partnership revenue in future periods, which would adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of our current focus on our lead product candidates, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. Our understanding and evaluation of biological targets for the discovery and development of new product candidates may fail to identify challenges encountered in subsequent preclinical and clinical development. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

We have no history of conducting clinical trials or commercializing biotechnology products, which may make it difficult to evaluate the prospects for our future viability.

Our operations to date have been limited to financing and staffing our company, developing our technology and developing our two lead product candidates, ANB019 and ANB020, and other product candidates with and without our collaborators. Although we have recruited a team that has experience with clinical trials in the United States, none of our employees have experience with clinical trials in Australia and, as a company, we have no experience conducting clinical trials in any jurisdiction and have not had previous experience commercializing product candidates, including submitting an IND or a BLA to the FDA. We have only recently submitted a CTN for ANB020, the approval of which will allow us to initiate clinical trials in Australia, and have not obtained marketing authorization from foreign regulatory authorities. In part because of this lack of experience, we cannot be certain that planned clinical trials will begin or be completed on time, if at all, that our planned development programs would be acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, or that, if approval is obtained, such product candidates can be successfully commercialized. Clinical trials and commercializing our wholly-owned product candidates will require significant additional financial and management resources, and reliance on third-party clinical investigators, CROs, consultants or collaborators. Relying on third-party clinical investigators, CROs or collaborators may result in delays that are outside of our control.

Furthermore, we may not have the financial resources to continue development of, or to enter into collaborations for, a product candidate if we experience any problems or other unforeseen events that delay or prevent regulatory approval of, or our ability to commercialize, product candidates, including:

 

•

negative or inconclusive results from our clinical trials or the clinical trials of others for product candidates similar to ours, leading to a decision or requirement to conduct additional preclinical testing or clinical trials or abandon a program;

 

16

---

Table of Contents

•

delays in submitting INDs or comparable foreign applications or delays or failure in obtaining the necessary approvals from regulators to commence a clinical trial, or a suspension or termination of a clinical trial once commenced;

 

•

conditions imposed by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities regarding the number, scope or design of our clinical trials;

 

•

delays in enrolling research subjects in clinical trials;

 

•

high drop-out rates of research subjects;

 

•

inadequate supply or quality of clinical trial materials or other supplies necessary for the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

•

greater than anticipated clinical trial costs;

 

•

poor effectiveness or unacceptable side effects of our product candidates during clinical trials;

 

•

unfavorable FDA or other regulatory agency inspection and review of a clinical trial site;

 

•

failure of our third-party contractors or investigators to comply with regulatory requirements or otherwise meet their contractual obligations in a timely manner, or at all;

 

•

serious and unexpected drug-related side effects experienced by participants in our planned clinical trials or by individuals using drugs similar to our product candidates;

 

•

delays and changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines, including the imposition of additional regulatory oversight around clinical testing generally or with respect to our technology in particular; or

 

•

varying interpretations of data by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities.

Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability based on our short operating history may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or an established track record in conducting clinical trials or commercializing products.

Further, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

We face significant competition, and if our competitors develop and market products that are more effective, safer or less expensive than our product candidates, our commercial opportunities will be negatively impacted.

The biotechnology industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. Products we may develop in the future are also likely to face competition from other drugs and therapies, some of which we may not currently be aware. We have competitors both in the United States and internationally, including major multinational pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, established biotechnology companies, specialty biotechnology companies, emerging and start-up companies, universities and other research institutions. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, drug development, technical and human resources and commercial expertise than we do. Large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, in particular, have extensive experience in clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals, recruiting patients and manufacturing biotechnology products. These companies also have significantly greater research and marketing capabilities than we do and may also have products that have been approved or are in late stages of development, and collaborative arrangements in our target markets with leading companies and research institutions. Established pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make the product candidates that we develop obsolete. As a result of all of these factors, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection and/or approval from the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities or discovering, developing and commercializing products in our field before we do.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

For asthma, our competitors include omalizumab (Xolair; Roche) which has received FDA approval and functions by inhibiting the binding between free IgE and FceRI; antibodies that bind IL-5 and inhibit its interaction with the IL-5 receptor such as mepolizumab (Nucala; Glaxosmithkline), which the FDA recently approved for the add-on maintenance treatment in patients aged 12 years or older with severe eosinophilic asthma, and reslizumab (Teva), which the FDA’s Pulmonary-Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee recommended for approval in adult patients aged 18 years and older for the treatment of inadequately controlled asthma in patients with elevated eosinophils, despite an inhaled corticosteroids treatment regimen; antibodies such as benralizumab (AstraZeneca) that bind the IL-5 receptor; antibodies that bind to IL-13 such as lebrikizumab (Roche), tralokinumab (AstraZeneca) and anrukinzumab (Pfizer), which are in clinical testing; antibodies that bind the IL-4 receptor alpha chain, such as dupilumab (Regeneron) and AMG317 (Amgen) each in clinical testing and antibodies that bind the ST2 receptor including AMG282 (Amgen), which is in clinical testing. For peanut allergy, our competitors include DBV Technologies, which is developing transdermal products for tolerization of food allergies, while Aimmune Therapeutics is developing oral products for peanut allergy desensitization. For GPP and PPP, our competitors include marketed therapies such as secukinumab (Cosentyx; Novartis) which binds IL-17A; ustekinumab (Stelara; Janssen) which blocks IL-12 and 23 cytokine function; and acitretin (Soriatane; Glaxosmithkline), as well as therapies in development such as guselkumab (Janssen) which blocks IL-23 cytokine function and gevokizumab (Xoma 052) which binds IL-1 beta.

With the enactment of the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, an abbreviated pathway for the approval of biosimilar and interchangeable biological products was created. The abbreviated regulatory pathway establishes legal authority for the FDA to review and approve biosimilar biologics, including the possible designation of a biosimilar as interchangeable based on its similarity to an existing reference product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product cannot be approved by the FDA until 12 years after the original branded product is approved under a biologics license application, or BLA. On March 6, 2015, the FDA approved the first biosimilar product under the BPCIA. However, the law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our biological products.

We believe that if any of our product candidates are approved as a biological product under a BLA it should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that the FDA will not consider any of our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for biosimilar competition sooner than anticipated. Additionally, this period of regulatory exclusivity does not apply to companies pursuing regulatory approval via their own traditional BLA, rather than via the abbreviated pathway. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biological products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe effects, are more convenient, are less expensive or capture significant market share prior to or during our commercialization. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third party payors seeking to encourage the use of biosimilar products. Even if our product candidates achieve marketing approval, they may be priced at a significant premium over competitive biosimilar products if any have been approved by then.

Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These companies compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for planned clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. In addition, the biotechnology industry is characterized by rapid technological change. If we fail to stay at the forefront

 

18

---

Table of Contents

of technological change, we may be unable to compete effectively. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

Our product candidates may not achieve adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

•

the efficacy and safety profile as demonstrated in planned clinical trials;

 

•

the timing of market introduction of the product candidate as well as competitive products;

 

•

the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved;

 

•

restrictions on the use of our products, if approved, such as boxed warnings or contraindications in labeling, or a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, if any, which may not be required of alternative treatments and competitor products;

 

•

acceptance of the product candidate as a safe and effective treatment by physicians, clinics and patients;

 

•

the potential and perceived advantages of product candidates over alternative treatments, including any similar generic treatments;

 

•

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

•

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement and pricing by third parties and government authorities;

 

•

relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

•

the frequency and severity of adverse events;

 

•

the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts; and

 

•

unfavorable publicity relating to the product candidate.

If any product candidate is approved but does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by physicians, hospitals, healthcare payors and patients, we may not generate or derive sufficient revenue from that product candidate and may not become or remain profitable.

If companion diagnostics for our product candidates for which such diagnostics are required, are not successfully, and in a timely manner, validated, developed or approved, we may not achieve marketing approval or realize the full commercial potential of our product candidates.

If companion diagnostics are developed in conjunction with clinical programs, the FDA may require regulatory approval of a companion diagnostic as a condition to approval of the product candidate. For example, if, as is currently planned, we use a genetic test to determine which patients are most likely to benefit from ANB019 for the treatment of GPP by designing our pivotal trial or trials of ANB019 in that indication to require that subjects test positive for specific genetic mutations as a criterion for enrollment, then we will likely be required to obtain FDA approval or clearance of a companion diagnostic, concurrent with approval of ANB019, to test for those genetic mutations; we may also be required to demonstrate to the FDA the predictive utility of the companion diagnostic—namely, that the diagnostic selects for patients in whom the biologic therapy will be effective or more effective compared to patients not selected for by the diagnostic. We do not have experience or capabilities in developing or commercializing diagnostics and plan to rely in large part on third parties to perform these functions. We do not currently have any agreement in place with any third party to develop or commercialize companion diagnostics for any of our product candidates. Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate regulatory approval prior to commercialization.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

If we or our partners, or any third party, are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for our product candidates, or experience delays in doing so:

 

•

the development of our product candidates may be adversely affected if we are unable to appropriately select patients for enrollment in our planned clinical trials;

 

•

our product candidates may not receive marketing approval if their safe and effective use depends on a companion diagnostic; and

 

•

we may not realize the full commercial potential of any product candidates that receive marketing approval if, among other reasons, we are unable to appropriately identify patients with the specific genetic alterations targeted by our product candidates.

In addition, although we believe genetic testing is becoming more prevalent in the diagnosis and treatment of various diseases and conditions, our product candidates may be perceived negatively compared to alternative treatments that do not require the use of companion diagnostics, either due to the additional cost of the companion diagnostic or the need to complete additional procedures to identify genetic markers prior to administering our product candidates.

If any of these events were to occur, our business would be harmed, possibly materially.

The manufacture of biologics is complex and our third-party manufacturers may encounter difficulties in production. If any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped.

The process of manufacturing biologics is complex, highly-regulated and subject to multiple risks. Manufacturing biologics is highly susceptible to product loss due to contamination, equipment failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error, inconsistency in yields, variability in product characteristics and difficulties in scaling the production process. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects and other supply disruptions. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered at the facilities of our manufacturer, such facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination, which could delay clinical trials and adversely harm our business.

In addition, there are risks associated with large scale manufacturing for clinical trials or commercial scale including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale-up, process reproducibility, stability issues, compliance with good manufacturing practices, lot consistency and timely availability of raw materials. Even if we or our collaborators obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, there is no assurance that manufacturers will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product or to meet potential future demand. If our manufacturers are unable to produce sufficient quantities for clinical trials or for commercialization, commercialization efforts would be impaired, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Scaling up a biologic manufacturing process is a difficult and uncertain task, and we may not be successful in transferring our production system or the manufacturer may not have the necessary capabilities to complete the implementation and development process. If we are unable to adequately validate or scale-up the manufacturing process with our current manufacturer, we will need to transfer to another manufacturer and complete the manufacturing validation process, which can be lengthy. If we are able to adequately validate and scale-up the manufacturing process for our product candidates with a contract manufacturer, we will still need to negotiate with such contract manufacturer an agreement for commercial supply and it is not certain we will be able to come to agreement on terms acceptable to us.

 

20

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Needs

We have limited operating revenue and a history of operational losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability. We have no products approved for commercial sale, and to date we have not generated any revenue or profit from product sales.

We are an early-stage biotechnology company with a limited operating history. We have no approved products and none of our product candidates have progressed to clinical development. To date, our revenue has been primarily derived from our research collaboration and license agreements with third parties, including TESARO, Inc. and TESARO Development, Ltd., or collectively, TESARO, and Celgene Corporation, or Celgene, and we are significantly dependent on such collaborators for the successful development of product candidates in these collaborations. Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability, alone or with our collaborators, to successfully complete the development of our product candidates for our target indications and to obtain necessary regulatory approvals.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses in every year except fiscal year 2014 and we do not expect to be profitable in 2015. Our collaboration revenue was $13.5 million and net loss was $1.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and our collaboration revenue was $15.8 million and our net income was $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $47.2 million.

We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock and the issuance of debt. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development. We have not initiated clinical development of any product candidates and expect that it will be many years, if ever, before we have a product candidate ready for commercialization. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and the net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Our revenue has been historically derived from amortization of upfront payments, research and development funding and milestone payments under collaboration and license agreements with our collaborators. Our ability to generate future product revenue from our current or future product candidates depends on a number of additional factors, including our or our collaborators’ ability to:

 

•

continue our research and preclinical development of our product candidates;

 

•

identify additional product candidates;

 

•

maintain existing and enter into new collaboration agreements;

 

•

conduct additional preclinical studies and initiate clinical trials for our product candidates;

 

•

obtain approvals for the product candidates we develop or developed under our collaboration arrangements;

 

•

establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

•

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

•

hire additional executive, clinical, quality control and scientific personnel;

 

•

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development;

 

•

establish and maintain supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties, and ensure adequate and legally compliant manufacturing of our products;

 

•

obtain coverage and adequate product reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors;

 

21

---

Table of Contents

•

acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies; and

 

•

achieve market acceptance for our or our collaborators’ products, if any.

We are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development. In addition, our expenses could increase significantly beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities to perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if ANB019 and ANB020, or any of our other product candidates, are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with the commercial launch of any product candidate.

We are currently only in the preclinical development stages for our most advanced product candidates. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain or expand our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company would also cause you to lose part or even all of your investment.

We will require additional capital to finance our operations, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result, we may not complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates or develop new product candidates.

As a research and development company, our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since our inception. We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue our discovery and preclinical development to identify new clinical candidates, and we and our collaborators initiate clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and funding we expect to receive under existing collaboration agreements, will fund our projected operating requirements through at least the next 24 months. However, circumstances may cause us to consume capital more rapidly than we currently anticipate. For example, as we continue to move our product candidates through preclinical studies, submit INDs or foreign equivalents and commence clinical development we may have adverse results requiring us to find new product candidates, or our collaborators may not elect to pursue the development and commercialization of any of our product candidates that are subject to their respective agreements with us. Any of these events may increase our development costs more than we expect. We may need to raise additional funds or otherwise obtain funding through product collaborations to continue development of our product candidates.

If we need to secure additional financing, such additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize future product candidates. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we do not raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may need to:

 

•

significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of any product candidates or cease operations altogether;

 

•

seek strategic alliances for research and development programs at an earlier stage than we would otherwise desire or on terms less favorable than might otherwise be available;

 

•

relinquish, or license on unfavorable terms, our rights to technologies or any future product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves; or

 

•

eliminate staff to conserve resources.

 

22

---

Table of Contents

If we need to conduct additional fundraising activities and we do not raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may be prevented from pursuing development and commercialization efforts, which will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will adequately support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future funding requirements, both short and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

 

•

the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of preclinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates and future product candidates we may develop;

 

•

the number and size of clinical trials needed to show safety, efficacy and an acceptable risk/benefit profile for any of our product candidates;

 

•

the outcome, timing and cost of seeking and obtaining regulatory approvals from the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential for such authorities to require that we perform more studies or trials than those that we currently expect;

 

•

our ability to maintain existing and enter into new collaboration agreements;

 

•

the cost to establish, maintain, expand and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with licensing, preparing, filing, prosecution, defense and enforcement of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

 

•

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

•

market acceptance of any approved product candidates;

 

•

the costs of acquiring, licensing or investing in additional businesses, products, product candidates and technologies;

 

•

the cost of recruiting and retaining key employees;

 

•

the cost and timing of selecting, auditing and potentially validating a manufacturing site for commercial-scale manufacturing; and

 

•

the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval and that we determine to commercialize ourselves or in collaboration with our collaborators.

If a lack of available capital means that we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our product candidates on unfavorable terms to us.

We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through public or private equity, debt financings or other sources, including up-front payments and milestone payments from strategic collaborations. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt or equity securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, imposition of debt covenants, increased fixed payment obligations, or other restrictions that may affect our business. If we raise additional funds through up-front payments or milestone payments pursuant to strategic collaborations with third

 

23

---

Table of Contents

parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Risks Related to Managing Growth, Operations and Macroeconomic Conditions

We must attract and retain highly skilled employees in order to succeed.

To succeed, we must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified clinical, scientific, technical and management personnel, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly at the management level, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, harm our operating results and increase our capabilities to successfully commercialize our product candidates. In particular, the loss of one or more of our executive officers could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. The competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology field is intense and as a result, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel.

Many of the other biotechnology companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we can discover and develop product candidates and our business will be limited.

We currently have no marketing and sales force. If we are unable to establish effective sales or marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell or market our product candidates, we may not be able to effectively sell or market our product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a marketing or sales team for the marketing, sales and distribution of any of our product candidates that are able to obtain regulatory approval. In order to commercialize any product candidates, we must build on a territory-by-territory basis marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we may decide to establish an internal sales or marketing team with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates, which will be expensive and time-consuming and will require significant attention of our executive officers to manage. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of any of our product candidates that we obtain approval to market. With respect to the commercialization of all or certain of our product candidates, we may choose to collaborate, either globally or on a territory-by-territory basis, with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval or any such commercialization may experience delays or limitations. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we may incur significant additional losses.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of product candidate development and growing our capability to conduct clinical trials. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified

 

24

---

Table of Contents

personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

We conduct significant operations through our Australian wholly-owned subsidiary. If we lose our ability to operate in Australia, or if our subsidiary is unable to receive the research and development tax credit allowed by Australian regulations, our business and results of operations will suffer.

In March 2015, we formed a wholly-owned Australian subsidiary, AnaptysBio Pty Ltd, or AnaptysBio Pty, to develop and commercialize our ANB019 and ANB020 antibody program in Australia. Due to the geographical distance and lack of employees currently in Australia, as well as our lack of experience operating in Australia, we may not be able to efficiently or successfully monitor, develop and commercialize our lead products or antibody program in Australia, including conducting clinical trials. Furthermore, we have no assurance that the results of any clinical trials that we conduct for our product candidates in Australia will be accepted by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for development and commercialization approvals.

In addition, current Australian tax regulations provide for a refundable research and development tax credit equal to 43.5% of qualified expenditures. If we lose our ability to operate AnaptysBio Pty in Australia, or if we are ineligible or unable to receive the research and development tax credit, or the Australian government significantly reduces or eliminates the tax credit, our business and results of operation would be adversely affected.

The manufacture of biotechnology products is complex and manufacturers often encounter difficulties in production. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter any loss of our master cell banks or if any of our third-party manufacturers encounter other difficulties, or otherwise fail to comply with their contractual obligations, our ability to provide product candidates for clinical trials or our products to patients, once approved, the development or commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed or stopped.

The manufacture of biotechnology products is complex and requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. We and our contract manufacturers must comply with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations and guidelines for the manufacturing of biologics used in clinical trials and, if approved, marketed products. To date, neither we nor our contract manufacturers has manufactured or attempted to manufacture cGMP batches of our products. Manufacturers of biotechnology products often encounter difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up and validating initial production. Furthermore, if microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our products or in the manufacturing facilities in which our products are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. Delays in raw materials availability and supply may also extend the period of time required to develop our products.

All of our therapeutic antibodies are manufactured by starting with cells which are stored in a cell bank. We have one master cell bank for each antibody manufactured in accordance with cGMP and multiple working cell banks and believe we would have adequate backup should any cell bank be lost in a catastrophic event. However, it is possible that we could lose multiple cell banks and have our manufacturing severely impacted by the need to replace the cell banks.

We cannot assure you that any stability or other issues relating to the manufacture of any of our product candidates or products will not occur in the future. Additionally, our manufacturers may experience manufacturing difficulties due to resource constraints or as a result of labor disputes or unstable political environments. If our manufacturers were to encounter any of these difficulties, or otherwise fail to comply with

 

25

---

Table of Contents

their contractual obligations, our ability to provide any product candidates to patients in planned clinical trials and products to patients, once approved, would be jeopardized. Any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical trial supplies could delay the completion of planned clinical trials, increase the costs associated with maintaining clinical trial programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new clinical trials at additional expense or terminate clinical trials completely. Any adverse developments affecting clinical or commercial manufacturing of our product candidates or products may result in shipment delays, inventory shortages, lot failures, product withdrawals or recalls, or other interruptions in the supply of our product candidates or products. We may also have to take inventory write-offs and incur other charges and expenses for product candidates or products that fail to meet specifications, undertake costly remediation efforts or seek more costly manufacturing alternatives. Accordingly, failures or difficulties faced at any level of our supply chain could adversely affect our business and delay or impede the development and commercialization of any of our product candidates or products and could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be vulnerable to disruption, damage and financial obligation as a result of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, any of the internal computer systems belonging to us, our collaborators or our third-party service providers are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failure. Any system failure, accident or security breach that causes interruptions in our own, in collaborators’ or in third-party service vendors’ operations could result in a material disruption of our drug discovery and development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our or our collaborators’ regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs in order to recover or reproduce the lost data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we may incur liability as a result, our drug discovery programs and competitive position may be adversely affected and the further development of our product candidates may be delayed. Furthermore, we may incur additional costs to remedy the damages caused by these disruptions or security breaches.

Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist activity and other events beyond our control, which could harm our business.

Our facility is located in a seismically active region, which has also historically been subject to electrical blackouts as a result of a shortage of available electrical power. We have not undertaken a systematic analysis of the potential consequences to our business and financial results from a major earthquake, fire, power loss, terrorist activity or other disasters and do not have a recovery plan for such disasters. In addition, we do not carry sufficient insurance to compensate us for actual losses from interruption of our business that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could harm our business. We maintain multiple copies of each of our antibody sequences and electronic data records, most of which we maintain at our headquarters. If our facility was impacted by a seismic event, we could lose all our antibody sequences, which would have an adverse effect on our ability to perform our obligations under our collaborations and discover new targets.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

Our existing collaborations, including those with TESARO and Celgene, are important to our business, and future collaborations may also be important to us. If we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have entered into collaborations with other biotechnology companies to develop several of our product candidates, and such collaborations currently represent a significant portion of our product pipeline. In addition, we have entered into other collaborations pursuant to which we have provided access to our technology platform to our collaborators to enable the optimization of their own product candidates. We have entered into antibody

 

26

---

Table of Contents

generation and/or development collaborations with various collaborators, including TESARO and Celgene, under which we have generated therapeutic quality antibodies using our technology platform and conducted certain preclinical studies in collaboration. These collaborations have provided us with $51.6 million in non-dilutive funding through November 30, 2015. We are currently aware that TESARO and Celgene are advancing multiple antibodies generated through our collaboration to clinical trials. If our collaborators terminate any of our collaborations, we may not receive all or any of this funding, which would adversely affect our business or financial condition. Other than TESARO, our operational obligations under each of our collaborations has ended.

We are unable to predict the success of our collaborations. Our collaborators have discretion in determining and directing the efforts and resources, including the ability to discontinue all efforts and resources, they apply to the development and, if approval is obtained, commercialization and marketing of the product candidates covered by such collaborations. As a result, our collaborators may elect to de-prioritize our programs, change their strategic focus or pursue alternative technologies in a manner that results in reduced, delayed or no revenue to us. Our collaborators may have other marketed products and product candidates under collaboration with other companies, including some of our competitors, and their corporate objectives may not be consistent with our best interests. Our collaborators may also be unsuccessful in developing or commercializing our products. If our collaborations are unsuccessful, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected. In addition, any dispute or litigation proceedings we may have with our collaborators in the future could delay development programs, create uncertainty as to ownership of intellectual property rights, distract management from other business activities and generate substantial expense.

We may not succeed in establishing and maintaining additional development collaborations, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates.

In addition to our current licensing arrangements with TESARO and Celgene, a part of our strategy is to enter into additional strategic product development collaborations in the future, including collaborations to broaden and accelerate clinical development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We may face significant competition in seeking appropriate development partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not succeed in our efforts to establish a development collaboration or other alternative arrangements for any of our other existing or future product candidates and programs because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates and programs may be deemed to be at too early a stage of development for collaborative effort and/or third parties may not view our product candidates and programs as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. Even if we are successful in our efforts to establish new development collaborations, the terms that we agree upon may not be favorable to us and we may not be able to maintain such development collaborations if, for example, development or approval of a product candidate is delayed or sales of an approved product candidate are disappointing. Any delay in entering into new development collaboration agreements related to our product candidates could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness if they reach the market.

Moreover, if we fail to establish and maintain additional development collaborations related to our product candidates:

 

•

the development of certain of our current or future product candidates may be terminated or delayed;

 

•

our cash expenditures related to development of certain of our current or future product candidates would increase significantly and we may need to seek additional financing;

 

•

we may be required to hire additional employees or otherwise develop expertise, such as sales and marketing expertise, for which we have not budgeted; and

 

•

we will bear all of the risk related to the development of any such product candidates.

 

27

---

Table of Contents

If third parties on which we depend to conduct our planned preclinical studies, or any future clinical trials, do not perform as contractually required, fail to satisfy regulatory or legal requirements or miss expected deadlines, our development program could be delayed with adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We rely on third party clinical investigators, contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical data management organizations, or CMOs, and consultants to design, conduct, supervise and monitor preclinical studies of our product candidates and will do the same for any clinical trials. Because we rely on third parties and do not have the ability to conduct preclinical studies or clinical trials independently, we have less control over the timing, quality and other aspects of preclinical studies and clinical trials than we would if we conducted them on our own. These investigators, CROs, CMOs and consultants are not our employees and we have limited control over the amount of time and resources that they dedicate to our programs. These third parties may have contractual relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors, which may draw time and resources from our programs. The third parties we contract with might not be diligent, careful or timely in conducting our preclinical studies or clinical trials, resulting in the preclinical studies or clinical trials being delayed or unsuccessful.

If we cannot contract with acceptable third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or if these third parties do not carry out their contractual duties, satisfy legal and regulatory requirements for the conduct of preclinical studies or clinical trials or meet expected deadlines, our clinical development programs could be delayed and otherwise adversely affected. In all events, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. Any such event could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they will be subject to significant post-marketing regulatory requirements.

Any regulatory approvals that we may receive for our product candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate, may contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified age groups, warnings, precautions or contraindications, and may include burdensome post-approval study or risk management requirements. For example, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy in order to approve our product candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities approve our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and good clinical practices, or GCPs, for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations and standards. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facilities where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. In addition, failure to comply with FDA and foreign regulatory requirements may, either before or after product approval, if any, subject our company to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions, including:

 

•

restrictions on our ability to conduct clinical trials, including full or partial clinical holds on ongoing or planned trials;

 

28

---

Table of Contents

•

restrictions on the products, manufacturers or manufacturing process;

 

•

warning or untitled letters;

 

•

civil and criminal penalties;

 

•

injunctions;

 

•

suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals;

 

•

product seizures, detentions or import bans;

 

•

voluntary or mandatory product recalls and publicity requirements;

 

•

total or partial suspension of production;

 

•

imposition of restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; and

 

•

refusal to approve pending BLAs or supplements to approved BLAs.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue.

Advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval in the United States will be heavily scrutinized by the FDA, the Department of Justice, the Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Inspector General, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public. Violations, including promotion of our products for unapproved (or off-label) uses, are subject to enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations, and civil and criminal sanctions by the government. Additionally, comparable foreign regulatory authorities will heavily scrutinize advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States.

In the United States, engaging in the impermissible promotion of our products for off-label uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, which can lead to civil and criminal penalties and fines and agreements that materially restrict the manner in which a company promotes or distributes drug products. These false claims statutes include the federal False Claims Act, which allows any individual to bring a lawsuit against a biotechnology company on behalf of the federal government alleging submission of false or fraudulent claims, or causing to present such false or fraudulent claims, for payment by a federal program such as Medicare or Medicaid. If the government prevails in the lawsuit, the individual will share in any fines or settlement funds. Since 2004, these False Claims Act lawsuits against biotechnology companies have increased significantly in volume and breadth, leading to several substantial civil and criminal settlements regarding certain sales practices promoting off-label drug uses involving fines in excess of $1.0 billion. This growth in litigation has increased the risk that a biotechnology company will have to defend a false claim action, pay settlement fines or restitution, agree to comply with burdensome reporting and compliance obligations, and be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs. If we do not lawfully promote our approved products, we may become subject to such litigation and, if we do not successfully defend against such actions, those actions may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to obtain regulatory approval in international jurisdictions would prevent us from marketing our product candidates outside the United States.

In order to market and sell our products in other jurisdictions, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, we must secure product reimbursement approvals before regulatory authorities will approve the product for sale

 

29

---

Table of Contents

in that country. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries.

If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected. We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Our failure to obtain approval of any of our product candidates by regulatory authorities in another country may significantly diminish the commercial prospects of that product candidate and our business prospects could decline.

We plan to conduct our initial clinical trials for ANB020 and ANB019 outside of the United States. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents may not accept data from such trials, in which case our development plans will be delayed, which could materially harm our business.

We plan to conduct our initial clinical trials for ANB020 and ANB019 in Australia. We believe that clinical data generated in Australia will subsequently be accepted by the FDA and its foreign equivalents outside of Australia, and therefore may enable us to commence Phase 2 and possibly registration clinical trials in the United States following submission of an IND, without the need for us to repeat our Phase 1 trials in the United States. However, there can be no assurance the FDA or other foreign equivalents will accept data from the clinical trials we plan to conduct in Australia. If the FDA or other foreign equivalents do not accept any such data, we would likely be required to conduct additional Phase 1 clinical trials, which would be costly and time consuming, and delay aspects of our development plan, which could harm our business.

Although the FDA and other foreign equivalents may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States, acceptance of such study data is generally subject to certain conditions. For example, the FDA requires the clinical trial to have been conducted in accordance with GCPs and the FDA must be able to validate the data from the clinical trial through an onsite inspection if it deems such inspection necessary. In addition, when studies are conducted outside of the United States, the FDA generally does not provide advance comment on the clinical protocols for the studies, and therefore there is an additional potential risk that the FDA could determine that the study design or protocol for a non-U.S. clinical trial was inadequate, which would likely require us to conduct additional clinical trials.

Conducting clinical trials outside the United States also exposes us to additional risks, including risks associated with the following:

 

•

additional foreign regulatory requirements;

 

•

foreign exchange fluctuations;

 

•

compliance with foreign manufacturing, customs, shipment and storage requirements;

 

•

cultural differences in medical practice and clinical research; and

 

•

diminished protection of intellectual property in some countries.

We plan to seek Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 or certain of our other product candidates and we may not be able to obtain or maintain orphan designation or obtain the benefits associated with Orphan Drug status, including market exclusivity.

We plan to seek Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 or certain of our other product candidates. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, or EU, may designate biologics for relatively small patient populations as Orphan Drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a biologic as an Orphan Drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is

 

30

---

Table of Contents

generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. Generally, if a biologic with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the biologic is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA, in the United States, or the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, in the EU, from approving another marketing application for a drug containing the same active moiety for the same indication for that time period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union. The EU exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a biologic no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug Designation or if the biologic is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan Drug exclusivity may be lost if the FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. In addition, the Orphan Drug Designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process. Also, regulatory approval for any product candidate may be withdrawn and other candidates may obtain approval before us.

We have not applied for Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 for any indication, and may not be able to obtain designation or any of the potential benefits associated with it. For example, we plan to seek FDA Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 for the treatment of GPP and PPP, which will likely require that we demonstrate to FDA that GPP and PPP are distinct diseases from psoriasis generally (a non-rare disease) or that use of ANB019 may be appropriate for the treatment of GPP and PPP but not appropriate for use in the general psoriasis population.

Even if we obtain Orphan Drug Designation, we may not receive Orphan Drug exclusivity, and such exclusivity, if obtained, may not effectively protect the candidate from competition because different drugs or biologics can be approved for the same condition and only the first biologic with an Orphan Drug Designation to receive regulatory approval for a particular indication will receive marketing exclusivity. Even after a drug or biological with Orphan Drug Designation is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve another biologic containing the same active moiety (which in the case of an antibody is the principal molecular structure) for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later biologic is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

Any drugs we develop may become subject to unfavorable third-party reimbursement practices and pricing regulations.

The availability and extent of coverage and adequate reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval will depend substantially, both in the United States and internationally, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. If coverage and reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new products are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services because CMS decides whether and to what extent a new product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors often follow CMS’s decisions regarding coverage and reimbursement to a substantial degree. However, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug product does not assure

 

31

---

Table of Contents

that other payors will also provide coverage for the drug product. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be applied consistently or obtained in the first instance.

Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. Further, such payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost effectiveness of medical drug products. There may be especially significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, known as a formulary, which might not include all FDA approved drugs for a particular indication. We or our collaborators may need to conduct expensive pharmaco-economic studies to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost effectiveness of our products. Nonetheless, our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost containment initiatives in Europe, Canada and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of therapeutics such as our product candidates. In many countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. In general, the prices of products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and internationally, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products into the healthcare market.

In addition to CMS and private payors, professional organizations such as the American Medical Association, or AMA, can influence decisions about reimbursement for new products by determining standards for care. In addition, many private payors contract with commercial vendors who sell software that provide guidelines that attempt to limit utilization of, and therefore reimbursement for, certain products deemed to provide limited benefit to existing alternatives. Such organizations may set guidelines that limit reimbursement or utilization of our product candidates.

Furthermore, some of our target indications, including for GPP, are rare diseases with small patient populations. In order for therapeutics that are designed to treat smaller patient populations to be commercially viable, the reimbursement for such therapeutics must be higher, on a relative basis to account for the low volume of sales. Accordingly, we will need to implement a coverage and reimbursement strategy for any approved product candidate that accounts for the smaller potential market size.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

If we are unable to establish or sustain coverage and adequate reimbursement for any future product candidates from third-party payors, the adoption of those products and sales revenue will be adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect the ability to market or sell those product candidates, if approved. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we or our collaborators receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Recently enacted legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and/or affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential product candidates are the following:

 

•

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

 

•

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

•

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

•

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for a manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

•

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

•

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected;

 

•

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

 

•

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

•

requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

 

•

a requirement to annually report certain information regarding drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

•

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

 

33

---

Table of Contents

We may face difficulties from changes to current regulations and future legislation.

Existing regulatory policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, effective April 1, 2013, which, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on customers for our drugs, if approved, and accordingly, our financial operations.

Likewise, the annual Medicare Physician Fee Schedule update, which, until recently, was based on a target-setting formula system called the Sustainable Growth Rate (“SGR”), was adjusted to reflect the comparison of actual expenditures to target expenditures. Because one of the factors for calculating the SGR was linked to the growth in the U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”), the SGR formula often resulted in a negative payment update when growth in Medicare beneficiaries’ use of services exceeded GDP growth. Congress repeatedly intervened to delay the implementation of negative SGR payment updates. For example, on April 1, 2014, with the enactment of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, Congress prevented the 24 percent cut that was to occur by continuing the previously implemented 0.5 percent payment increase through December 31, 2014 and maintaining a zero percent payment update from January 1, 2015 through March 31, 2015. However, on April 14, 2015, Congress passed the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015, which was signed into law by President Obama on April 16, 2015. This law repeals the SGR methodology from the physician payment formula, institutes a 0% update to the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule for the January 1 to July 1, 2015 period, a 0.5% payment update for July 2015 through the end of 2019, and a 0% payment update for 2020 through 2025, along with a merit-based incentive payment system beginning January 1, 2019, that will replace current incentive programs. For 2026 and subsequent years, the payment update will be either 0.75% or 0.25%, depending on which Alternate Payment Model the physician participates.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for biotechnology products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

 

34

---

Table of Contents

Our business entails a significant risk of product liability and our ability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

Our business exposes us to significant product liability risks inherent in the development, testing, manufacturing and marketing of therapeutic treatments. Product liability claims could delay or prevent completion of our development programs. If we succeed in marketing products, such claims could result in an FDA investigation of the safety and effectiveness of our products, our manufacturing processes and facilities or our marketing programs and potentially a recall of our products or more serious enforcement action, limitations on the approved indications for which they may be used or suspension or withdrawal of approvals. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may also result in decreased demand for our products, injury to our reputation, costs to defend the related litigation, a diversion of management’s time and our resources, substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients and a decline in our stock price. We currently have product liability insurance that we believe is appropriate for our stage of development and may need to obtain higher levels prior to marketing any of our product candidates. Any insurance we have or may obtain may not provide sufficient coverage against potential liabilities. Furthermore, clinical trial and product liability insurance is becoming increasingly expensive. As a result, we may be unable to obtain sufficient insurance at a reasonable cost to protect us against losses caused by product liability claims that could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, transparency and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to, among other things, criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

•

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

•

the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, impose criminal and civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

•

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

•

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

•

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report to CMS annually

 

35

---

Table of Contents

information regarding payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests help by physicians and their immediate family members. The information was made publicly available on a searchable website in September 2014 and will be disclosed on an annual basis; and

 

•

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Some state laws require biotechnology companies to comply with the biotechnology industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our current and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Defending against any such actions can be costly, time-consuming and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. Further, if any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include failures to comply with FDA regulations, to provide accurate information to the FDA, to comply with federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws and regulations, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the health care industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We intend to adopt a code of conduct prior to the closing of this offering, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

Our success depends in significant part on our and our licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ ability to establish, maintain and protect patents and other intellectual property rights and operate without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. We have filed numerous patent applications both in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions to obtain patent rights to inventions we have discovered. We have also licensed from third parties rights to patent portfolios. Some of these licenses give us the right to prepare, file and prosecute patent applications and maintain and enforce patents we have licensed, and other licenses may not give us such rights.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our licensors, licensees or collaborators will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from or license to third parties and are reliant on our licensors, licensees or collaborators. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our licensors, licensees or collaborators are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised.

The patent position of biotechnology companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our and our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ patent rights are highly uncertain. Our and our licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. The patent examination process may require us or our licensors, licensees or collaborators to narrow the scope of the claims of our or our licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ pending and future patent applications, which may limit the scope of patent protection that may be obtained. In the past, we have not always been able to obtain the full scope of patent protection we have initially sought in our patent applications, and as described above and as is typical for most biotechnology patent prosecution, we have been required to narrow or eliminate patent claims as part of the patent prosecution process. In addition, some patent applications that we or our licensors have filed have not resulted in issued patents because we or our licensors have abandoned those patent applications as changes in business and/or legal strategies dictated.

We cannot assure you that all of the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. If such prior art exists, it can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents do successfully issue and even if such patents cover our product candidates, third parties may an initiate opposition, interference, re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, nullification or derivation action in court or before patent offices, or similar proceedings challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of such patents, which may result in the patent claims being narrowed or invalidated. Our and our licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover the technology.

Because patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, and some remain so until issued, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to

 

37

---

Table of Contents

file any patent application related to a product candidate. Furthermore, if third parties have filed such patent applications on or before March 15, 2013, an interference proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. If third parties have filed such applications after March 15, 2013, a derivation proceeding in the United States can be initiated by such third parties to determine whether our invention was derived from theirs. Even where we have a valid and enforceable patent, we may not be able to exclude others from practicing our invention where the other party can show that they used the invention in commerce before our filing date or the other party benefits from a compulsory license. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from competitive medications, including biosimilar or generic medications.

Furthermore, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. We expect to seek extensions of patent terms where these are available in any countries where we are prosecuting patents. This includes in the United States under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, which permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. However the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, in the United States, and any equivalent foreign regulatory authority, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. If this occurs, our competitors may take advantage of our investment in development and clinical trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ intellectual property rights may not exist in some countries outside the United States or may be less extensive in some countries than in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we and our licensors or collaborators may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we and our licensors or collaborators have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates, and our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us and our licensors or collaborators to stop the infringement of our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our and our licensors’

 

38

---

Table of Contents

or collaborators’ patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us or our licensors or collaborators. We or our licensors or collaborators may not prevail in any lawsuits that we or our licensors or collaborators initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve technological and legal complexity, and obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming, and inherently uncertain.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation.

An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application, but circumstances could prevent us from promptly filing patent applications on our inventions.

Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and, in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ issued patents, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Moreover, in recent years, the Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have rendered decisions in several patent cases such as Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc. (Myriad I), BRCA1- & BRCA2-Based Hereditary Cancer Test Patent Litig., (Myriad II), Mayo Collaborative Services v. Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., and Alice Corporation Pty. Ltd. v. CLS Bank International, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent

 

39

---

Table of Contents

owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and patents that we and our licensors or collaborators may obtain in the future.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance and annuity fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors or collaborators fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we collaborate with various collaborators on the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates and because we rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our wholly-owned technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. For example, any academic institution that we may collaborate with in the future may be granted rights to publish data arising out of such collaboration, provided that we are notified in advance and given the opportunity to delay publication for a limited time period in order for us to secure patent protection of intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration, in addition to the opportunity to remove confidential or trade secret information from any such publication. Our existing collaborative research and development programs may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development collaborations or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful and have an adverse effect on the success of our business.

Third parties may infringe our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents or misappropriate or otherwise violate our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ intellectual property rights. In the future, we or our licensors or collaborators may initiate legal proceedings to enforce or defend our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ intellectual property rights, to protect our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ trade secrets or to determine the validity or scope of intellectual property rights we own or control. Also, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us or our licensors or collaborators to challenge the validity or scope of intellectual property rights we own or control. These proceedings can be expensive and time-consuming, and many of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we or our licensors or collaborators. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by or licensed to us is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents do not cover the technology in question. Furthermore, an adverse result in any litigation or administrative proceeding could put one or more of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly.

Accordingly, despite our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ efforts, we or our licensors or collaborators may not prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating intellectual property rights we own or control, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. In addition, litigation and administrative proceedings could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business and financial results.

Within and outside of the United States, there has been a substantial amount of litigation and administrative proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry including opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review or interference proceedings, or other preissuance or post-grant proceedings in the United States or other jurisdictions. Such proceedings may be provoked by third parties or by us or our licensors or collaborators to protect or enforce our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents or patent applications. Additionally, third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or other foreign jurisdictions may jeopardize the issuance or scope of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patent applications. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us or our licensors or collaborators to cease using the related technology, or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us or our licensors or collaborators a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and we could be forced to stop commercializing our product candidates. Even if we or our licensors or collaborators obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us or our licensors or collaborators.

In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Even if we successfully defend such litigation or proceeding, we may incur substantial costs, and it may distract our management and other employees. We could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have an adverse effect on the price of shares of our common stock.

 

41

---

Table of Contents

If we breach the license agreements related to our product candidates, we could lose the ability to continue the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of our licensors and collaborators, to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our and our licensors’ or collaborators’ wholly-owned technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights that are important or necessary to the development of our products. As a result, we are a party to a number of technology licenses that are important to our business and expect to enter into additional licenses in the future. For example, we have in-licensed the rights to certain intellectual property relating to SHM under our in-license agreement with the Medical Research Council, which is the subject of issued patents and pending patent applications in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the obligations under these agreements, including payment and diligence terms, our licensors may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we may not be able to develop, manufacture, market or sell any product that is covered by these agreements or may face other penalties under the agreements. Such an occurrence could adversely affect the value of the product candidate being developed under any such agreement. Termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements, which may not be available to us on equally favorable terms, or at all, or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to intellectual property or technology important to our development programs.

Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:

 

•

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

•

the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

 

•

the sublicensing of patent and other rights under any collaboration relationships we might enter into in the future;

 

•

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

•

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our collaborators; and

 

•

the priority of invention of patented technology.

If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights or we may initiate legal proceedings against third parties to challenge the validity or scope of intellectual property rights controlled by third parties, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have an adverse effect on the success of our business.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us or our licensors or collaborators alleging that we or our licensors or collaborators infringe their intellectual property rights, or we or our licensors or collaborators may initiate legal proceedings against third parties to challenge the validity or scope of intellectual property rights controlled by third parties, including in oppositions, interferences, reexaminations, inter partes reviews or derivation proceedings in the United States or other jurisdictions. These proceedings can be expensive and time-consuming, and many of our or our licensors’ or collaborators’ adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we or our licensors or collaborators.

 

42

---

Table of Contents

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of management and employee resources from our business. An unfavorable outcome could require us or our licensors or collaborators to cease using the related technology or developing or commercializing our product candidates, or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us or our licensors or collaborators a license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we or our licensors or collaborators obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us or our licensors or collaborators. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could harm our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, including our senior management, were previously employed at universities or at other biopharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed confidential information or intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel or sustain damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we successfully prosecute or defend against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and distract management.

Our inability to protect our confidential information and trade secrets would harm our business and competitive position.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and products, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts both within and outside the United States may be less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. Furthermore, if a competitor lawfully obtained or independently developed any of our trade secrets, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret.

 

43

---

Table of Contents

If we do not obtain protection under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar foreign legislation for extending the term of patents covering each of our product candidates, our business may be harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and conditions of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years for a patent covering an approved product as compensation for effective patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. However, we may not receive an extension if we fail to apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the length of the extension could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we can enforce our patent rights for that product will be shortened, and our competitors may obtain approval to market competing products sooner. As a result, our revenue from applicable products could be reduced, possibly materially.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, no market for shares of our common stock existed and an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. We will determine the initial public offering price for our common stock through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Furthermore, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

The market price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which we cannot control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

•

the success of competitive products;

 

•

regulatory actions with respect to our products or our competitors’ products;

 

•

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

 

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

 

•

results of preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

 

•

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

 

•

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

•

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

•

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

•

developments with respect to our existing collaboration agreements and announcements of new collaboration agreements;

 

44

---

Table of Contents

•

the results of our efforts to in-license or acquire additional product candidates or products;

 

•

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

•

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

•

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

 

•

share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

 

•

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

•

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders;

 

•

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

•

market conditions in the biotechnology sector; and

 

•

general economic, industry and market conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the NASDAQ Global Select Market and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section, could have a dramatic and adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 84.1% of our voting stock and, upon the closing of this offering, that same group will hold approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, no exercise of outstanding options or warrants and no purchases of shares in this offering by any of this group), in each case assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. After this offering, this group of stockholders will have the ability to control us through this ownership position

 

45

---

Table of Contents

even if they do not purchase any additional shares in this offering. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of this group of stockholders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $         per share, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately     % of the shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering and the exercise of stock options granted to our employees. In addition, as of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 13,563,272 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share, warrants exercisable for 822,386 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share and warrants exercisable for Series C convertible preferred stock convertible into 2,063,484 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share were outstanding. Additional options to purchase 1,251,041 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.22 per share were granted between September 30, 2015 and November 30, 2015. The exercise of any of these options or warrants would result in additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires

 

46

---

Table of Contents

the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and these expenses may increase even more after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Protection Act, as well as rules adopted, and to be adopted, by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, we expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. The increased costs will increase our net loss. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the sufficient coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2015, assuming: (i) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 80,645,051 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. This includes the shares that we sell in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Of the remaining shares,             shares of our common stock are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after this offering as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital may be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, including conducting clinical trials, commercialization efforts, expanded research and development activities and costs associated with operating a public company. To raise capital, we may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to the holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the market price of our common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon closing of the offering, will contain provisions that could depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions, among other things:

 

•

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time;

 

•

permit only the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill vacancies on the board;

 

•

provide that directors may only be removed “for cause” and only with the approval of two-thirds of our stockholders;

 

•

require super-majority voting to amend some provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws;

 

48

---

Table of Contents

•

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board could use to implement a stockholder rights plan (also known as a “poison pill”);

 

•

eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;

 

•

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

•

prohibit cumulative voting; and

 

•

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company. Section 203 imposes certain restrictions on mergers, business combinations and other transactions between us and holders of 15% or more of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our target animal studies and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We plan to use potential future operating losses and our federal and state net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards to offset taxable income from revenue generated from operations or corporate collaborations. However, our ability to use NOL carryforwards could be limited as a result of issuance of equity securities.

We plan to use our current year operating losses to offset taxable income from any revenue generated from operations or corporate collaborations. To the extent that our taxable income exceeds any current year operating losses, we plan to use our NOL carryforwards to offset income that would otherwise be taxable. However, under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the amount of benefits from our NOL carryforwards may be impaired or limited if we incur a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as interpreted by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, over a three-year period. In September 2015, we completed a Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2014 and determined that there was an ownership change in 2007 that may limit the utilization of approximately $5.3 million and $5.4 million in federal and state NOLs, respectively, and $0.2 million in both federal and state research tax credits. Our use of federal NOL carryforwards could be limited further by the provisions of Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, depending upon the timing and amount of additional equity securities that we have issued or will issue, including as a result of this offering. State NOL carryforwards may be similarly limited. Any such disallowances may result in greater tax liabilities than we would incur in the absence of such a limitation and any increased liabilities could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan” “expect,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

•

the success, cost and timing of our product candidate development activities and planned clinical trials;

 

•

our plans to develop and commercialize antibodies, including our lead product candidates ANB020 for patients with severe allergic and atopic diseases and ANB019 for patients with GPP and PPP;

 

•

the likelihood that the clinical data generated in Australia will be subsequently accepted by the FDA and its foreign equivalents outside of Australia;

 

•

the timing and ability of our collaborators to develop and commercialize our partnered product candidates;

 

•

the potential benefits and advantages of our product candidates and approaches versus those of our competitors;

 

•

our ability to execute on our strategy, including advancing our lead product candidates, identifying emerging opportunities in key therapeutic areas, continuing to expand our wholly-owned pipeline and retaining rights to strategic products in key commercial markets;

 

•

our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete further development and commercialization of our product candidates;

 

•

the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for ANB020 and ANB019 and our other product candidates;

 

•

our ability to develop our product candidates;

 

•

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of any approved product candidates;

 

•

the size and growth potential of the markets for any approved product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

•

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

•

our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our product candidates;

 

•

regulatory developments in the United States, Australia and other foreign countries;

 

•

the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

•

our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

•

our use of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

•

our ability to identify additional products or product candidates with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives; and

 

•

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a competitive and

 

50

---

Table of Contents

rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity, and market size, is based on information from various sources on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

51

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million, or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering as follows:

 

•

approximately $         million to fund development of ANB019 and ANB020 through initial clinical trials intended to demonstrate efficacy in multiple indications;

 

•

approximately $         million to fund continued development of other wholly-owned product candidates and discovery of new product candidates to further expand our proprietary pipeline; and

 

•

any remaining amounts to fund working capital, including general corporate purposes.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds, we estimate such funds, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient for us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 24 months.

The expected use of the net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with any certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. We may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements.

The amounts and timing of our clinical expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the status, results and timing of our current preclinical studies and clinical trials we may commence in the future, product approval process with the FDA and other regulatory agencies, our current collaborations and any new collaborations we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

The expected net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient for us to fund any of our product candidates through regulatory approval, and we will need to raise substantial additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Pending their use as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, under the terms of our current credit facility, we are prohibited from paying cash dividends without the consent of Silicon Valley Bank.

 

53

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2015 on:

 

•

an actual basis;

 

•

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2015 into 80,645,051 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the related reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and (iii) the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the closing of this offering; and

 

•

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		As of September 30, 2015 (unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and par value data)		Actual				Pro Forma				Pro Forma As Adjusted(1)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	55,245			$				$
Notes payable		$	4,876			$				$
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			1,800
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 27,742,877 shares authorized, 27,742,877 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			28,220
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 13,210,753 shares authorized, 11,147,269 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			6,452
Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,318,054 shares authorized, 3,318,054 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			2,156
Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 38,436,851 shares authorized, 38,436,851 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			40,688
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 120,500,000 shares authorized, 18,306,634 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted			18
Additional paid in capital			15,199
Accumulated deficit			(47,152	)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(31,935	)
Total capitalization		$	52,257			$				$

 

54

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 98,951,685 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

•

13,563,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share;

 

•

1,251,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between September 30, 2015 and November 30, 2015, with an exercise price of $1.22 per share;

 

•

shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (a) 3,191,727 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2015, (b)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and (c)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. Upon the closing of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans”;

 

•

822,386 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants for shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.65 per share, that do not expire upon the closing of this offering; and

 

•

2,063,484 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock that were outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with an exercise price of $0.65 per share, that do not expire upon the closing of this offering.

 

55

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2015, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $45.4 million, or $0.46 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2015 into 80,645,051 shares of common stock as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the conversion of the preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the related reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of             shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2015 would have been approximately $         million, or $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering, as follows:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share						$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2015		$	0.46
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
Dilution per share to investors in this offering						$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share, the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us in this offering would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, and decrease the dilution per share to investors in this offering, by $         per share. Each decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, and increase the dilution per share to investors in this offering, by $         per share.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase additional shares, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2015 after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 80,645,051 shares of common stock as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the issuance of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the

 

56

---

Table of Contents

midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

		Shares Purchased						Total Consideration								Average Price Per Share
		Number		Percent				Amount				Percent
		(in thousands, except percentage and per share data)
Existing stockholders						%		$						%		$
New public investors																$
Total					100	%		$					100	%

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, investors will experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 98,951,685 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

•

13,563,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share;

 

•

1,251,041 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between September 30, 2015 and November 30, 2015, with an exercise price of $1.22 per share;

 

•

shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of (a) 3,191,727 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2015, (b)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and (c)              shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective on the date of this prospectus. Upon the closing of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plans each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans”;

 

•

822,386 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants for shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.65 per share, that do not expire upon the closing of this offering; and

 

•

2,063,484 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock that were outstanding as of September 30, 2015, with an exercise price of $0.65 per share, that do not expire upon the closing of this offering.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2015 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands, except per share data)		2013				2014				2014				2015
										(unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Collaboration revenue		$	5,483			$	15,838			$	12,133			$	13,517
Operating expenses:
Research and development			8,820				8,614				6,009				10,732
General and administrative			1,950				2,354				1,780				2,515
Total operating expenses			10,770				10,968				7,789				13,247
Income (loss) from operations			(5,287	)			4,870				4,344				270
Other income (expense), net
Interest income			1				2				(1,271	)			(344	)
Interest expense			(886	)			(1,281	)			(44	)			(1,528	)
Change in fair value of liability for preferred stock warrants			627				(59	)			1				(241	)
Total other expense, net			(258	)			(1,338	)			(1,314	)			(2,113	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			(5,545	)			3,532				3,030				(1,843	)
Provision for income taxes			—				—				—				(50	)
Net income (loss)			(5,545	)			3,532				3,030				(1,893	)
Net income attributed to participating securities			—				(3,300	)			(2,741	)			—
Net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders		$	(5,545	)		$	232			$	289			$	(1,893	)
Net income (loss) per common share:(1)
Basic and diluted		$	(0.71	)		$	0.01			$	0.02			$	(0.11	)
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:(1)
Basic and diluted			7,787				17,368				17,368				17,694
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited):(1)
Basic and diluted						$	0.06							$	(0.03	)
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding (unaudited):(1)
Basic and diluted							58,473								70,904

 

58

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)

See Note 2 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

		As of December 31,								As of September 30, 2015
(in thousands)		2013				2014
										(unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	2,810			$	22,188			$	55,245
Total assets			3,914				25,065				60,877
Convertible promissory notes, current portion			818				—				—
Notes payable, current portion			—				—				1,023
Notes payable, noncurrent portion			—				4,793				3,853
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			386				569				1,800
Convertible preferred stock			34,672				36,828				77,516
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(34,527	)			(30,835	)			(31,935	)

 

59

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a biotechnology company developing first-in-class antibody product candidates focused on unmet medical needs in inflammation and immuno-oncology. We develop our product candidates using our proprietary antibody discovery technology platform called SHM-XEL, which is designed to replicate the natural process of antibody generation in vitro. Our platform is based upon a breakthrough understanding of somatic hypermutation, the key biological process utilized by the human immune system to generate antibodies, which enables us to rapidly develop highly functional antibody drug candidates against emerging biological targets. Our most advanced wholly-owned antibody programs, ANB020 and ANB019, bind to therapeutic targets that are genetically associated with severe inflammatory disorders. ANB020 is an antibody that inhibits the activity of interleukin-33 for the treatment of severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy. We submitted a Clinical Trial Notification, or CTN, in Australia for ANB020 in December 2015 and plan to initiate clinical trials in the first half of 2016. ANB019 is an antibody that inhibits the interleukin-36 receptor for the treatment of rare inflammatory diseases called generalized pustular psoriasis and palmo-plantar pustular psoriasis. We plan to submit a CTN and commence clinical trials for ANB019 by the end of 2016.

Our company is led by a strong management team with a proven track record of successfully growing biotechnology companies with deep experience in antibody discovery and development, collaborations, operations and corporate finance. Through November 30, 2015, we have raised $94.2 million from investors, including Biotechnology Value Fund, Cormorant Asset Management, Frazier Healthcare, HBM Partners, Longwood Capital Partners and Novo A/S.

In addition to our wholly-owned antibody programs, we expect four programs will be advanced by our collaborators to the clinic by the end of 2016. Our collaborations include an immuno-oncology-focused collaboration with TESARO and an inflammation-focused collaboration with Celgene. Through November 30, 2015, we have received non-dilutive funding of $51.6 million from our collaborators.

We intend to continue generating additional therapeutic antibodies against emerging biological targets across various disease applications, including immuno-oncology, inflammation and other unmet medical needs. In general, our strategy is to advance our pipeline programs to key inflection points, and leverage partnerships with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies where appropriate.

We have generated multiple antibodies by using our SHM-XEL platform certain of which are currently being advanced by our partners to key preclinical, clinical and commercial milestones, which we anticipate will generate additional cash receipts for us. To the extent that these product candidates are commercialized, we will also be entitled to royalty payments upon commercial sales of the associated products.

We have incurred losses in each period since our inception in 2005, except for 2014 in which we received $19.0 million from two upfront payments and recognized revenue of $11.5 million during 2014 following the execution of our strategic collaboration with TESARO. Accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2014 we reported net income of $3.5 million. As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $47.2 million. We expect to continue to incur net operating losses for at least the next several years as we advance our products

 

60

---

Table of Contents

through clinical development, seek regulatory approval, prepare for and, if approved, proceed to, commercialization, expand our operations and facilities and grow in new and existing markets, territories and industries. We will need substantial additional funding to pay expenses relating to our operating activities, including significant research and development expenses. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Financial Overview

Collaboration Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from product sales. Our revenue has been derived from amortization of upfront payments, research and development funding and milestone payments under collaboration and license agreements with our collaborators.

Collaboration and Exclusive License Agreement with TESARO

In March 2014, we entered into an exclusive worldwide license and collaboration agreement with TESARO for the development and commercialization of therapeutic monospecific and bispecific antibodies that antagonize PD-1, TIM-3 and/or LAG-3. We received $17.0 million in upfront fees from TESARO in March 2014, and in November 2014, we amended the agreement with TESARO to include the development and commercialization of bispecific antibodies to another undisclosed target, for an additional upfront fee of $2.0 million. Both upfront fees are being recognized as revenue through March 2016, which is the same period that our research and development services, for which we are reimbursed, are performed. From inception of the agreement through September 30, 2015, we have recognized $25.0 million in total revenue from TESARO.

For each of the four targets under the TESARO agreement, we are eligible to receive up to $273.0 million in milestone payments, which are comprised of $18.0 million for preclinical and clinical development milestone payments, $90.0 million upon certain regulatory events and $165.0 million upon worldwide commercial sales thresholds. In addition, TESARO is obligated to pay us tiered single-digit royalties on annualized net sales of each antibody commercialized from the collaboration. In June 2015, TESARO initiated in vivo toxicology studies using good laboratory practices for the anti-PD-1 antagonist antibody resulting in us receiving a $1.0 million milestone in July 2015. In October 2015, TESARO initiated in vivo toxicology studies using good laboratory practices for the anti-TIM-3 antagonist antibody resulting in us receiving a $1.0 million milestone in November 2015. We expect to receive an additional aggregate of $13.0 million in preclinical and IND-related milestone payments by the end of 2016 based upon further development of the targets mentioned above.

Antibody Generation Agreement with Celgene Corporation

In December 2011, we entered into a license and collaboration agreement with Celgene to develop therapeutic antibodies against multiple targets. We granted Celgene the option to obtain worldwide commercial rights to antibodies generated against each of the targets under the agreement, which option was triggered on a target-by-target basis by our delivery of antibodies meeting certain pre-specified parameters pertaining to each target under the agreement.

The agreement provided for an upfront payment of $6.0 million from Celgene, which we received in 2011, milestone payments of up to $53.0 million per target, low single-digit royalties on net sales of antibodies against each target, and reimbursement of specified research and development costs. From inception of the agreement through September 30, 2015, we have recognized $8.5 million in total revenue from Celgene. For one of the two programs being advanced by Celgene, we expect to receive up to an aggregate of $1.5 million in preclinical and IND-related milestone payments by the end of 2016.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

Other Collaborative Agreements

We are party to other collaboration agreements for which in 2013 and 2014 we recognized $1.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively, in collaboration revenue. We have completed our obligations under these agreements and do not anticipate any additional revenue from them.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs associated with our research and development activities, including drug discovery efforts and preclinical development of our programs. Our research and development expenses include:

 

•

External research and development expenses incurred under arrangements with third-parties, such as CROs, consultants, members of our scientific and therapeutic advisory boards, and clinical manufacturers;

 

•

Employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation;

 

•

Facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation of leasehold improvements and equipment, and laboratory supplies; and

 

•

License and sublicense fees.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We account for advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities as expenses when the service has been performed or when the goods have been received.

We are conducting research and development activities on several inflammation and immuno-oncology programs. We have a research and development team that conducts antibody discovery, characterization, translational studies, IND-enabling preclinical studies and clinical development. We conduct some of our early research and preclinical activities internally and plan to rely on third parties, such as CROs and CMOs, for the execution of certain of our research and development activities, such as in vivo toxicology and pharmacology studies, drug product manufacturing and clinical trials.

We are planning to conduct initial clinical trials in Australia to rapidly enter into first-in-human studies for ANB020 and ANB019 and benefit from research and development-related financial incentives related to the development of ANB020 and ANB019. Taking into account any financial incentives, we expect our research and development expenses to be higher in 2015 and 2016 as we advance our product candidates into clinical development.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, for our executive, finance, legal, business development, human resource and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include allocated facility-related costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, travel expenses and professional fees for auditing, tax and legal services, including intellectual property-related legal services.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of stated interest and amortization of discounts on our outstanding notes payable relating to our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, which we refer to as the Loan Agreement.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Liability for Preferred Stock Warrants

Income and expense from the change in fair value of our liability for preferred stock warrants is from the valuation of our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock, which is valued at each period end. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, the warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase shares of common stock, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital and periodic fair value adjustments will no longer be recorded.

Net Operating Loss and Research and Development Tax Credit Carryforwards

From our inception to December 31, 2013, we accumulated net operating losses, or NOLs. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated net income of $3.5 million primarily as a result of our collaboration agreement with TESARO. While we utilized NOLs in 2014, we continue to have a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

At December 31, 2014, we had federal and state NOL carryforwards of $41.4 million each. The federal and state NOLs will begin to expire in 2027 and 2017, respectively, unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2014 we had federal and California research tax credit carryforwards of $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The federal research tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2026 and the California state credits carry forward indefinitely.

The NOL carryforward and the research tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and similar state provisions if we experience one or more ownership changes which would limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an ownership change as defined by Section 382 and 383, results from transactions increasing ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of the corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. In September 2015, we completed an IRC Section 382/383 analysis through December 31, 2014 and determined that there was an ownership change in 2007 that may limit the utilization of approximately $5.3 million and $5.4 million in Federal and state NOLs, respectively, and $0.2 million in both Federal and state research tax credits. If a change in ownership occurs as a result of this offering, additional NOL and tax credits carryforwards could be eliminated or restricted. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from the deferred tax asset schedule with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact our effective tax rate.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our judgments and estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates, if any, will be reflected in the financial statements prospectively from the date of change in estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements require the most significant judgments and estimates.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with revenue recognition accounting guidance, which requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred and title and the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the client or services have been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

Multiple-Element Revenue Arrangements. We evaluate deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether each deliverable represents a separate unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value to the customer. If the delivered element does not have standalone value without one of the undelivered elements in the arrangement, we combine such elements and account for them as a single unit of accounting. We allocate the consideration to each unit of accounting at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price.

We recognize consideration allocated to an individual element when all other revenue recognition criteria are met for that element. Our multiple-element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

•

License Arrangements. The deliverables under our collaboration and license agreements generally include exclusive or nonexclusive licenses to one or more products generated using our technologies. As the delivered licenses have not historically had standalone value apart from the undelivered elements, these have been recognized as revenue as a combined unit of accounting. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from nonrefundable upfront fees in the same manner as the undelivered item or items, which is generally the period over which we provide research and developments services.

 

•

Research and Development Services. The deliverables under our collaboration and license arrangements may include research and development services we perform on behalf of or with our collaborators. As the provision of research and development services is an integral part of our operations and we may be principally responsible for the performance of these services under the agreements, we recognize revenue on a gross basis for research and development services as we perform those services. Additionally, we recognize research related funding under collaboration research and development efforts as revenue as we perform or deliver the related services in accordance with contract terms.

Milestone Revenue. Our collaboration and license agreements generally include contingent contractual payments related to achievement of specific research, development and regulatory milestones and sales-based milestones that are dependent upon the performance of the licensor or collaborator. A milestone is defined as an event (i) that can only be achieved based in whole or in part on either the entity’s performance or on the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from the entity’s performance, (ii) for which there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved and (iii) that would result in additional payments being due to us. Contingent consideration for which payment is either contingent solely upon the passage of time or the result of a counterparty’s performance is not considered substantive.

We recognize consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of a milestone in its entirety as revenue in the period in which the milestone is achieved only if the milestone is substantive in its entirety. A milestone is considered substantive when it meets all of the following criteria:

 

•

The consideration is commensurate with either the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone;

 

•

The consideration relates solely to past performance; and

 

•

The consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement.

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Milestones that are not considered substantive are generally recognized in the same manner as the undelivered item(s), which is generally the period over which we provide research and development services.

Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses include the costs incurred for services performed by our vendors in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

We base our expenses related to research and development activities on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with vendors that conduct research and development on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid accordingly. Advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, if our estimates of the status and timing of services performed differ from the actual status and timing of services performed, it could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have been no material differences between our estimates of such expenses and the amounts actually incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

We expense the fair value of stock awards to employees, net of estimated forfeitures, adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is typically the vesting period. We estimate the fair value of options granted to employees at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model that requires management to apply judgment and make estimates, including:

 

•

fair value of the underlying common shares, as approved by our board of directors, which was determined using the option-pricing method, or OPM, in periods through December 31, 2014, and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, beginning March 31, 2015;

 

•

risk-free interest rate, which is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants, historically U.S. Treasury constant maturities;

 

•

expected volatility, which is calculated based on reported volatility data for a representative peer group of publicly traded biotechnology companies for which historical information is available. Because we are privately held as of the date of these financial statements, we do not have relevant historical data to support our expected volatility;

 

•

expected dividend yield, which is zero as we have never paid cash dividends and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future; and

 

65

---

Table of Contents

•

expected term, which we calculate using the simplified method, which defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches, as we have insufficient historical information regarding our stock options to provide a basis for an estimate.

We have computed the fair value of stock options at the date of grant using the following assumptions:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
Risk-free interest rate			1.5	%			2.0	%
Expected volatility			72.5	%			66.8	%
Expected dividend yield			0	%			0	%
Expected term (in years)			6.1				6.1

Stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock option grants not yet recognized as of September 30, 2015 was $3.9 million and the weighted average period over which these grants are expected to vest is 3.7 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Common Stock Valuations

We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, we have periodically determined the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or Practice Aid. Once a public trading market for our common stock has been established in connection with the closing of this offering, it will no longer be necessary for us to estimate the fair value of our common stock in connection with our accounting for stock options and restricted stock, as the fair value of our common stock will be its trading price on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Common Stock Valuation Methodologies. Our contemporaneous and retrospective valuations were prepared in accordance with the guidelines in the Practice Aid, which prescribes several valuation approaches for determining the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, market and income approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its capital structure and specifically the common stock.

We used the market approach as this approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset, including a company, is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics. Therefore, the value of an asset can be inferred by finding similar assets, or an interest in similar assets, that have been sold in recent arm’s-length transactions. The following market approaches were considered in our valuations:

 

•

Guideline Public Company Method. The guideline public company method, or GPC method, compares the subject company with guideline publicly traded companies. Valuation multiples are calculated from selected guideline companies to provide an indication of how much a current investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for a company with characteristics similar (such as similar business, size, geographic region, and other operating characteristics) to the subject company. These valuation multiples are evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of the subject company relative to the selected guideline companies. Finally, the multiples are applied to the subject company’s operating data to arrive at an indication of fair market value.

 

•

Similar Transaction Method. The similar transaction method, or ST method, relies on data of actual transactions, such as mergers and acquisitions or completed initial public offerings, that have occurred in the subject company’s industry or in related industries. As in the GPC method, valuation multiples are developed and applied to the subject company’s operating data to estimate fair value. Again, the ST method can be used if there are recent transactions involving companies similar to the subject company.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

Methods Used to Allocate Our Enterprise Value to Classes of Securities. In accordance with the Practice Aid, we considered the various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the fair value of our common stock at each valuation date. The methods we utilized consisted of the following:

 

•

Option Pricing Method. Under OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

•

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method. PWERM is a scenario based analysis that estimates the value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Our per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the equity value using the OPM at each valuation date up through December 31, 2014. Starting from our March 31, 2015 contemporaneous valuation, we used the PWERM to allocate the equity value to each element of our capital structure, including our common stock. For both approaches, we applied a discount to the valuations due to the lack of marketability of the ordinary shares. We calculated the discount for lack of marketability using a strike put option model and applied it as appropriate to each allocation.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

We account for warrants for shares of preferred stock with conversion features that provide for adjustments in the warrant price as derivative liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance. The derivative liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date until such instruments, so long as they remain exercisable for shares of preferred stock, are exercised or expire, with changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities. Inputs we used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine estimated fair value include the estimated fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying convertible preferred stock.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915), which eliminated the distinction of a Development Stage Entity along with the inception to date reporting requirements. As permitted by this ASU, we elected to early adopt the amendment beginning with our annual reporting period ended December 31, 2014, with retrospective application of the amended guidance. Upon adoption, there was no effect to our consolidated financial statements, other than the elimination of inception to date disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements as a direct reduction of related debt liabilities rather than as an asset. Amortization of debt issuance costs continue to be reported as interest expense. As permitted by the ASU, we elected to early adopt the amendment beginning with its annual reporting period ended December 31, 2014, with retrospective application of the amended guidance. The adoption of this ASU resulted in the reclassification $37,000 and $85,000 in deferred debt issuance costs from prepaid expenses and other current assets to a direct reduction to the carrying values of notes payable and convertible promissory notes reported in the balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on our statement of operations during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance in FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, including industry-specific guidance. This standard is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This standard also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 becomes effective for our annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with adoption permitted as early as January 1, 2017. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. We are currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the related footnote disclosure. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financials are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, this standard also outlines disclosures that are required in our footnotes based on whether or not there are any plans intended to mitigate the relevant conditions or events to alleviate the substantial doubt. This standard becomes effective for our annual reporting period ending December 31, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

The JOBS Act

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

We intend to take advantage of the reduced reporting requirements and to rely on certain other exemptions provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, as an “emerging growth company,” the exemptions that we may rely on include, without limitation:

 

•

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

•

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

•

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

•

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may use these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we

 

68

---

Table of Contents

become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015

Collaboration Revenue

Collaboration revenue was $12.1 million and $13.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively, an increase of $1.4 million. A comparison of revenue by collaborator is as follows:

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,								Increase (Decrease)
(in thousands)		2014				2015
		(unaudited)
TESARO-amortization of upfront payments		$	4,730			$	7,500			$	2,770
TESARO-funding of research and development			3,112				5,267				2,155
TESARO-milestone			—				750				750
Momenta			3,100				—				(3,100	)
Celgene Corporation			592				—				(592	)
Other			599				—				(599	)
Total		$	12,133			$	13,517			$	1,384

During the first and fourth quarter of 2014 we received $17.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in upfront fees under our collaboration and exclusive license agreement with TESARO. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, we recognized the amortized portion of these upfront fees in the amounts of $4.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The upfront fees will continue to be recognized ratably through March 2016. We also recognized revenue of $3.1 million and $5.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively, for research and development services performed under the agreement. We recognized revenue of $0.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, for the achievement of a $1.0 million milestone upon initiation of in vivo toxicology studies, under the principles of good laboratory practice, using the anti-PD-1 antagonist antibody (TSR-042) being advanced by TESARO. The remaining $0.2 million of the milestone will be recognized ratably through March 2016.

In September 2014, we successfully completed our collaboration with Momenta for which we earned a success fee. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recognized revenue from Momenta of $3.1 million, which relates to a $2.0 million success fee and $1.1 million in amortization of the upfront fee.

The final deliverable under our 2011 antibody generation agreement with Celgene was completed in 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recognized revenue of $0.6 million, which relates to $0.5 million for a success fee and $0.1 for research and development services performed under this agreement.

We are a party to other collaboration agreements for which in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 we recognized $0.6 million in collaboration revenue. We completed our obligations under these agreements in 2014 and do not anticipate any additional revenue from them beyond 2014.

We expect that any collaboration revenue we generate will continue to fluctuate from period to period as a result of the timing and amount of milestones and other payments from our existing collaborations.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $6.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and $10.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase of $4.7 million is primarily

 

69

---

Table of Contents

related to a $3.1 million increase in external services and preclinical manufacturing consultation cost relating to our ANB020 and ANB019 programs, a $1.0 million increase in payroll and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, and a $0.4 million increase in laboratory supplies.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we advance our development programs further and, in particular, as we enter into clinical trials.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses were $1.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The $0.7 million increase is due primarily to a $0.3 million increase in payroll and related expenses, and a $0.3 million increase in audit and tax fees.

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase for the foreseeable future as we incur additional costs associated with being a publicly traded company, including legal, auditing and filing fees, additional insurance premiums, investor relations expenses and general compliance and consulting expenses. Also, we expect our intellectual property related legal expenses, including those related to preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining patent applications, to increase as our intellectual property portfolio expands.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $1.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and represents stated interest of 10.0% on our convertible promissory notes principal of $2.0 million and amortization of the related beneficial conversion feature. All outstanding principal and accrued interest on the convertible promissory notes were converted in April 2014 into shares of Series C-1 preferred stock. Interest expense was $0.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and represents effective interest of 9.25% on our outstanding Term A Loans, which have an outstanding principal balance of $5.0 million as of September 30, 2015.

Change in Fair Value of Liabilities for Preferred Stock Warrants

The expense from the change in fair value of the liabilities for stock warrants increased by $1.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 when compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, and primarily reflects an increase in the valuation of our Series C convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2015 which had the effect of increasing the estimated fair value of the warrants.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) was ($0.2) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and primarily included a foreign exchange loss of ($0.3) million related to our Australian subsidiary, which was established in March 2015.

Provision for Income Taxes

We recorded a provision for income taxes of $50,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 related to alternative minimum taxes, which we were not subject to during the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

Collaboration Revenue

Collaboration revenue was $5.5 million and $15.8 million during 2013 and 2014, respectively, an increase of $10.4 million. Our license and collaboration agreement with TESARO accounted for the majority of the increase in collaboration revenue during 2014. A comparison of revenue by collaborator is as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Increase (Decrease)
(in thousands)		2013				2014
TESARO-amortization of upfront payments		$	—			$	6,980			$	6,980
TESARO-funding of research and development			—				4,568				4,568
Celgene Corporation			3,746				592				(3,154	)
Other			1,737				3,698				1,961
Total		$	5,483			$	15,838			$	10,355

During 2014, we received an aggregate of $19.0 million in upfront fees under our collaboration and exclusive license agreement with TESARO, which were deferred and are recognized ratably through March 2016. We also recognized revenue of $4.6 million during 2014 for research and development services performed under the agreement.

Pursuant to our antibody generation agreement with Celgene, we recognized revenue of $2.0 million during 2013 from the amortization of the upfront payment received in 2011. We also received $1.0 million and $0.5 million in success fees during 2013 and 2014, respectively, and recognized revenue of $0.7 million and $0.1 million for research and development services performed under this agreement during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The final deliverable under this agreement was completed in 2014.

During 2013 and 2014, we recognized revenues aggregating $1.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively from other collaborative agreements for which our obligations were completed in 2014.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $8.8 million and $8.6 million during 2013 and 2014, respectively, a decrease of $0.2 million. The decrease is due primarily to $0.4 million in lower salaries and related expenses resulting from reduced research and development positions, due to the completion of multiple collaborations during 2013 and early 2014, $0.3 million in lower depreciation expense, and $0.1 million in lower in-licensing fees due to the expiration of one of our contracts. These decreases were partially offset by $0.6 million in higher reimbursable external expense costs incurred under our collaboration with TESARO.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses were $2.0 million and $2.4 million during 2013 and 2014, respectively, an increase of $0.4 million. The increase is due primarily to $0.2 million in recruiting expenses for key senior hires during 2014, $0.1 million in higher salaries and related expenses for new senior level positions, and $0.1 million in higher legal expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $0.9 million during 2013 compared to $1.3 million during 2014, an increase of $0.4 million and represents stated interest of 10.0% on our convertible promissory notes principal of $2.0 million and amortization of the related beneficial conversion feature. The increase is due primarily to the $0.4 million write-off of the remaining discount on our convertible promissory notes upon conversion of the notes to into shares of Series C-1 Preferred stock during 2014.

 

71

---

Table of Contents

Change in Fair Value of Liabilities for Stock Warrants

The change in fair value of the liabilities for stock warrants resulted in an expense of $59,000 in 2014 and income of $0.6 million in 2013. The change to an expense in 2014 resulted primarily from an increase in the valuation of our Series C convertible preferred stock which has the effect of increasing the estimated fair value of the warrants.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

From our inception through September 30, 2015, we have received an aggregate of $142.9 million to fund our operations including $84.8 million from the sale of equity securities, $48.7 million from our collaboration agreements and $9.4 million from venture debt. As of September 30, 2015, we had $55.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.

In addition to our existing cash and cash equivalents, we are eligible to receive research and development funding and to earn milestone and other contingent payments for the achievement of defined collaboration objectives and certain nonclinical, clinical, regulatory and sales-based events, and royalty payments under our collaboration agreements. Our ability to earn these milestone and contingent payments and the timing of achieving these milestones is primarily dependent upon the outcome of our collaborators’ research and development activities and is uncertain at this time. Our Loan Agreement and our rights to payments under our collaboration agreements are our only committed external source of funds.

Under the Loan Agreement, we may borrow up to $15.0 million in three separate draws of $5.0 million each, of which $5.0 million of the Term A Loans were outstanding at September 30, 2015. The Term B Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2015, contingent upon our first multi-dose PK/toxicology studies on at least two development programs and the Term C Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2016, contingent upon receiving FDA approval on IND submission on at least two development programs. Final maturity of the loans pursuant to the Loan Agreement is in January 2019.

Funding Requirements

Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, third-party clinical and preclinical research and development services, including manufacturing, laboratory and related supplies, compensation and related expenses, legal, patent and other regulatory expenses and general overhead costs. We believe our use of CROs and CMOs provides us with flexibility in managing our spending and limits our cost commitments at any point in time.

Based on our research and development plans and our timing expectations related to the progress of our programs, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, and research funding that we expect to receive under our existing collaborations, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least the next 24 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect. Additionally, the process of testing drug candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress and expenses in these trials is uncertain.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 of $13.5 million was primarily due to cash received pursuant to our collaboration agreement with TESARO. Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 of $7.0 million was primarily due to operating expenses of $13.2 million, offset by cash received from our collaborative partner of $5.8 million.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2013 of $5.8 million was primarily due to our net loss for the period. Net cash provided by operating activities of $14.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to cash received pursuant to our collaboration agreement with TESARO and consisted of net income of $3.5 million in addition to an increase of $10.7 million in deferred revenues and non-cash interest expense of $1.3 million, partially offset by an increase in receivables from our collaborative partner of $1.5 million.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 and years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, were due to our purchases of property and equipment. As of this time, we plan to focus on our growth strategies and do not plan on using a significant amount of our cash resources in investing activities.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2015 was zero and $40.3 million, respectively. The cash proceeds during 2015 primarily relate to the issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock for net proceeds of $40.7 million in July 2015, offset by $0.5 million in payments related to deferred offering costs.

Cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 and represents the net cash proceeds from the issuance of our convertible promissory notes in August 2013. Cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2014 was $4.9 million and represents the net cash proceeds from the issuance of our Term A Loans in December 2014.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2015:

 

						Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)		Total(1)				Less Than 1 Year				1-3 Years				3-5 Years				More Than 5 Years
Notes payable, including interest and final payment fee		$	5,922			$	1,351			$	3,704			$	867			$	—
Operating lease obligation(2)			3,280				507				1,072				1,148				553
Total		$	9,202			$	1,858			$	4,776			$	2,015			$	553

 

(1)

Future minimum guaranteed payment obligations for annual royalty payments under all collaborative in-license agreements at December 31, 2014 aggregated $0.2 million. These obligations are excluded from the table above as the annual minimum payments are payable through ten years from the first commercial sale, if any, or expiration of the last patent to expire, the dates of which are not determinable at this time.

(2)	Operating lease obligation includes future rent payments under an office lease, which was amended in October 2015, and expires on August 31, 2021.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with clinical trial sites and clinical supply manufacturing organizations and with vendors for preclinical studies, research supplies and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination after a notice period, and, therefore, are cancelable contracts and not included in the table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low-risk profile of our investments, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our investment portfolio.

We do not believe that our cash and cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits.

Our debt obligations bear interest at fixed rates and, therefore, have no exposure to changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

In March 2015, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Australia, which exposes us to foreign currency exchange risk. The functional currency of our subsidiary in Australia is the United States dollar. Assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiary that are not denominated in the functional currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date except for nonmonetary assets and capital accounts, which are remeasured at historical foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the date of transaction. Expenses are generally remeasured at monthly foreign currency exchange rates which approximate average rates in effect during each period. Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement are reported in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations and totaled ($0.3) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. We do not expect the effects of changes in exchange rates to have a material impact on our financial statements.

We have not hedged exposures denominated in foreign currencies, but may do so in the future.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a biotechnology company developing first-in-class antibody product candidates focused on unmet medical needs in inflammation and immuno-oncology. We develop our product candidates using our proprietary antibody discovery technology platform called SHM-XEL, which is designed to replicate the natural process of antibody generation in vitro. Our platform is based upon a breakthrough understanding of somatic hypermutation, the key biological process utilized by the human immune system to generate antibodies, which enables us to rapidly develop highly functional antibody drug candidates against emerging biological targets. Our most advanced wholly-owned programs, ANB020 and ANB019, bind to therapeutic targets that are genetically associated with severe inflammatory disorders. ANB020 is an antibody that inhibits the activity of interleukin-33 for the treatment of severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy. We submitted a Clinical Trial Notification, or CTN, in Australia for ANB020 in December 2015 and plan to initiate clinical trials in the first half of 2016. ANB019 is an antibody that inhibits the interleukin-36 receptor for the treatment of rare inflammatory diseases called generalized pustular psoriasis and palmo-plantar pustular psoriasis. We plan to submit a CTN and commence clinical trials for ANB019 by the end of 2016.

Our company is led by a strong management team with a proven track record of successfully growing biotechnology companies with deep experience in antibody discovery and development, collaborations, operations and corporate finance. Through November 30, 2015, we have raised approximately $94.2 million from investors, including Biotechnology Value Fund, Cormorant Asset Management, Frazier Healthcare, HBM Partners, Longwood Capital Partners and Novo A/S.

In addition to our wholly-owned antibody programs, we expect four programs will be advanced by our collaborators to the clinic by the end of 2016. Our collaborations include an immuno-oncology-focused collaboration with TESARO and an inflammation-focused collaboration with Celgene. Through November 30, 2015, we have received significant, non-dilutive funding of $51.6 million from our collaborators.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

Product Candidates

We have developed, and will continue to develop, antibody product candidates that leverage emerging insights into biological mechanisms to treat severe diseases with unmet medical need. The following table summarizes certain key information about our wholly-owned and partnered product candidates:

 

 

*	Proof-of-concept, or POC, indicates initial efficacy data in a patient population.

 

Our most advanced, wholly-owned product candidates are summarized below:

 

•

ANB020 is an antibody that inhibits the activity of interleukin-33, or IL-33, a pro-inflammatory cytokine that multiple studies have indicated is a central mediator of atopic diseases, including asthma, food allergies and atopic dermatitis. IL-33 acts on several cell types, including white blood cells that initiate and orchestrate atopic responses. IL-33 also directly mediates release of disease-associated cytokines, which recruit pro-inflammatory cells that mediate atopic disease. Because ANB020 inhibits IL-33 function, and acts upstream broadly across the key cell types and cytokines involved in atopy, we believe that its mechanism has advantages in the treatment of atopic diseases over competing agents that block only a subset of the cytokines responsible for atopic diseases. The role of IL-33 signaling in asthma has been recently genetically validated through human studies. We believe ANB020 is potentially the first-in-class therapy targeting IL-33. In December 2015, we submitted a CTN for ANB020, the approval of which will allow us to commence a Phase 1 healthy volunteer trial in Australia in the first half of 2016, followed by patient trials in severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy in other countries, including the United States after submitting an IND to the FDA. We estimate, based on our analysis of publicly available data sources and interviews with physicians and key opinion leaders in the field, that asthma affects approximately 7.7% of the adult U.S. population, or approximately 19.0 million individuals, of which 19%, or approximately 3.6 million have severe, persistent occurrence of this respiratory disease. Peanut allergy is the most common cause of food-induced allergy in the United States. Based on our analysis of publicly available data sources and interviews with physicians and key opinion leaders in the field, we estimate approximately 1.7 million adults are affected by peanut allergy,

 

76

---

Table of Contents

of which approximately 600,000 are regularly treated by allergists and approximately 400,000 are at risk for severe reactions and therefore we believe are suitable for treatment with systemic biological therapies.

 

•

ANB019 is an antibody that inhibits the function of the interleukin-36-receptor, or IL-36R, which we are initially developing as a potential first-in-class therapy for GPP patients. GPP is a life-threatening, rare, systemic inflammatory disorder that, based on our analysis of publicly available data sources and interviews with physicians and key opinion leaders in the field, we estimate affects approximately 3,000 patients in the United States with no approved therapies. Studies have shown that GPP is associated with mutations, that lead to abnormally high signaling through the IL-36R, which we believe can be addressed by treatment with ANB019. We believe ANB019 is the most advanced therapeutic antibody targeting the IL-36R in development. We anticipate filing an Australian CTN for ANB019 by the end of 2016, the approval of which would allow us to initiate Phase 1 trials in Australia by the end of 2016. We plan to subsequently develop ANB019 in the United States after submitting an IND to the FDA and to seek FDA Orphan Drug Designation for the treatment of GPP and PPP. The FDA may grant Orphan Drug Designation to a drug intended to treat a disease or condition that generally affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States.

The Advantages of Our SHM-XEL Platform

Our approach to developing novel therapeutic antibody product candidates is based upon somatic hypermutation, or SHM, a critical, endogenous process that generates the essential antibody diversity required to develop a natural immune response to pathogens. Our proprietary antibody generation platform, called SHM-XEL, is designed to replicate the natural process of SHM in vitro. Competing antibody discovery technologies include mouse immunization methodologies, microbial antibody display and human B-cell screening. We believe SHM-XEL overcomes several key limitations associated with these competing technologies and has the following competitive advantages:

 

•

Diversity against difficult targets. By applying SHM without the constraints of an in vivo environment we are able to generate an unprecedented diversity of antibodies. This enables us to develop antibodies against human targets that we believe have not otherwise been accessible to other technologies.

 

•

High potency. Because our platform generates highly-potent antibodies, we are potentially able to modulate every extracellular target associated with human disease, and believe only small therapeutic doses may be required to mediate therapeutic effect in vivo.

 

•

Functional activity selection. Our mammalian cell system simultaneously displays and secretes antibodies during the antibody discovery process, allowing us to incorporate functional assays throughout the process and focus on producing product candidates that are optimized for the desired therapeutic activity.

 

•

Speed. Our platform technology enables us to generate therapeutic-grade antibodies and initiate subsequent preclinical manufacturing and toxicology studies, typically in less than 12 months. We believe this timeline is significantly shorter than conventional approaches based upon mouse immunization and microbial display systems.

 

•

Manufacturability. By using mammalian cell display to generate our therapeutic antibodies, we believe our platform mitigates risks associated with antibody expression, formulation and stability during the antibody generation process.

 

•

Bispecific antibodies. A bispecific antibody is a single therapeutic molecule designed to bind two different targets. Bispecific antibodies have the advantage of combining two therapeutic mechanisms with the goal of increasing therapeutic efficacy, in comparison to monospecific antibodies that bind either of the targets individually. We believe our competitors’ bispecific strategies generally rely on proteins with non-natural formats, resulting in unpredictable pharmacokinetics and manufacturing properties. Our strategy is to develop bispecific antibodies that are composed of two different heavy chains with a common shared light chain that resemble the natural antibody structure and exhibit the desired functional activity to each target.

 

77

---

Table of Contents

Utilizing our proprietary SHM-XEL platform, we are able to generate a large diversity of heavy and light chain varieties against each therapeutic target, and then co-mature a common light chain in the context of two different heavy chains, which permits us to identify bispecific antibodies with sufficient potency against each of the two targets that we believe will provide greater therapeutic benefit.

Our Strategy

We are a leading antibody development company with a pipeline of novel therapeutic antibodies, which is being further expanded by applying our technology platform to emerging biological targets.

 

•

Advancing our lead product candidates into the clinic. We plan to initiate a Phase 1 healthy volunteer trial for ANB020 in the first half of 2016, followed by trials in severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy patients. We plan to initiate a Phase 1 healthy volunteer trial for ANB019 by the end of 2016, followed by a registration study in GPP patients. For both ANB020 and ANB019, we plan to conduct our initial clinical trials in Australia, and to then conduct further clinical development in the United States and other countries. We have elected to pursue this strategy in order to benefit from certain financial incentives that Australia makes available for biotechnology research and development, and because we believe that Australia provides a streamlined approval processes for the initiation of first-in-human studies and that the clinical data we generate in Australia will subsequently be accepted by the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies outside of Australia.

 

•

Identifying emerging opportunities in key therapeutic areas. We intend to remain at the forefront of discovery and development of new therapeutic opportunities in inflammation and immuno-oncology by understanding and translating biological breakthroughs into first-in-class therapeutic antibodies. Our approach includes translational biology assessments, such as human genetics, ex vivo tissue pathology and target expression patterns, to understand the relevance of emerging targets to patients with unmet medical needs. We plan to leverage this knowledge to create new product candidates and position our current and future programs for rapid clinical proof-of-concept achievement.

 

•

Continuing to expand our proprietary pipeline by generating new product candidates using our technology platform. Using our proprietary antibody generation platform, we are able to rapidly develop novel therapeutic antibodies against emerging targets. Our goal is to advance one or more wholly-owned new therapeutic antibody program to an IND submission to the FDA, or foreign equivalent, each year.

 

•

Retaining rights to strategic products in key commercial markets. We intend to retain ownership and control of our pipeline programs to key inflection points. We may build sales and marketing capabilities in selected specialty markets that we believe can be served with a focused commercial organization. For certain programs, we plan to seek strategic collaborations that provide us with funding, infrastructure and marketing resources to advance through development and commercialization.

Our Collaborations

We have established collaborations with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that have provided us with $51.6 million in payments through November 30, 2015. Multiple antibodies, generated by us prior to or during a strategic collaboration, are currently being advanced through development by our collaborators. Our collaborations with TESARO and Celgene are described below:

TESARO Programs

Under our immuno-oncology collaboration with TESARO, we have granted exclusive rights to TESARO to develop and commercialize antibodies generated using our SHM-XEL platform consisting of the following antibody product candidates:

 

•

Anti-PD-1 Monospecific Antagonist Antibody (TSR-042): currently in preclinical development with an IND submission anticipated in the fourth quarter of 2015 and first-in-human dosing in early 2016;

 

78

---

Table of Contents

•

Anti-TIM-3 Monospecific Antagonist Antibody: currently in preclinical development;

 

•

Anti-LAG-3 Monospecific Antagonist Antibody: currently in preclinical development;

 

•

Anti-PD-1/TIM-3 Bispecific Antagonist Antibody: currently in lead selection process;

 

•

Anti-PD-1/LAG-3 Bispecific Antagonist Antibody: currently in lead selection process; and

 

•

Undisclosed Bispecific Antagonist Antibody: currently in lead selection process.

Celgene Programs

Under our collaboration with Celgene, we developed therapeutic antibodies against multiple targets. We granted Celgene the option to obtain worldwide commercial rights to antibodies generated against each of the targets under the agreement, which option was triggered on a target-by-target basis by our delivery of antibodies meeting certain pre-specified parameters pertaining to each target under collaboration. We successfully delivered antibodies against three targets. Celgene is currently advancing two anti-inflammatory antibody programs to the clinic.

Wholly-Owned Product Pipeline

Our most advanced, wholly-owned pipeline programs, ANB020 and ANB019, are described below:

ANB020: Anti-IL-33 Antibody

ANB020 is an antibody that inhibits the activity of IL-33 and is being developed to treat atopic diseases, including severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy. Despite the key role of IL-33 in atopic diseases, it has been historically difficult for other antibody technologies to generate a functional anti-IL-33 therapeutic agent. We believe ANB020 is the most advanced antibody therapeutic candidate in development targeting the IL-33 cytokine. In December 2015, we submitted an Australian CTN for ANB020 and plan to commence a Phase 1 trial in Australia in the first half of 2016.

IL-33 Target Biology

IL-33 is a pro-inflammatory cytokine that signals through the ST2 receptor, which multiple studies suggest serves as a central mediator of various immune responses leading to Th2-type inflammatory disorders, including asthma, food allergies, atopic dermatitis and other atopic diseases. In response to pathogens, viruses, toxins or allergens, IL-33 is rapidly released from mucosal epithelial and endothelial cells. For example, a recent scientific study has indicated that individuals with asthma symptoms express higher levels of IL-33 than healthy control subjects. IL-33 initiates a diverse array of cellular immune responses, including the activation of mast cells, basophils and eosinophils, leading to production of downstream cytokines, such as IL-4, IL-5 and IL-13, associated with atopic diseases. IL-33 also acts on T helper 2, or Th2, effector cells and Innate Lymphoid Cell Type 2, or ILC2, two types of white blood cells that initiate and orchestrate atopic responses.

Because ANB020 inhibits IL-33 function and acts upstream of key cell types involved in atopy and the subsequent release of Th2 cytokines, we believe that its mechanism has advantages over that of competing therapeutic antibodies which block only a subset of IL-4, IL-5 or IL-13 cytokines.

 

79

---

Table of Contents

Genetic studies support the importance of the IL-33 pathway in atopic diseases. These studies have demonstrated that certain ST2 mutations reduce IL-33 mediated signaling and thereby protect individuals with mutated ST2 from asthma. This supports the hypothesis that an anti-IL-33 antibody, such as ANB020, has the potential to benefit asthma patients.

 

Figure 1. Types of cells and cytokines modulated by IL-33. When triggered by pathogens, toxins, viruses or allergens, IL-33 is an upstream mediator of Th2 cells, mast cells, basophils, eosinophils and ILC2 cells, which lead to the secretion of IL-4, IL-5, IL-13 and other chemokines.

 

 

 

Figure 2. IL-33 intracellular signaling. IL-33 binds to ST2 that is expressed on the cell surface and triggers the activation of the IL-1 receptor accessory protein, or IL-1RAP, leading to the activation of MYD88, IRAK4 and downstream kinases and inducing cytokine release. Soluble ST2 acts as a decoy receptor, inhibiting IL-33 before it engages ST2 on the cell surface.

We believe that targeting IL-33 activity is a more promising therapeutic intervention strategy than targeting its receptor, ST2, because (i) ST2 is present in significantly larger quantities, in comparison to IL-33, which will likely require high anti-ST2 antibody dosing levels and (ii) soluble ST2 inhibits IL-33 function, therefore blocking ST2, and likely leading to the release of additional IL-33, thereby exacerbating atopic disease.

ANB020 Description

ANB020, which is potentially a first-in-class therapeutic antibody, is our wholly-owned anti-IL-33 antibody product candidate generated using our SHM-XEL technology platform.

 

80

---

Table of Contents

Our preclinical studies have provided evidence of ANB020’s favorable potency and functional activity in human and cynomolgus monkey in vitro assays. The high potency and functional activity of ANB020 for human and cynomolgus monkey IL-33 was measured using standard in vitro assays: equilibrium dissociation constant, or K_D, and half-maximal inhibitory concentration values, or IC₅₀. ANB020 demonstrated highly potent K_D values of approximately 1 pM and 37 pM for human and cynomolgus monkey IL-33, respectively. ANB020 inhibits secretion of IL-5 from primary basophils purified from peripheral blood of healthy subjects with an IC₅₀ of approximately 1.5 nM, which is approximately 15-fold greater than that of the soluble ST2 antagonist, as shown in Figure 3 below. Lower K_D and IC₅₀ values indicate higher potency and functional activity, respectively.

 

 

Figure 3. Results from in vitro assay comparing effectiveness of ANB020 and soluble ST2 in inhibiting IL-5 release.

Using peripheral blood mononuclear cells, or PBMC, ANB020 inhibited human and cynomolgus monkey interferon-gamma release with an IC₅₀ of approximately 1.1 nM and approximately 20.4 nM, respectively as shown in Figure 4 below. We have developed a whole blood version of the PBMC assay, which we plan to utilize to understand the pharmacodynamic activity of ANB020 in clinical trials.

 

 

Figure 4. Activity read out of interferon-gamma release for PBMCs pretreated overnight with 100mg/ml IL-12, challenged with ten (human) or five (cynomolgus) nM IL-33 for 48 hours.

Our preclinical development has also demonstrated that ANB020 has favorable manufacturability, pharmacokinetics and toxicology to support development. Studies have demonstrated desirable manufacturing properties for ANB020, including robust expression from Chinese hamster ovary cells, or CHO cells, efficient purification using standard downstream techniques and stable formulation up to concentrations required for subcutaneous dosing in humans. ANB020 demonstrated a half-life of approximately seven days in cynomolgus monkeys, retained full functional activity when incubated in normal human serum at 37 °C for one week and

 

81

---

Table of Contents

proved to be fully active in cynomolgus monkey sera two weeks after dosing. We have conducted preclinical toxicology studies under good laboratory practices for ANB020. In addition, we have conducted manufacturing under good manufacturing practice to produce ANB020 in quantities for initial clinical use.

Clinical Development Plan

In December 2015, we submitted a CTN for ANB020 to obtain approval for initial clinical testing of ANB020 in Australia. Conducting early clinical trials in Australia permits us to benefit from Australia’s streamlined approval processes for the initiation of first-in-human studies. We subsequently plan to initiate a healthy volunteer Phase 1 trial, intended to assess, in single and multiple ascending doses, safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic characteristics of ANB020. We will concurrently utilize a whole blood ex vivo assay to identify its pharmacodynamic activity range. These tests are also expected to take place in Australia, and following completion of these tests we plan to conduct further clinical trials in the United States under a U.S. IND.

Once pharmacodynamic activity has been established in healthy volunteers, we plan to test the clinical activity of ANB020 in atopic dermatitis patients challenged with an allergen, after dosing with ANB020 or a placebo.

After submitting a U.S. IND, we plan to test ANB020 in Phase 2 trials in patients with severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy. Upon demonstrating proof-of-concept in Phase 2 trials, we intend to conduct Phase 3 registration trials for ANB020 in these indications. These later-stage trials may be conducted through collaboration with a leading pharmaceutical company with strong commercial infrastructure in respiratory and allergic therapeutic areas.

In addition, we are exploring the potential to develop ANB020 as a treatment for myeloproliferative neoplasms where the survival, expansion or transformation of pathogenic precursor cells may be dependent upon IL-33, including myelofibrosis, which affects approximately 18,000 people in the United States.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

Figure 5 below describes our current anticipated clinical development strategy for ANB020 and our current estimate of the approximate timeframe in which our anticipated development activities will occur. However, as described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, the clinical development of drug product candidates is subject to a wide range of risks and uncertainties, any of which could cause our actual development strategy or timeframes to vary from the description in the figure below.

 

 

Figure 5. Anticipated ANB020 clinical development strategy.

As described above, we plan to pursue a clinical development strategy that involves conducting our initial clinical trials in Australia. We are pursuing this strategy in order to benefit from certain financial incentives that Australia makes available for biotechnology research and development and because we believe that Australia provides a streamlined approval processes for the initiation of first-in-human studies, which we believe will allow us to begin our Phase 1 clinical trials weeks, and possibly several months, sooner than if we pursued initiation of trials in the United States. In particular, the Australian CTN review process is conducted on a regional basis by a single committee, without the requirement for review by the national regulatory agency in Australia, the Therapeutic Goods Administration, or the TGA. In contrast, in the United States, the sponsor of a first-in-human clinical trial typically must engage in a series of steps that include submission of an IND to the FDA and waiting 30 days for FDA feedback, if any, and then separate submission of materials to a review board at the trial site. Although we expect the length of each Phase 1 clinical trial, once initiated, will be the same as it would be if the trials were conducted in the United States, we believe the streamlined approval processes for the initiation of our trials in Australia offers us a meaningful advantage.

In addition, we believe that clinical data generated in Australia will subsequently be accepted by the FDA and its foreign equivalents outside of Australia, and therefore may enable us to commence Phase 2 clinical trials in the United States immediately following submission of an IND, without any need for us to repeat our Phase 1 trials in the United States. As discussed below under “Government Regulation and Product Approval—Foreign Clinical Studies to Support an IND,” we believe the FDA will generally accept data from well-designed, well-conducted foreign clinical trials that are conducted in accordance with good clinical practice, or GCP, where the FDA is able to validate data through onsite inspection, if the FDA deems such inspection necessary. We expect that our Phase 1

 

83

---

Table of Contents

clinical trials for ANB020 will be well-designed and conducted in accordance with GCP and therefore believe that the data from the trials will be accepted by the FDA. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents are not required to accept Phase 1 data generated in Australia. If they do not accept any such data, we would likely be required to conduct additional Phase 1 clinical trials.

ANB020 Market Opportunity

A significant portion of individuals in the U.S. population experiences at least one atopic disease during their lifetime, and it is well understood that most patients with one type of atopic condition tend to present with other allergic conditions. While we believe ANB020 may be effective across atopic diseases, we have prioritized our development efforts based on unmet medical need and potential market opportunity. We have chosen to focus our ANB020 program initially on two indications: severe adult asthma and severe adult peanut allergy.

Asthma. We estimate, based on our analysis of publicly available data sources and interviews with physicians and key opinion leaders in the field, that asthma affects approximately 7.7% of the adult U.S. population, or 19.0 million individuals, of which 19%, or 3.6 million individuals, have severe, persistent occurrence of this respiratory disease. As a chronic inflammatory disorder, severe asthma can lead to permanent structural damage to the airways and long-term reductions in lung function. Although many mild-to-moderate asthmatics respond well to currently available treatments, which include inhaled corticosteroids, or ICS, and long-acting beta agonists, or LABA, severe asthma in patients is generally not adequately controlled by such available therapies. We will initially focus on the treatment of severe asthma that, based on our analysis, includes 1.1 million adult patients whose disease is not sufficiently controlled through standard-of-care therapy. We have conducted primary market studies that estimate approximately 45% of these patients are candidates for biologic therapies, such as ANB020.

Existing biologic therapies include Xolair, which is approved for the treatment of moderate to severe persistent allergic asthma patients whose asthma symptoms are not controlled by ICS. Xolair’s approved labeling carries a black box warning about the risk of anaphylaxis, a severe, potentially fatal, allergic reaction, and Nucala, which the FDA recently approved for the add-on maintenance treatment in patients aged 12 years or older with severe eosinophilic asthma. Other emerging therapies currently in development, such as lebrikizumab, have yet to be approved by the FDA for treatment of asthma while the FDA’s Pulmonary-Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee recommended that the FDA approve reslizumab in adult patients aged 18 years and older for the treatment of inadequately controlled asthma in patients with elevated eosinophils, despite an inhaled corticosteroids treatment regimen. Xolair is a difficult drug to prescribe due to complex dosing algorithms, frequent administration and risk of anaphylaxis, and we expect the indications for Nucala, reslizumab and lebrikizumab will be limited to subsets of the asthma market defined by biomarkers. We believe that ANB020 may have therapeutic benefit across a broad range of ICS-refractory severe adult asthma patients, and plan to utilize biomarkers during development to differentiate ANB020 relative to competitors.

Peanut Allergy. Peanuts are the most common cause of food-induced allergy in the United States. We estimate, based on our analysis of publicly available data sources and interviews with physicians and key opinion leaders in the field, that approximately 1.7 million adults in the United States have allergic responses to peanut. We estimate approximately 600,000 are treated by allergists and approximately 400,000 are at risk for severe reactions and therefore we believe are suitable for treatment with systemic biological therapies.

Existing therapies have failed to prevent the occurrence of severe reactions due to accidental peanut exposure, which often results in systemic anaphylaxis and can lead to death. Immunotherapy approaches, such as oral or transdermal desensitization, currently being developed for this indication require patients to be dosed with increasing quantities of peanut antigens over time. If patients are able to overcome the toxicities of this allergen-based approach, therapeutic benefit, on an allergen-specific basis, may be observed after 12 to 24 months of oral or skin patch based delivery of peanut allergens. The long-term safety and efficacy of immunotherapy is still uncertain, and these desensitization treatments have not yet been approved by the FDA.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

ANB020 has the potential to rapidly suppress severe adult peanut allergy through its cytokine targeting mechanism, which is allergen non-specific, allowing patients with multiple allergic responses to benefit from a single therapy, and avoids tolerability issues by acting without allergen dosing. If approved, we anticipate that ANB020 could become the standard-of-care for the treatment of severe adult peanut allergy patients.

ANB019: Anti-IL-36R Antibody

Overview

ANB019 is an antibody that inhibits the function of IL-36R, which we are initially developing as a potential first-in-class therapy for genetically-defined GPP patients. GPP is a life-threatening, rare systemic inflammatory disorder reported to affect approximately 3,000 patients in the United States alone, with no currently approved therapies. Studies have shown that GPP is associated with mutations in the gene encoding the IL-36R antagonist, or IL-36RA, that lead to abnormally high signaling through the IL-36R and thereby cause the systemic inflammatory condition, GPP. We believe ANB019 is the most advanced antibody targeting the IL-36R in development.

We anticipate filing an Australian CTN for ANB019 by the end of 2016 and initiating a Phase 1 trial in Australia by the end of 2016. We also plan to develop ANB019 for other IL-36R driven inflammatory conditions, including PPP, which is reported to affect approximately 150,000 patients in the United States. We plan to seek FDA Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 for the treatment of GPP and PPP, which we believe may be differentiated from the non-rare plaque psoriasis, or psoriasis vulgaris, based upon distinctive genetic and translational features unique to GPP and/or PPP.

IL-36R Target Biology

The IL-36 subfamily of proteins consists of the IL-36 receptor antagonist, or IL-36RA, as well as IL-36 alpha, IL-36 beta and IL-36 gamma, all of which have agonistic characteristics and signal through IL-36R. These IL-36 proteins are mainly expressed in keratinocytes, the predominant cell type in the epidermis. The role of the IL-36RA is to dampen the inflammatory effects of IL-36 alpha, IL-36 beta and IL-36 gamma.

 

 

 

Figure 6. IL-36 Receptor Signaling. Signaling is maintained in balance by the receptor antagonist. Mutations render the receptor antagonist dysfunctional and lead to uncontrolled signaling causing GPP. PPP is caused by excess cytokine signaling that overcomes a normal receptor antagonist.

Studies have demonstrated the relevance of IL-36 in regulating inflammation in the skin. Mice over-expressing the IL-36 alpha cytokine undergo a psoriasis-like condition when challenged with an inflammatory stimulus. Additionally, immuno-deficient mice transplanted with human psoriatic skin have been shown to require the IL-36R signaling to maintain disease.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

Recent human studies have demonstrated that mutations in the IL-36RA lead to the occurrence of GPP by rendering it non-functional and unable to dampen IL-36R signaling. These findings support our hypothesis that IL-36 signaling plays a significant role in GPP.

We believe that ANB019 has the potential to be the first-in-class therapeutic antibody targeting IL-36R, serving as a therapeutic opportunity for patients with IL-36 signaling mediated inflammatory disease, including GPP.

ANB019 Description

ANB019 was generated using our SHM-XEL technology platform and has demonstrated high functional potency in blocking human and cynomolgus monkey IL-36 signaling in preclinical studies.

ANB019 blocks signal transduction through the human IL-36R and cynomolgus monkey IL-36R by inhibiting the interaction between the receptor and IL-36 alpha, IL-36 beta, and IL-36 gamma cytokines. The high potency and functional activity of ANB019 for human and cynomolgus monkey IL-36R was measured using standard in vitro assays to determine K_D, and IC₅₀ values. ANB019 has demonstrated potent K_D values of approximately of 71 pM and 209 pM for human IL-36R and cynomolgus monkey IL-36R, respectively. The antibody exhibits high specificity for IL-36R, displaying no detectable binding to related proteins. As shown in Figure 7 below, functional potency of ANB019 is at least 100-fold greater than IL-36RA in both human and cynomolgus systems, which is measured as the IC₅₀ of inhibition of interleukin-8, or IL-8, release from human and cynomolgus keratinocytes. ANB019 functional activity has been demonstrated through inhibition of IL-8 secretion from human and cynomolgus primary keratinocytes when stimulated by IL-36 gamma of approximately 0.15 nM and 1.2 nM, respectively. Lower K_D and IC₅₀ values indicate higher potency and functional activity, respectively. Similar IC₅₀ values were observed in those same preclinical studies when keratinocytes were stimulated with IL-36 alpha or beta.

 

 

Figure 7. ANB019 demonstrated functional inhibition in our preclinical studies and inhibited functional activity of IL-36 cytokines with at least 100-fold greater potency than IL-36RA.

We have initiated manufacturing, pharmacokinetic and safety studies with ANB019, and plan to initiate clinical development by the end of 2016. To date, we have demonstrated that the half-life of ANB019 in cynomolgus monkeys is more than nine days. ANB019 is well-expressed from CHO mammalian cells and is readily purified using standard methodologies. In addition, the antibody retained full functional activity when incubated in normal human serum at 37 °C for one week.

Clinical Development Plan

We plan to initiate clinical development of ANB019 in Australia with a healthy volunteer, Phase 1 dose escalation trial involving single and multiple ascending dose protocols, while also utilizing ex vivo assays to determine the antibody’s pharmacodynamic activity range. Following completion of this initial Phase 1 trial, we plan to submit a U.S. IND and conduct further clinical testing in the United States.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

Our initial clinical testing of ANB019 will focus primarily on GPP patients. We currently plan to conduct a registration program in the United States with ANB019 in GPP patients, focusing on patients who have mutations that render their IL-36RA dysfunctional, starting with an initial signal study with five to ten patients. Based on the therapeutic effect we anticipate ANB019 will have in the treatment of patients with GPP who have the relevant genetic defect, we believe a small trial, potentially with fewer than 100 patients, may be sufficient to demonstrate substantial evidence of efficacy and safety. We intend to obtain input from FDA on clinical trial design before conducting a pivotal clinical trial in patients with GPP.

Once the aforementioned GPP registration study has been initiated, we intend to develop ANB019 for PPP. We anticipate a dose-ranging placebo-controlled Phase 2 trial for PPP with United States and foreign testing sites, followed by one or more Phase 3 pivotal registration trials. If we use a diagnostic test to select patients for inclusion in our registration program, such as a genetic test for IL-36RA mutations, the FDA may require that the companion diagnostic be approved or cleared for use at the time the product receives marketing approval.

Human studies have shown that IL-36 cytokines are highly upregulated in psoriasis vulgaris, in conjunction with some upregulation of other inflammatory cytokines such as TNF-alpha, IL-17A, IL-6 and IL-12. Therefore, we may, as part of our initial clinical testing of ANB019, conduct a proof-of-mechanism clinical trial with psoriasis vulgaris patients who are not currently on any biological therapies. In addition, we may also consider clinical development of ANB019 for patients with psoriasis vulgaris that have failed treatment with the current standard of care, including Stelara (ustekinumab) and Cosentyx (secukinumab).

Figure 8 below describes our current anticipated clinical development strategy for ANB019 and our current estimate of the approximate timeframe in which our anticipated development activities will occur. However, as described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, the clinical development of drug product candidates is subject to a wide range of risks and uncertainties, any of which could cause our actual development strategy or timeframes to vary from the description in the figure below.

 

 

Figure 8. Anticipated ANB019 clinical development strategy.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

As described above, we plan to pursue a clinical development strategy that involves conducting our initial clinical trials in Australia. We are pursuing this strategy in order to benefit from certain financial incentives that Australia makes available for biotechnology research and development and because we believe that Australia provides streamlined approval processes for the initiation of first-in-human studies, which we believe will allow us to begin our Phase 1 clinical trials weeks, and possibly several months, sooner than if we pursued initiation of trials in the United States. In particular, the Australian CTN review process is conducted on a regional basis by a single committee, without the requirement for review by the TGA. In contrast, in the United States, the sponsor of a first-in-human clinical trial typically must engage in a series of steps that include submission of an IND to the FDA and waiting 30 days for FDA feedback, if any, and then separate submission of materials to a review board at the trial site. Although we expect the length of each Phase 1 clinical trial, once initiated, will be the same as it would be if the trials were conducted in the United States, we believe the streamlined approval processes for the initiation of our trials in Australia offers us a meaningful advantage.

In addition, we believe that clinical data generated in Australia will subsequently be accepted by the FDA and its foreign equivalents outside of Australia, and therefore may enable us to commence Phase 2 and possibly registration clinical trials in the United States immediately following submission of an IND, without any need for us to repeat our Phase 1 trials in the United States. As discussed below under “Government Regulation and Product Approval—Foreign Clinical Studies to Support an IND,” we believe the FDA will generally accept data from well-designed, well-conducted foreign clinical trials that are conducted in accordance with GCP where the FDA is able to validate data through onsite inspection, if the FDA deems such inspection necessary. We expect that our Phase 1 clinical trials for ANB019 will be well-designed and conducted in accordance with GCP and therefore believe that the data from the trials will be accepted by the FDA. However, the FDA and other foreign equivalents are not required to accept Phase 1 data generated in Australia. If they do not accept any such data, we would likely be required to conduct additional Phase 1 clinical trials.

ANB019 Market Opportunity

IL-36R cytokine dysfunction is implicated in multiple inflammatory disorders including GPP, PPP, and potentially in severe, refractory cases of psoriasis vulgaris.

Generalized Pustular Psoraisis. GPP is a chronic, life-threatening, rare disease with no currently approved therapies. GPP is a systemic inflammatory disease characterized by the development of widespread pustules marked by idiopathic exacerbations. In severe cases, GPP patients can die from cardio-pulmonary failure, exhaustion, toxicity and/or infection subsequent to occurrences of pustular flares. Patients with GPP suffer without robust therapeutic options because currently approved psoriasis management therapies have not demonstrated clear efficacy in the treatment of this condition.

Through assessment of public literature and primary key opinion leader discussions, we estimate GPP affects approximately 3,000 individuals in the United States. We have conducted, and will continue to conduct, genotyping studies to identify GPP patients for potential enrollment in our upcoming clinical trials in this indication. Given the limited size of this patient population in the United States, we plan to seek Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for ANB019 for the treatment of GPP. The FDA may grant Orphan Drug Designation to a product intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally one that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States. If we obtain Orphan Drug Designation for ANB019 for the treatment of GPP and subsequently are the first BLA applicant to receive FDA approval for a product containing the same active molecular structure as ANB019, ANB019 would be entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for the treatment of GPP. Although the GPP patient population is small, we believe there is an unmet medical need that ANB019 may be able to address.

Palmo-plantar Pustular Psoriasis. PPP is a non-fatal form of pustular psoriasis that we estimate affects approximately 2% of total psoriasis cases, approximately 150,000 patients in the United States alone. Patients experience a chronic occurrence of sterile pustules on their hands and feet, while systemic levels of IL-36 cytokines and other inflammatory disease biomarkers are also elevated. Patients with severe symptoms may have

 

88

---

Table of Contents

significant pain and be unable to stand, walk or do manual work, resulting in greatly diminished quality of life. Existing anti-inflammatory therapeutic options to our knowledge have not proven to be consistently effective in treating PPP. As we believe the PPP patient population to be less than 200,000 individuals in the United States, we plan to seek Orphan Drug Designation from the FDA for ANB019 in this indication as well.

Refractory Psoriasis Vulgaris. Refractory psoriasis vulgaris is another potential market opportunity for the development of ANB019. While the approved biologics that target these three cytokine pathways, including Stelara (ustekinumab) and Cosentyx (secukinumab), are effective for the majority of psoriasis vulgaris patients, a subset of the population is refractory to approved biologics. For purposes of developing an estimate, we have defined the refractory population as the subset of the patient population that does not have at least a 75% response to the leading approved therapy, which is Cosentyx. Based on this definition and our analysis publicly-available information and literature, we estimate that approximately 5% of the patient population, representing approximately 375,000 patients, is refractory to the leading approved therapy for psoriasis vulgaris. We hypothesize that IL-36 cytokine function is the key inflammatory driver in such refractory patients, and therefore these patients may benefit from ANB019.

Discovery-Stage Programs

Our strategy includes the discovery and development of therapeutic antibodies targeting emerging opportunities in inflammation and immuno-oncology. We are currently developing anti-inflammatory antibodies that agonize checkpoint receptors and amplify negative signaling into T cells, which may be useful for the treatment of severe inflammatory conditions. We are also developing potentially first-in-class checkpoint receptor antagonists that are designed to treat patients that may not benefit from currently approved checkpoint inhibitor antibody therapies. Each of these programs is in lead selection stages and we anticipate moving at least one new product to IND-enabling manufacturing and preclinical studies during 2016.

Our SHM-XEL Antibody Discovery Platform

Antibody Overview

Antibodies are complex proteins naturally generated by the immune system to neutralize foreign pathogens such as bacteria or viruses. B cells, a white blood cell type responsible for the generation of antibodies in response to pathogens, secrete billions of antibodies with different specificities into the bloodstream. Antibodies are structurally distinct Y-shaped proteins formed through the combination of two long proteins, called heavy chains, and two short proteins, called light chains. Each heavy and light chain pair forms a binding site where the antibody specifically binds its target, otherwise known as an antigen, at the Fab domain of the antibody molecule. The specificity of each antibody to a target, and the potency of its binding strength to that target are defined by the amino acid sequences of heavy and light chains in the Fab domain of the antibody molecule. The other end of the antibody, called the Fc domain, is responsible for communication between the antibody and the rest of the immune system. Fc domains bind to various receptors and cause immune system effector responses.

 

 

 

Figure 9. Antibody structure. Antibodies are composed of two heavy and light chains paired into a Y-shaped formation. Antigen binding occurs at the antigen binding site, formed by the heavy and light chain Fab domains, while the Fc domain of the heavy chains form the effector end of the antibody.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

Therapeutic antibodies are typically non-naturally occurring, or recombinant, antibodies specifically developed to treat human diseases by binding to certain proteins, and thereby modulating key biological processes. Therapeutic antibodies are injectable products that are typically dosed subcutaneously or intravenously, unlike synthetic chemistry-based “small molecule” therapeutics that may also be administered orally. Therapeutic antibodies have the following key features that we believe make them more predictable than small molecules:

 

•

Target Specificity. Due to the large size and complex nature of the antibody Fab domain, antibodies generally bind with high specificity to the desired therapeutic target and tend to exhibit less off-target binding to unrelated proteins, which lowers the risk of unintended biological side effects such as toxicity.

 

•

Pharmacokinetics and Dosing Frequency. As complex proteins, antibodies are metabolized and distributed differently than small molecules. Full length antibodies tend to exhibit serum half-lives of seven to 24 days in humans, leading to bi-weekly or monthly dosing as typical practice for therapeutic antibodies.

 

•

Potency and Dose Quantities. Antibodies are typically highly potent in binding to their desired target, with binding dissociation constants in the low nanomolar to picomolar range. Hence, antibodies tend to be dosed at low amounts (less than 1 gram quantities per course of therapy).

We believe that therapeutic antibodies can be significantly de-risked pre-clinically for specificity, toxicology and pharmacokinetics, which is not generally true for small molecule drugs.

Since the first therapeutic antibody was approved by the FDA in 1986, the pharmaceutical industry has sought opportunities to leverage antibodies as therapeutic agents to treat human disease. Global sales of therapeutic antibodies have reached over $40 billion annually and are predicted to remain a fast-growing segment of the therapeutic market.

Limitations of Competing Antibody Technologies

Despite the promise of antibodies as a therapeutic modality, historically it has been difficult and time-consuming to generate therapeutic-grade antibodies utilizing competing antibody discovery technologies. Such technologies have relied primarily on mouse immunization methodologies (such as wild-type or engineered mice), microbial antibody display libraries (such as phage or yeast cell display) or human B cell screening to generate antibodies against therapeutic targets of interest. We believe the key limitations of these competitive approaches include:

 

•

Insufficient Diversity. Each of the prior technologies has limited, and often static, diversity of antibodies available for selection. The number of therapeutic targets that can be addressed by the available antibodies is therefore limited. It is particularly difficult for mouse immunization approaches to identify therapeutics against conserved proteins that are homologous between human and mouse species;

 

•

Lack of Functional Activity Selection. Competing technologies have not been able to drive antibody selection on the basis of functional activity. Even if antibodies are available against a certain target, they may not bind the correct region or epitope of the protein to achieve the intended functional therapeutic effects;

 

•

Low Potency. Antibodies from competing technologies tend to demonstrate low binding potencies against their targets. Such incomplete binding may not result in therapeutic effect that is sufficient to change disease outcomes, or require impractically high doses to convey therapeutic benefit; and

 

•

Unpredictable Manufacturing Properties. Using microbial display systems such as phage and yeast display libraries has resulted in unpredictable expression, stability and formulation when manufacturing is initiated using mammalian cells, thus leading to poor production yields and product stability.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

Mouse immunization methodologies. Mouse immunization methodologies involve the administration of human target antigen to mice with wild-type or engineered immune systems, with the assumption that their immune systems will generate antibodies with sufficient potency against the desired human antigen epitope to convey biological effect. A key limitation of this approach is that when the mouse is dosed with an antigen that is similar in the human and mouse, the antigen is seen by the mouse immune system as one of its own proteins, and very few, if any, antibodies are generated. In addition, the mouse immune system often generates mouse antibodies to epitopes that are not therapeutically relevant to humans, leading the resulting antibodies to bind the human target but failing to convey therapeutic effect.

Microbial antibody display systems. Microbial antibody display systems require screening of antibodies, typically formatted as antibody fragments, from a static library diversity displayed on a bacterial or yeast microbial cell surface. The static nature of these libraries limits the range of antibody specificities to 10⁹ or 10¹⁰ range, which is generally insufficient to avail high-affinity antibodies against many antigens. This can lead to suboptimal potency, and subsequently require phage/yeast antibodies to be matured significantly, typically with random mutagenesis, to obtain therapeutic level potencies, which is a labor-intensive and inefficient process. In addition, antibodies selected using this approach are expressed through the microbial cell expression machinery, which differs significantly in terms of manufacturability (expression level, glycosylation, formulation and stability) from mammalian cell expression typically utilized for clinical and commercial manufacturing of therapeutic antibodies. Such differences typically lead to difficulties in mammalian cell manufacturing of microbial display-derived antibodies.

Human B cell screening methodologies. Human B cell screening methodologies involve the screening and isolation of antibodies from peripheral human blood against therapeutic antigens of interest. The key limitation of this approach is that circulating human B cells generally do not develop antibodies against endogenous proteins because their function is to develop humoral immunity against foreign pathogens, such as bacteria and viruses. Therefore, it is challenging to obtain therapeutic antibodies against human antigens through this approach.

Our Technology Solution

Our innovative platform is designed to replicate the natural process of SHM embedded within the human immune system to rapidly develop a diverse range of therapeutic-grade antibodies in vitro. SHM is a critical, endogenous process that generates the essential antibody diversity required to develop a natural immune response to pathogens. Our genomes encode a limited number of antibody genes, which are insufficient to generate antibodies against the wide variety of foreign pathogens encountered from the external environment. SHM enables our immune system to expand the limited diversity encoded within our genomes to the billions of antibody specificities required to defend ourselves against external pathogens.

 

 

 

Figure 10. Mechanism of SHM. SHM is initiated by the Activation-Induced Cytidine Deaminase, or AID, which converts cytidine to uracil at key positions, resulting in subsequent replication, DNA repair and base excision processes that generate either wild-type (wt) or mutant DNA molecules.

 

91

---

Table of Contents

The key enzyme required for SHM is called activation-induced cytidine deaminase, or AID. AID has been genetically conserved throughout mammalian biology and is required for the non-random mutagenesis pattern associated with SHM. AID is specifically expressed by B cells after contact with a foreign pathogen and modifies antibody sequences in a non-random fashion. Through SHM, B cells evolve antibodies with the potency and specificity required to clear the foreign pathogen. However, within the in vivo environment, SHM does not generally progress to the creation of high potency antibodies or develop antibodies against the body’s own proteins.

By coupling in vitro SHM with our mammalian cell system that simultaneously displays and secretes antibodies, we believe SHM-XEL is able to rapidly identify and mature antibodies with desired functional activity to high potency while simultaneously mitigating the risks associated with manufacturing. We introduce AID into mammalian cells to replicate the non-random mutagenesis SHM pattern observed within B cells in vivo. Starting with a library of either fully-human or humanized antibodies, our platform generates AID-based variants of the starting antibody library throughout the process. We have demonstrated that the pattern of mutagenesis we observe in vitro using our platform technology closely mimics the pattern observed among in vivo generated antibodies, thereby increasing confidence that antibodies generated by our platform will be tolerated when used as therapeutic drugs in humans.

By selecting antibodies based on their antigen binding from the broad antibody library population SHM-XEL develops, we are able to evolve in an iterative fashion the binding potency and function of antibodies to levels that we believe will be required for therapeutic use. We believe this approach allows us to rapidly generate antibodies with high binding potency against a target. Through this approach, we have successfully generated therapeutic antibody product candidates to more than 25 targets, including targets that have been challenging for competing antibody technology platforms to generate such as IL-33 and TIM-3.

 

 

 

Figure 11. SHM-XEL Antibody Generation Process. Our platform initiates antibody selection from starting libraries of human and non-human diversity, which is further optimized through iterative rounds of SHM and selection.

Each evolving antibody is expressed within the SHM-active mammalian cell to concurrently (i) display the evolved antibody on the cell surface to permit cell sorting selection for potency properties while (ii) the same antibody is secreted into the extracellular media at sufficient quantities to permit functional assays to be conducted. In this manner, the evolving antibodies expressed by each transfected cell are assessed in a high-throughput fashion for the desired functional activity relevant to the therapeutic mechanism.

We believe our antibody discovery platform, as described above, has the following advantages over competing approaches:

 

•

Diversity against difficult targets. We are able to generate an unprecedented diversity of antibodies by applying SHM-based diversification outside of the constraints of an in vivo environment. This enables us to develop antibodies against human targets that we believe have not otherwise been accessible to prior technologies.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

•

High potency. Because our platform generates highly-potent antibodies, we are potentially able to modulate every extracellular target associated with human disease, and believe only small therapeutic doses may be required to mediate therapeutic effect in vivo.

 

•

Functional activity selection. Our mammalian cell system simultaneously displays and secretes antibodies during the antibody discovery process, allowing us to incorporate functional assays throughout the process and focus on producing product candidates that are optimized for the desired therapeutic activity.

 

•

Speed. Our platform technology enables us to generate therapeutic-grade antibodies and initiate subsequent preclinical manufacturing and toxicology studies, typically in less than 12 months. We believe this timeline is significantly shorter than conventional approaches based upon mouse immunization and microbial display systems.

 

•

Manufacturability. By utilizing our mammalian cell display system, we believe our approach increases the probability of success in manufacturing and commercialization by mitigating the risks associated with antibody expression, formulation and stability during the antibody generation process.

 

•

Bispecific antibodies. A bispecific antibody is a single therapeutic molecule designed to bind two different targets. Bispecific antibodies have the advantage of combining two therapeutic mechanisms with the goal of increasing therapeutic efficacy, in comparison to monospecific antibodies that bind either of the targets individually. We believe our competitors’ bispecific strategies generally rely on proteins with non-natural formats, resulting in unpredictable pharmacokinetics and manufacturing properties. Our strategy is to develop bispecific antibodies that are composed of two different heavy chains with a common shared light chain that resemble the natural antibody structure and exhibit the desired functional activity to each target. Utilizing our proprietary SHM-XEL platform, we are able to generate a large diversity of heavy and light chain varieties against each therapeutic target, and then co-mature a common light chain in the context of two different heavy chains, which permits us to identify bispecific antibodies with sufficient potency against each of the two targets that we believe will provide greater therapeutic benefit.

Collaborations

TESARO

In March 2014, we entered into a collaboration and exclusive license agreement with TESARO. We executed an amendment in November 2014 to add an additional dual-reactive antibody product candidate. Under the terms of the amended agreement, we granted TESARO an exclusive, royalty-bearing, sublicensable worldwide license to research, develop, manufacture, market and sell products based on our proprietary technology for the discovery, generation and optimization of certain specified immunotherapy antibodies. Specifically, we granted TESARO exclusive rights to three monospecific antibody product candidates targeting TIM-3, LAG-3 and PD-1 (TSR-042) and three bispecific antibody product candidates targeting PD-1/TIM-3, PD-1/LAG-3 and an undisclosed target. Under the amended agreement, we are responsible for performing initial discovery and development of therapeutic antibodies with the goal of generating immunotherapy antibodies for use in the treatment of cancer. TESARO is responsible for all subsequent preclinical, clinical, regulatory, manufacturing and other activities necessary to develop and commercialize antibodies selected under each of six development programs, and TESARO is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to research, develop and commercialize at least one product to each of the four targets. During the term, other than under the collaboration, both TESARO and we are prohibited from developing and commercializing, independently or with a third party, any agents targeting LAG-3, PD-1 or TIM-3, as single agents or in combination with other therapies.

Under the terms of this agreement, TESARO made up-front, non-creditable and non-refundable cash payments aggregating $19.0 million to us during 2014. TESARO is also required to reimburse us on a quarterly

 

93

---

Table of Contents

basis for specified costs incurred by us in our initial discovery and development activities covered by the agreement. For products to each of the four targets, TESARO is required to make milestone payments to us of up to $18.0 million if certain research and development milestone events are achieved, and up to an additional $90.0 million of milestone payments if certain U.S. and non-U.S. regulatory submissions and approvals occur in initial and subsequent indications. TESARO will also be required to pay us tiered single-digit royalties, on a product-by-product basis, on worldwide annual net sales, and additional commercial milestone payments if specified levels of annual net sales of a product are attained.

This agreement expires when no further payments are due to us, unless earlier terminated. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. TESARO may terminate the agreement at any time upon 90 days’ prior written notice to us.

Celgene

In December 2011, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Celgene, or the Collaboration Agreement, to develop human therapeutic antibodies against multiple biological targets. We completed our responsibilities under the terms of the agreement to generate antibodies against various mutually agreed biological targets. On a target-by-target basis, we provided Celgene an option to obtain rights to develop and commercialize a defined number of antibodies against each target. We were successful in generating antibodies against multiple targets and Celgene has exercised its option with respect to antibodies against three targets. Celgene is currently advancing two anti-flammatory antibodies to the clinic.

Upon execution of the Collaboration Agreement in 2011, Celgene paid us a one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable initial fee of $6.0 million. Celgene has reimbursed us for specified research costs in accordance with the research plans. Celgene is also obligated, on a project-by-project basis, to pay us up to a total of an additional $18.0 million if certain research and development milestone events are achieved under such project and up to a total of an additional $35.0 million if certain regulatory milestone events are achieved under such project. Celgene will also be required to pay us single digit royalties on net sales of products containing the delivered antibodies on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis until the later of the expiration of the last patent right that covers manufacture, use or sale of such product in such country, and in any case at least ten years after the first commercial sale of the product in such country.

The Collaboration Agreement continues until our royalty rights on any Celgene product resulting from the collaboration expire, which period will last at least ten years after any such product first goes to market. Either we or Celgene may terminate the agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. Celgene may also terminate the agreement at any time prior to the delivery of any of the contemplated antibodies upon 90 days’ prior written notice to us.

In-Licensing Agreements

License Agreement with MRC

In 2006, we entered into an exclusive worldwide license agreement with the Medical Research Council, or MRC, to obtain rights to multiple patents and patent applications relating to fundamental discoveries with respect to SHM and AID by Dr. Michael Neuberger and his colleagues. We since amended this license agreement to include additional subject matter. Under the terms of the agreement, or the MRC Agreement, we obtained an exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under specified patent rights to manufacture, use, sell and commercialize products and methods covered by such patents for all fields of use. We are responsible for prosecution of the licensed patents and the development of therapeutic products covered by the intellectual property. We are obligated to research and develop licensed methods and licensed products for the purpose of commercializing such methods and products at least as diligently as we research and develop our other products of similar market potential and stages of development.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

We are responsible for paying MRC an annual fee of $55,000. Additionally, for each product developed and commercialized under the MRC Agreement, we are obligated to pay MRC up to an additional $175,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestone events and up to an additional $275,000 upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestone events. In addition we owe MRC royalties at 0.25% of net sales for worldwide sales on a product-by-product at or below $750 million and 1% of net sales of products worldwide above $1 billion, payable on a country-by-country basis until the expiration of the last licensed patent covering such product in such country. Under this license agreement, we have rights to 16 patents and seven pending patent applications worldwide.

Unless earlier terminated, the MRC Agreement will expire upon expiration of all royalty payment obligations under the MRC Agreement. Either party may terminate the MRC Agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party or upon the occurrence of specified bankruptcy events for the other party. We may terminate the MRC Agreement upon 60 days’ notice to MRC.

License Agreement with Millipore

In May 2009, we signed a non-exclusive research and commercial license agreement with Millipore Corporation, or Millipore, to obtain a non-exclusive license to patents and patent applications directed to the ubiquitous chromatin opening elements technology for the expression of proteins, particularly antibodies, generated by us, which license may be sublicensed to our contractors and partners. Under the terms of the agreement, or the Millipore Agreement. we are obligated to pay Millipore $87,500 in annual license fees. Additionally, for each product developed and commercialized under the Millipore Agreement, we are obligated to pay Millipore up to an additional $75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestone events and up to an additional $4.4 million upon the achievement of specified commercial milestone events. We do not owe Millipore any royalties on net sales of products commercialized under the Millipore Agreement.

Unless affirmatively terminated by one of the parties, the Millipore Agreement will continue in effect. Either party may terminate the Millipore Agreement in the event of an uncured material breach by the other party. We may terminate the Millipore Agreement upon 90 days’ notice to Millipore.

Australian Operations

In March 2015, we established a wholly-owned Australian subsidiary called AnaptysBio Pty. Ltd, in order to conduct various preclinical and clinical activities for ANB020 and ANB019. We believe our Australian subsidiary will be eligible for certain financial incentives made available by the Australian government for biotech research and development expenses. Specifically, Australia provides a refundable tax credit in the form of a cash rebate equal to 43.5% of qualified expenditures on biotech research and development projects to Australian companies that operate the majority of their research and development activities associated with such projects in Australia. A wholly-owned Australian subsidiary of a non-Australian parent company is eligible to receive the refundable tax credit, provided that the Australian subsidiary retains the rights to the data and intellectual property generated in Australia, and provided that the total revenues of the parent company and its consolidated subsidiaries during the period for which the refundable tax credit is claimed are less than $20.0 million Australian dollars. For the preclinical and clinical activities currently planned in Australia, we anticipate receiving between $1.0 million and $2.0 million in Australian refundable tax credits over the next 24 months, assuming our revenues do not exceed $20.0 million Australian dollars in any annual tax period and we comply with the other requirements described above.

In addition, by establishing operations in Australia, we are able to access an established network of manufacturing and clinical development support contractors located in Australia and benefit from Australia’s streamlined approval processes for the initiation of first-in human studies. We do not have any employees with experience advancing product candidates through the Australian regulatory review process. However, we have engaged Australian consultants with expertise in the regulatory requirements and clinical development of therapeutic products in Australia, and we plan to work with established manufacturing and clinical development support contractors located in Australia, who are also familiar with Australian regulatory and product development processes.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is critical to our business and we strive to protect it, including by obtaining and maintaining patent protection in the United States and internationally for our technology platform, product candidates, novel biological discoveries, epitopes, new therapeutic approaches and potential indications, and other inventions that are important to our business. In total, our current patent portfolio, including patents to our technology platform licensed from MRC and patents licensed from Kyoto University, consists of 29 issued patents and 41 pending patent applications as of December 21, 2015.

For our product candidates, generally we initially pursue patent protection covering compositions of matter, antibody sequence diversity, epitopes, functional activity and methods of use. Throughout the development of our product candidates, we seek to identify additional means of obtaining patent protection that would potentially enhance commercial success, including through additional methods of use and biomarker and companion diagnostic related claims.

The patent portfolios for our two internal programs and platform technology are outlined below:

ANB020

As of November 30, 2015, we own one international patent application, filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, which is directed to the antibody sequence of ANB020 and its variants, epitopes, methods of use and related matters. We intend to prosecute the pending international application and pursue patent issuance and protection in key commercial markets where significant product sales may occur. Patents that may issue from this pending international application would provide protection until January 2035.

ANB019

As of November 30, 2015, we own one U.S. provisional patent application, which is directed to the antibody sequence of ANB019 and its variants, epitopes, methods of use and related matters. We intend to pursue an international patent application, filed under the PCT in due course, based on the pending U.S. provisional patent application, and pursue patent issuance and protection in key commercial markets where significant product sales may occur. Patents that may issue from the expected international application would provide protection until April 2036.

Platform Technology

Our platform technology is covered by U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, emanating from our in-licensed portfolio and wholly owned portfolio, currently under prosecution in various jurisdictions.

Our wholly owned portfolio includes patents and patent applications directed to platform technology related inventions associated with antibody library design, antibody humanization, mammalian cell display and secretion, and other technical attributes relating to the discovery, maturation and optimization of antibodies using our technology platform. Patents relating to our platform technology that have been issued to date provide protection through 2028.

The patent positions of biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our product candidates or for our technology platform. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide sufficient proprietary protection

 

96

---

Table of Contents

from competitors. Any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties. For a more comprehensive discussion of the risks related to our intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application related to the patent. A U.S. patent also may be accorded a PTA under certain circumstances to compensate for delays in obtaining the patent from the USPTO. In some instances, such a PTA may result in a U.S. patent term extending beyond 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application related to the U.S. patent. In addition, in the United States, the term of a U.S. patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products. We plan to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available, however there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions.

We also rely on trade secrets relating to our technology platform and product candidates and seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. Our agreements with employees also provide that all inventions conceived by the employee in the course of employment with us or from the employee’s use of our confidential information are our exclusive property.

Manufacturing

We must manufacture drug product for clinical trial use in compliance with cGMP. The cGMP regulations include requirements relating to organization of personnel, buildings and facilities, equipment, control of components and drug product containers and closures, production and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, holding and distribution, laboratory controls, records and reports, and returned or salvaged products. The manufacturing facilities for our product candidates must meet cGMP requirements and FDA satisfaction before any product is approved and we can manufacture commercial products. Our third-party manufacturers will also be subject to periodic inspections of facilities by the FDA and other authorities, including procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our products to assess our compliance with applicable regulations.

Our internal manufacturing capabilities include non-cGMP antibody and reagent production using small scale quantities for characterization and in vitro and in vivo preclinical assessment of product candidates. We do not have and we do not currently plan to acquire or develop the facilities or capabilities to manufacture cGMP drug substance or filled drug product for use in human clinical trials.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

We rely on third-party manufacturers to generate cGMP-grade cell lines and will rely on them to produce cGMP drug product required for our planned clinical trials, and expect to continue to rely on third parties to manufacture clinical trial drug supplies for the foreseeable future. We also contract with additional third parties for the filling, labeling, packaging, storage and distribution of investigational drug products. We have personnel with significant technical, manufacturing, analytical, quality, including cGMP, and project management experience to oversee our third-party manufacturers and to manage manufacturing and quality data and information for regulatory compliance purposes. While our contract manufacturers have not yet produced cGMP batches of our product candidates, they have previously produced batches for other companies in compliance with cGMP and have been previously inspected by regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP standards. Similarly, our personnel have had experience with cGMP at previous positions.

Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subjects a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including warning letters, the seizure or recall of products, injunctions, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or suspending manufacturing operations and civil and criminal penalties. These actions could have a material impact on the availability of our products. Contract manufacturers often encounter difficulties involving production yields, quality control and quality assurance, as well as shortages of qualified personnel.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by continuing technological advancement and significant competition. While we believe that our product candidates, technology, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Key product features that would affect our ability to effectively compete with other therapeutics include the efficacy, safety and convenience of our products and the ease of use and effectiveness of any companion diagnostics. The level of generic competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors will also significantly affect the pricing and competitiveness of our products. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market.

Many of the companies against which we may compete have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Specifically, there are several companies developing or marketing treatments that may be approved for the same indications and/or diseases as our lead product candidates, ANB019 and ANB020, including major pharmaceutical companies.

For asthma, our competitors include omalizumab (Xolair; Roche), which has received FDA approval and functions by inhibiting the binding between free IgE and FceRI; antibodies that bind IL-5 and inhibit its interaction with the IL-5 receptor such as mepolizumab (Glaxosmithkline), which the FDA recently approved for the add-on maintenance treatment in patients aged 12 years or older with severe eosinophilic asthma, and reslizumab (Teva), which the FDA’s Pulmonary-Allergy Drugs Advisory Committee recommended for approval in adult patients aged 18 years and older for the treatment of inadequately controlled asthma in patients with elevated eosinophils, despite an inhaled corticosteroids treatment regimen; antibodies, such as benralizumab

 

98

---

Table of Contents

(AstraZeneca) that bind the IL-5 receptor; antibodies that bind to IL-13 such as lebrikizumab (Roche), tralokinumab (AstraZeneca) and anrukinzumab (Pfizer) which are in clinical testing; antibodies that bind the IL-4 receptor alpha chain such as dupilumab (Regeneron) and AMG317 (Amgen) each in clinical testing; and antibodies that bind the ST2 receptor including AMG282 (Amgen), which is in clinical testing.

For peanut allergy, our competitors include DBV Technologies, which is developing transdermal products for tolerization of food allergies, while Aimmune Therapeutics is developing oral products for peanut allergy desensitization. For GPP and PPP, our competitors include marketed therapies such as secukinumab (Cosentyx; Novartis) which binds IL-17A, ustekinumab (Stelara; Janssen) which blocks IL-12 and 23 cytokine function; and acitretin (Soriatane; Glaxosmithkline), as well as therapies in development such as guselkumab (Janssen) which blocks IL-23 cytokine function and gevokizumab (Xoma 052) which binds IL-1 beta.

Government Regulation and Product Approval

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

FDA approval process

In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Biological products used for the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of a human being are subject to regulation under the FDC Act, except the section of the FDC Act which governs the approval of new drug applications, or NDAs. Biological products are approved for marketing under provisions of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, via a Biologics License Application, or BLA. However, the application process and requirements for approval of BLAs are similar to those for NDAs, and biologics are associated with similar approval risks and costs as drugs. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as clinical hold, FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs or BLAs, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

Biological product development for a new product or certain changes to an approved product in the United States typically involves preclinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence in the United States, and adequate and well- controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practices. The results of preclinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the

 

99

---

Table of Contents

IND is submitted. A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin. Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational biologic to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations; (ii) in compliance with GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors; as well as (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The trial protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

Clinical trials to support BLAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the biologic into healthy human subjects or patients, the product is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug or biologic for a particular indication, dosage tolerance, and optimal dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit risk relationship of the drug or biologic and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the biologic. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the trial is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

After completion of the required clinical testing, a BLA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the BLA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The BLA must include the results of all preclinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting a BLA is substantial. The submission of most BLAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, and the applicant under an approved BLA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees. These fees are typically increased annually. The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of a BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of BLAs. Most such applications for standard review biologic products are reviewed within ten months of the date the FDA files the BLA; most applications for priority review biologics are reviewed within six months of the date the FDA files the BLA. Priority review can be applied to a biologic that the FDA determines has the potential to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would be a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness compared to available therapies. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

The FDA may also refer applications for novel biologic products, or biologic products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee—typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts—for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the biologic product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, is satisfactory and the BLA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the biologic is safe, pure, potent and effective in the indication studied.

After the FDA evaluates the BLA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the BLA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of BLA approval, the FDA may require a REMS to help ensure that the benefits of the biologic outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy.

Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing. Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. A BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing BLA supplements as it does in reviewing BLAs.

Foreign clinical studies to support an IND

The FDA will accept as support for an IND a well-designed, well-conducted, non-IND foreign clinical study if it was conducted in accordance with GCP and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection, if necessary. A sponsor or applicant who wishes to rely on a non-IND foreign clinical study to support an IND must submit the following supporting information to the FDA to demonstrate that the study conformed to GCP:

 

•

the investigator’s qualifications;

 

•

a description of the research facilities;

 

•

a detailed summary of the protocol and study results and, if requested, case records or additional background data;

 

•

a description of the drug substance and drug product, including the components, formulation, specifications, and, if available, the bioavailability of the drug product;

 

•

information showing that the study is adequate and well controlled;

 

•

the name and address of the independent ethics committee that reviewed the study and a statement that the independent ethics committee meets the required definition;

 

•

a summary of the independent ethics committee’s decision to approve or modify and approve the study, or to provide a favorable opinion;

 

101

---

Table of Contents

•

a description of how informed consent was obtained;

 

•

a description of what incentives, if any, were provided to subjects to participate;

 

•

a description of how the sponsors monitored the study and ensured that the study was consistent with the protocol;

 

•

a description of how investigators were trained to comply with GCP and to conduct the study in accordance with the study protocol; and

 

•

a statement on whether written commitments by investigators to comply with GCP and the protocol were obtained.

Orphan drug designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to biological products intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a product available in the United States for such disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the biological product and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first BLA applicant to receive FDA approval for a biological product containing a particular active moiety to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the United States for that product for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market a biological product containing the same active moiety for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. A product is clinically superior if it is safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug or biological product for the same disease or condition, or the same biological product for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the BLA user fee.

Disclosure of clinical trial information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including biological products, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, trial sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Pediatric information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or BLAs or supplements to NDAs or BLAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the biological product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the biological product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any biological product for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

 

102

---

Table of Contents

Additional controls for biologics

To help reduce the increased risk of the introduction of adventitious agents, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing controls for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The PHSA also provides authority to the FDA to immediately suspend licenses in situations where there exists a danger to public health, to prepare or procure products in the event of shortages and critical public health needs, and to authorize the creation and enforcement of regulations to prevent the introduction or spread of communicable diseases in the United States and between states.

After a BLA is approved, the product may also be subject to official lot release as a condition of approval. As part of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. The FDA may also perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products, such as viral vaccines, before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer.

In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency, and effectiveness of biological products. As with drugs, after approval of biologics, manufacturers must address any safety issues that arise, are subject to recalls or a halt in manufacturing, and are subject to periodic inspection after approval.

Patent term restoration

After approval, owners of relevant drug or biologic patents may apply for up to a five year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug’s testing phase—the time between IND application and NDA or BLA submission—and all of the review phase—the time between NDA or BLA submission and approval up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.

For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the United States Patent and Trademark Office must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug or biologic for which an NDA or BLA has not been submitted.

Biosimilars

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, creates an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to or interchangeable with an FDA licensed reference biological product. Biosimilarity sufficient to reference a prior FDA-approved product requires that there be no differences in conditions of use, route of administration, dosage form, and strength, and no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency. Biosimilarity must be shown through analytical trials, animal trials, and a clinical trial or trials, unless the Secretary of Health and Human Services waives a required element. A biosimilar product may be deemed interchangeable with a prior approved product if it meets the higher hurdle of demonstrating that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. On March 6, 2015, the FDA approved the first biosimilar product under the BPCIA. Complexities associated

 

103

---

Table of Contents

with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation, which is still being evaluated by the FDA.

A reference biologic is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product, and no application for a biosimilar can be submitted for four years from the date of licensure of the reference product. The first biologic product submitted under the abbreviated approval pathway that is determined to be interchangeable with the reference product has exclusivity against a finding of interchangeability for other biologics for the same condition of use for the lesser of (i) one year after first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar, (ii) 18 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar is approved if there is no patent challenge, (iii) 18 months after resolution of a lawsuit over the patents of the reference biologic in favor of the first interchangeable biosimilar applicant, or (iv) 42 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar’s application has been approved if a patent lawsuit is ongoing within the 42-month period.

Post-approval requirements

Once a BLA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of biologics, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Biologics may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of a BLA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality control, biological product manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs after approval. Biologic manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

FDA regulation of companion diagnostics

If use of an in vitro diagnostic is essential to safe and effective use of a drug or biologic product, then the FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the diagnostic, known as a companion diagnostic, at the same time that the FDA approves the therapeutic product. The review of an in vitro companion diagnostic in conjunction with the review of a biologic involves coordination of review by the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research and by the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and preclinical data and the submission to and review by the FDA, can take several years or longer. It involves a rigorous premarket review during which the applicant must prepare and provide the FDA with reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness and information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. PMA applications are subject to an application fee, which exceeds $250,000 for most PMAs. In addition, PMAs for certain devices must generally include the results from extensive preclinical and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the device for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. In particular, for a diagnostic, the applicant must demonstrate that the diagnostic produces reproducible results when the same sample is tested multiple times by multiple users at multiple laboratories. As part of the

 

104

---

Table of Contents

PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which imposes elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance requirements.

PMA approval is not guaranteed, and the FDA may ultimately respond to a PMA submission with a not approvable determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical trial or other data that may be expensive and time-consuming to generate and that can substantially delay approval. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, the FDA typically issues an approvable letter requiring the applicant’s agreement to specific conditions, such as changes in labeling, or specific additional information, such as submission of final labeling, in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If the FDA concludes that the applicable criteria have been met, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the applicant. The PMA can include post-approval conditions that the FDA believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution.

After a device is placed on the market, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must also establish registration and device listings with the FDA. A medical device manufacturer’s manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of medical devices. Domestic facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. The FDA also may inspect foreign facilities that export products to the United States.

Other U.S. healthcare laws and compliance requirements

In the United States, our activities are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (such as the Office of Inspector General), the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs may have to comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the false claims laws, the privacy and security provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and similar state laws, each as amended, as applicable.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity, from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term remuneration has been interpreted broadly to include anything of value. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution. The exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly and practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for protection under a statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor.

 

105

---

Table of Contents

Additionally, the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act (discussed below).

The civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Federal false claims and false statement laws, including the federal False Claims Act, prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. As a result of a modification made by the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009, a claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. Recently, several pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of the product for unapproved, and thus generally non-reimbursable, uses.

HIPAA created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the Anti-Kickback Statute, the ACA amended the intent standard for certain healthcare fraud statutes under HIPAA such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

Also, many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Additionally, to the extent that our product is sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws.

We may be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, imposes requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, independent contractors or agents of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce HIPAA and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act within the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which

 

106

---

Table of Contents

payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report annually to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, the physicians and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Moreover, the Drug Supply Chain Security Act imposes new obligations on manufacturers of pharmaceutical products related to product tracking and tracing. Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products.

In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug and biological products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal and state healthcare laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including without limitation, civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, or refusal to allow us to enter into government contracts, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Coverage, pricing and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for such products. In the United States, third-party payors include federal and state healthcare programs, private managed care providers, health insurers and other organizations. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price of a product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products, therapies and services, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. We may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain the FDA approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Different pricing and reimbursement schemes exist in other countries. In the EU, governments influence the price of pharmaceutical products through their pricing and reimbursement rules and control of national health care systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some jurisdictions operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert a commercial pressure on pricing within a country.

The marketability of any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on healthcare pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Healthcare reform

In March 2010, President Obama enacted the ACA, which has the potential to substantially change healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impact the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry.

Among the ACA provisions of importance to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, in addition to those otherwise described above, are the following:

 

•

an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents apportioned among these entities according to their market share in some government healthcare programs that began in 2011;

 

•

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, retroactive to January 1, 2010, to 23.1% and 13% of the average manufacturer price for most branded and generic drugs, respectively and capped the total rebate amount for innovator drugs at 100% of the Average Manufacturer Price, or AMP;

 

•

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

•

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

•

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals beginning in 2014 and by adding new mandatory eligibility categories for individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

 

•

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

•

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

 

•

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

 

108

---

Table of Contents

•

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected;

 

•

requirements to report certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals; and

 

•

a requirement to annually report certain information regarding drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians.

We anticipate that the ACA will result in additional downward pressure on coverage and the price that we receive for any approved product, and could seriously harm our business. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenues from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates. In addition, it is possible that there will be further legislation or regulation that could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For example, in August 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for fiscal years 2012 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect beginning on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, in January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and imaging centers. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which could have a material adverse effect on customers for our drugs, if approved, and, accordingly, our financial operations.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Additional regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

Europe / rest of world government regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval of a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the EU, for example, a clinical trial application must be submitted to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and IRB, respectively. Once the clinical trial application is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, clinical trial development may proceed. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be restricted in some countries. The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational drug or biological product under EU regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application. The application used to file the BLA in the United States is similar to that required in the EU, with the exception of, among other things, country-specific document requirements. For other countries outside of the EU, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we or our potential collaborators fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Australia

Conducting clinical trials for therapeutic drug candidates in Australia is subject to regulation by Australian governmental entities. Approval for inclusion in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods, or the ARTG, is required before a pharmaceutical drug product may be marketed in Australia.

Typically, the process of obtaining approval of a new therapeutic drug product for inclusion in the ARTG requires compilation of clinical trial data. Clinical trials conducted using “unapproved therapeutic goods” in Australia, being those which have not yet been evaluated by the TGA for quality, safety and efficacy must occur pursuant to either the Clinical Trial Notification, or CTN, or Clinical Trial Exemption, or CTX, process.

The CTN process broadly involves:

 

•

completion of pre-clinical laboratory and animal testing;

 

•

submission to a Human Research Ethics Committee, or the HREC, of all material relating to the proposed clinical trial, including the trial protocol. The TGA does not review any data relating to the clinical trial;

 

•

the institution or organisation at which the trial will be conducted, referred to as the “Approving Authority” gives the final approval for the conduct of the trial at the site, having due regard to the advice from the HREC; and

 

•

CTN trials cannot commence until the trial has been notified to the TGA.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

Under the CTX process:

 

•

a sponsor submits an application to conduct a clinical trial to the TGA for evaluation and comment; and

 

•

a sponsor cannot commence a CTX trial until written advice has been received from the TGA regarding the application and approval for the conduct of the trial has been obtained from an ethics committee and the institution at which the trial will be conducted.

In each case, it is required that:

 

•

adequate and well-controlled clinical trials demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of the therapeutic product;

 

•

evidence is compiled which demonstrates that the manufacture of the therapeutic drug product complies with the principles of cGMP;

 

•

manufacturing and clinical data is derived to submit to the Australian Committee on Prescription Medicines, which makes recommendations to the TGA as to whether or not to grant approval to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG; and

 

•

an ultimate decision is made by the TGA whether to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG.

Pre-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the therapeutic drug product as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the drug. The results of the pre-clinical studies form part of the materials submitted to the investigators HREC in the case of a CTN trial and part of the application to the TGA in the case of a CTX trial.

Clinical trials involve administering the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified principal investigator. The TGA has developed guidelines for a CTN. Under the CTN process, all material relating to the proposed trial is submitted directly to the HREC of each institution at which the trial is to be conducted. An HREC is an independent review committee set up under guidelines of the Australian National Health and Medical Research Council. The role of an HREC is to ensure the protection of rights, safety and wellbeing of human subjects involved in a clinical trial by, among other things, reviewing, approving and providing continuing review of trial protocols and amendments, and of the methods and material to be used in obtaining and documenting informed consent of the trial subjects. The TGA is formally notified by submission of a CTN application but does not review the safety of the drug or any aspect of the proposed trial. The approving authority of each institution gives the final approval for the conduct of the clinical trial, having due regard to advice from the HREC. Following approval, responsibility for all aspects of the trial conducted under a CTN application remains with the HREC of each investigator’s institution.

The standards for clinical research in Australia are set by the TGA and the National Health and Medical Research Council, and compliance with GCP is mandatory. Guidelines, such as those promulgated by the International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH, are required across all fields, including those related to pharmaceutical quality, nonclinical and clinical data requirements and study designs. The basic requirements for preclinical data to support a first-in-human study under ICH guidelines are applicable in Australia. Requirements related to adverse event reporting in Australia are similar to those required in other major jurisdictions.

Other regulations

We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

Employees

As of November 30, 2015, we had 49 full-time employees and one part-time employee. Of these employees, 40 were primarily engaged in research and development activities and 12 have an M.D. or a Ph.D. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Properties and Facilities

Our principal executive office is located in San Diego, California, and consists of approximately 25,000 square feet of leased office and laboratory space under a lease which will expire on August 31, 2021. We use these facilities for our administrative, research and development and other activities.

We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of management, would have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us due to defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, negative publicity and reputational harm, and other factors.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2015:

 

Name		Age				Position
Executive Officers:
Hamza Suria.			39			President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Marco Londei, M.D.			59			Chief Development Officer
Robert E. Hoffman			50			Chief Financial Officer
Non-Employee Directors:
Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.*			40			Director
Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D.(1)(2)(3)			51			Director
Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS(2)			58			Director
Hollings Renton(3)(4)			69			Director
John P. Schmid(1)			52			Director
James A. Schoeneck(1)(2)			58			Director
James N. Topper, M.D., Ph.D.(3)(5)			53			Director

 

*	Dr. Aynechi has notified us that she will resign from our board of directors contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(1)	Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)	Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3)	Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

(4)	Lead Independent Director.

(5)	Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Executive Officers

Hamza Suria has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since July 2011. From January 2009 to June 2011 Mr. Suria served as Vice President of Corporate Development. Before joining our company in December 2008, Mr. Suria worked at Maxygen, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where he was responsible for partnering and alliance management of next-generation protein therapeutics in oncology supportive care, hematology and autoimmunity, including partnerships with healthcare and pharmaceutical companies, such as Roche, Sanofi S.A., Bayer Corporation and Astellas Pharma. Mr. Suria received his M.S. in immunology from the University of Western Ontario, his Executive M.B.A. from the Richard Ivey School of Business of the University of Western Ontario and his B.S. in biochemistry from Kalamazoo College.

We believe that Mr. Suria’s thorough knowledge of our company and technology, and his scientific and business experience, provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Marco Londei, M.D. has served as our Chief Development Officer since October 2014. Before joining our company, Dr. Londei worked as Therapeutic Area Head Immunosciences, at Bristol-Myers Squibb, a biopharmaceutical company, from November 2012 to September 2014. Before starting at Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dr. Londei served as Global Head Translational Medicine of the Autoimmunity, Transplantation & Inflammation Department at Novartis AG and Translational Science Officer at the Genomics Institute of the Novartis Research Foundation from October 2005 to October 2012. Dr. Londei was Professor at the Kennedy Institute of Rheumatology, Imperial College School of Medicine, London, from July 1999 to July 2003 and then Professor and head of the gastroenterology unit at University College London, Medical School UK, from July 2003 through September 2007. Dr. Londei received his M.D. from Università di Bologna.

 

113

---

Table of Contents

Robert E. Hoffman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2015. Before joining our company, Mr. Hoffman served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from June 2012 to July 2015, as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer from August 2011 to June 2012 and December 2005 to March 2011. From March 2011 to August 2011, Mr. Hoffman served as Chief Financial Officer for Polaris Group, a biopharmaceutical drug company. Mr. Hoffman is a member of the board of directors of CombiMatrix Corporation, a molecular diagnostics company, Kura Oncology, Inc., a biotechnology company, and MabVax Therapeutics Holdings, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. He also serves as a member of the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Small Business Advisory Committee and the steering committee of the Association of Bioscience Financial Officers. Mr. Hoffman received his B.B.A. from St. Bonaventure University, and is licensed as a C.P.A. (inactive) in the State of California.

Non-Employee Directors

Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Dr. Aynechi is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S, a Danish limited liability company that manages investments and financial assets. Prior to joining Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in March 2010, Dr. Aynechi was employed from June 2006 to March 2010 by Burrill & Company, a private financial firm specializing in biotechnology and life sciences investment, in various positions, including from January 2009 to March 2010 as a Director in Merchant Banking where she was responsible for regional and cross-border mergers and acquisitions, licensing, and financing transactions. Dr. Aynechi has served as a member of the board of directors of several private biotechnology and medical device companies. Dr. Aynechi received her Ph.D. in biophysics from the University of California, San Francisco, where her research involved developing computational methods for drug discovery. She received her B.S. in physics from the University of California, Irvine.

We believe that Dr. Aynechi’s extensive experience in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, makes her qualified to serve on our own board of directors.

Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2011. Dr. Gallagher has been a partner at New Enterprise Associates, a venture-capital firm, since October 2014. She has served as a director at Atara Biotherapeutics, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company, since February 2013 and she became lead director in October 2014. She has also served as a director at Atterocor, Inc. since October 2012, as chairperson of the board of directors of eFFECTOR Therapeutics, Inc. from October 2012 to 2014 and as a director of Aragon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from February 2012 to July 2013. Dr. Gallagher was a venture partner with Frazier Healthcare, a venture-capital firm, from November 2013 to July 2014. Dr. Gallagher served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Calistoga Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company, from September 2008 to April 2011, when the company was acquired by Gilead Sciences. From 2007 to 2008, Dr. Gallagher was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Metastatix, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Gallagher attended Vanderbilt University and received her B.S. and Pharm.D. degrees from the University of Kentucky.

We believe that Dr. Gallagher’s extensive experience in the life sciences industry and as a chief executive officer provide her with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS is a co-founder of our company and has served on our board of directors since our company was founded in November 2005. Dr. Lydon also co-founded and has served on the board of directors of BluePrint Medicines Inc. since April 2011. Since 2011, Dr. Lydon has served as Managing Member at Staurus Pharma, LLC, a biotechnology company. Dr. Lydon is also the founder of Granite Biopharma LLC, a consulting company, and has served as sole member of Granite Biopharma since 2003. Dr. Lydon also previously served as Vice President, Small Molecule Drug Discovery at Amgen Inc. from 2000 to 2002. Prior to joining Amgen, he was the Chief Executive Officer and founder of Kinetix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on the discovery and development of selective protein kinase inhibitors, from 1997 to 2000. Kinetix Pharmaceuticals was acquired by Amgen in 2000. Prior to joining Kinetix, Dr. Lydon worked at CIBA-GEIGY, AG (Novartis) in Basel, Switzerland from 1985 to 1997, where he was responsible for the protein kinase inhibitor program, including

 

114

---

Table of Contents

the discovery and preclinical development of Imatinib (Gleevec). Dr. Lydon began his pharmaceutical career at Schering-Plough Corporation from 1982 to 1985 where his research involved studies on recombinant interferons. Dr. Lydon has been awarded the Lasker~DeBakey Clinical Medical Research Award and the Japan Prize for his work on Imatinib. Other awards include the Warren Alpert Foundation Prize, the AACR Bruce F. Cain Memorial Award and the Charles F. Kettering Prize from the General Motors Cancer Research Foundation. Dr. Lydon earned his B.S. in Biochemistry and Zoology from the University of Leeds, England, and received his Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the Medical Sciences Institute, University of Dundee, Scotland.

We believe that Dr. Lydon’s extensive industry experience and significant knowledge of scientific matters provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Hollings Renton has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Mr. Renton previously served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1993 to 2008 and as the chairperson of the board of directors from 2000 to 2008. Before joining Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Renton worked for Chiron Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1991 to 1993, following its acquisition of Cetus Corporation. Before joining Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Renton worked for Cetus Corporation as President from 1990 to 1991, as Chief Operating Officer from 1987 to 1990, and as Chief Financial Officer from 1983 to 1987. Mr. Renton currently serves as a director of multiple life sciences companies, including as chairperson of the board of directors of Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and is a member of the board of directors of Cepheid Inc. and Kythera Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. He previously served on the boards of directors of Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Affymax Inc., Sangstat Medical Corporation, Special Olympics Northern California and the Biotechnology Industry Organization. Mr. Renton received his M.B.A. from the University of Michigan and his B.S. in Mathematics from Colorado State University.

We believe that Mr. Renton’s extensive industry experience and board memberships provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

John P. Schmid has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2015. Mr. Schmid served as Chief Financial Officer of Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from September 2013 to June 2015. Before joining Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Schmid co-founded Trius Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly traded biopharmaceutical company, where he served as the Chief Financial Officer from June 2004 until its merger with Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in September 2013. Before he joined Trius Therapeutics, Inc., Mr. Schmid served as the Chief Financial Officer at GeneFormatics, Inc., a private biotechnology company, from 1998 to 2003, and at Endonetics, Inc., a private medical device company, from 1995 to 1998. Mr. Schmid currently serves a member of the board of directors of Neos Therapeutics, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, and as the chairman of the board of directors of Speak, Inc., a speakers bureau, which he helped found in 1989. Mr. Schmid received his M.B.A. from the University of San Diego and his B.A. from Wesleyan University.

We believe that Mr. Schmid’s extensive industry experience and executive positions at multiple biopharmaceutical companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

James A. Schoeneck has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. Mr. Schoeneck has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Depomed, Inc. since April 2011 and as a director of Depomed since December 2007. Before joining Depomed, Mr. Schoeneck served as Chief Executive Officer of BrainCells Inc., a private biopharmaceutical company in San Diego, from September 2005 to April 2011. Mr. Schoeneck has served as a director of FibroGen, Inc., a public biopharmaceutical company since June 2010. Mr. Schoeneck received his B.S. in Education from Jacksonville State University.

We believe that Mr. Schoeneck’s extensive industry and leadership experience provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

James N. Topper, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2007. Dr. Topper has been a partner with Frazier Healthcare since August 2003, serving as General Partner since 2005.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

Before joining Frazier Healthcare, Dr. Topper served as head of the Cardiovascular Research and Development Division of Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and ran Millennium San Francisco (formerly COR Therapeutics, Inc.) from 2002 until 2003. Before the merger of COR and Millennium in 2002, Dr. Topper served as the Vice President of Biology at COR from August 1999 to February 2002. Dr. Topper has served on numerous boards of directors, including Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. and Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Topper received his M.D. and Ph.D. in biophysics from Stanford University and his B.S. in biology from the University of Michigan.

We believe that Dr. Topper’s experience overseeing Frazier Healthcare investments in biotechnology, senior-management experience in our industry, significant knowledge of medical and scientific matters affecting our business, and understanding of our industry provide him with the qualifications and skills to serve on our board of directors.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior officers. The full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members. Our current certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement by and among us and certain of our investors provide for up to eight directors, of which (i) up to two directors are designated by holders of our Series B, Series B-1 and Series B-2 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, (ii) one director is designed by holders of our common stock, voting as a separate class and (iii) all remaining directors are designated by the holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. Drs. Aynechi and Topper are the current designees of holders of our Series B, Series B-1 and Series B-2 convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. Mr. Suria is the current designee of holders of our common stock. Dr. Gallagher, Dr. Lydon, Mr. Renton and Mr. Schmid are the current designees of holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

The voting agreement and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation that govern the election and designation of our directors will terminate in connection with our initial public offering, after which no contractual obligations will concern the election of our directors. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be subject to re-election for a three-year term. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

•

the Class I directors will be Dr. Gallagher and Dr. Topper and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017;

 

116

---

Table of Contents

•

the Class II directors will be Mr. Suria and Dr. Lydon and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018; and

 

•

the Class III directors will be Mr. Renton, Mr. Schmid and Mr. Schoeneck and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019.

Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions.”

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the closing of this offering. In addition, the rules of NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of NASDAQ, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of this initial public offering. Additionally, compensation committee members must not have a relationship with us that is material to the director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our directors, except for Mr. Suria, are “independent directors” as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of our initial public offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Effective as of January 1, 2016, our audit committee will comprise Dr. Gallagher, Mr. Schoeneck and Mr. Schmid, with Mr. Schmid as the chairman of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee

 

117

---

Table of Contents

meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Schmid is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on him any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

•

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

•

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

•

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

•

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

•

considering the adequacy of our internal controls;

 

•

reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

 

•

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Effective as of January 1, 2016, our compensation committee will comprise Dr. Gallagher, Dr. Lydon and Mr. Schoeneck, with Dr. Gallagher as the chairperson of our compensation committee. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1984, as amended, or the Code, and meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

•

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

•

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the terms of any compensatory agreements with our executive officers;

 

•

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

•

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

•

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Effective as of January 1, 2016, our nominating and governance committee will comprise Dr. Gallagher, Mr. Renton and Dr. Topper, with Mr. Renton as the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Each member of the Committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

•

recommending directors to serve on board committees;

 

•

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

118

---

Table of Contents

•

evaluating, and overseeing the process of evaluating, the performance of our board of directors and individual directors; and

 

•

assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of our board of directors, or as a member of our compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2014. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to the compensation of our officers. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation earned or paid in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, for each member of our board of directors, except for our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Suria, who receives no additional compensation for his service as a director. Other than as described below, none of our non-employee directors received any fees or reimbursement of any expenses (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors) or any equity or non-equity awards in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Name		Fiscal Year				Fees Earned or Paid in Cash(1) ($)				Option Awards(2)(3) ($)				All Other Compensation(4)				Total ($)
Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D			2015 2014			$ $	50,000 50,000				—   —				—   —			$ $	50,000 50,000
Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS			2015 2014			$	37,500 —			$	—   35,454	(5)		$	—   50,000			$ $	37,500 85,454
Hollings Renton			2015			$	25,000			$	225,235	(6)			—			$	250,235
John P. Schmid			2015			$	23,333			$	174,888	(7)			—			$	198,221
James A. Schoeneck			2015				—			$	232,861	(8)			—			$	232,861

 

(1)

Dr. Gallagher was paid a $50,000 annual retainer fee in connection with her service on our board of directors. Dr. Lydon and Mr. Renton were each paid a prorated annual retainer fee of $50,000 in connection with their service on our board of directors. Mr. Schmid was paid a prorated annual retainer fee of $35,000 and $5,000 in connection with his service on our board of directors and audit committee, respectively.

(2)

The amount reported in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors from the awards. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 8 to our financial statements.

(3)	The following table sets forth information on stock options granted to non-employee directors in 2014 and 2015 as well as the expected aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2015:

 

Director Name		Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options Granted in 2014				Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options Granted in 2015				Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options Held as of December 31, 2015
Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D.			—				—				684,057
Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS			239,000				—				217,088
Hollings Renton			—				358,098				358,098
John P. Schmid			—				296,370				296,370
James A. Schoeneck			—				296,365				296,365

 

119

---

Table of Contents

(4)	Granite Biopharma, LLC was paid $50,000 pursuant to a Therapeutic Advisory Agreement entered into on April 1, 2014 between Granite Biopharma, LLC and us. Dr. Lydon is the sole member of Granite Biopharma, LLC.

(5)

Dr. Lydon was granted an early-exercisable stock-option award on July 11, 2014 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 239,000 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $0.10. 1/4 of the shares underlying the option vested on January 1, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/48 of the underlying shares vest on the first day of each succeeding calendar month, starting February 1, 2015.

(6)

Mr. Renton was granted (i) an early-exercisable stock-option award on July 6, 2015 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 286,478 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $0.99. 1/36 of the shares underlying the option vested on July 23, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/36 of the underlying shares vest on the twenty-third day of each succeeding calendar month, starting August 23, 2015; and (ii) an early-exercisable stock-option award on August 14, 2015 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 71,620 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $0.99. 1/36 of the shares underlying the option vested on August 6, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/36 of the underlying shares vest on the sixth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting September 6, 2015.

(7)

Mr. Schmid was granted (i) a stock-option award on June 10, 2015 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 151,849 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $0.65. 1/36 of the shares underlying the option vested on July 10, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/36 of the underlying shares vest on the tenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting August 10, 2015; and (ii) an early-exercisable stock-option award on November 16, 2015 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 144,521 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $1.22. 1/36 of the shares underlying the option vest on December 16, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/36 of the underlying shares vest on the sixteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting January 16, 2016.

(8)

Mr. Schoeneck was granted an early-exercisable stock-option award on November 16, 2015 under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase up to 296,365 shares of our common stock at a per-share price of $1.22. 1/36 of the shares underlying the option vest on December 16, 2015, and, thereafter, 1/36 of the underlying shares vest on the sixteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting January 16, 2016.

In September 2015, our board of directors approved a non-employee director compensation policy, which will take effect following the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer of $40,000. Additionally, a lead independent director will receive an additional annual payment of $20,000; the chairperson of our board of directors will receive an additional annual payment of $15,000 when a lead independent director is also serving and $30,000 when no lead independent director is serving; the chairpersons of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an additional annual payment of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,500, respectively; and the members of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an additional annual payment of $7,500, $5,000 and $3,750, respectively.

Beginning in 2016, each of our non-employee directors will also receive an annual option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock, which will vest in a single installment 12 months after the grant date, subject to the applicable director’s continuous service through such date. Additionally, new non-employee directors will receive upon election to our board of directors, an option to purchase 200,000 shares of common stock, which will vest in 36 equal monthly installments after the grant date, subject to the applicable director’s continuous service through such date. The exercise price of such grants will be the fair market value as of the grant date.

 

120

---

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to our executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. These executive officers, who include our principal executive officer and who we expect to be the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2015, were:

 

•

Hamza Suria, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director;

 

•

Robert E. Hoffman, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

•

Marco Londei, Chief Development Officer.

We refer to these individuals in this section as our “named executive officers.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to and earned by our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

		Fiscal Year				Salary				Bonus(1)				Option Awards(2)				All Other Compensation				Total
Hamza Suria President and Chief Executive Officer			2015 2014			$ $	382,083 326,759			$ $	—   166,000			$ $	1,170,840 53,831			$ $	—   —			$ $	1,552,923 546,590
Robert E. Hoffman Chief Financial Officer			2015			$	152,708	(3)		$	—			$	746,021			$	—			$	898,729
Marco Londei, M.D. Chief Development Officer			2015 2014			$ $	363,333 66,410	(4)		$ $	—   16,541			$ $	406,049 167,147			$ $	39,462 28,657	(5)  (6)		$ $	808,844 278,755

 

(1)

The amounts reported in this column represent bonuses awarded at the discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors has not yet determined the amounts of cash bonuses payable to our named executive officers earned in 2015. We anticipate that cash bonuses, if any, for 2015 will be determined by our board of directors by March 2016.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the awards granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the awards reported in the Stock Option Awards column are set forth in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the aggregate accounting cost for these awards, and do not necessarily correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the named executive officers from the awards.

(3)	Reflects Mr. Hoffman’s salary from the commencement of his employment on July 13, 2015, through December 31, 2015.

(4)	Reflects Dr. Londei’s salary from the commencement of his employment on September 26, 2014, through December 31, 2014.

(5)	Reflects reimbursements paid to, or on behalf of, Dr. Londei during the year ended December 31, 2015, consisting of $39,462 for temporary housing and moving expenses, including tax gross-up with respect to temporary housing payments.

(6)	Reflects reimbursements paid to, or on behalf of, Dr. Londei during the year ended December 31, 2014, consisting of (a) $28,011 for temporary housing and moving expenses, including tax gross-up with respect to temporary housing payments and (b) $646 for travel expenses.

 

121

---

Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

The initial terms and conditions of employment of each of Mr. Suria, Mr. Hoffman and Dr. Londei were set forth in written employment agreements. Each of these arrangements was approved by our board of directors. We believed these employment agreements were necessary to induce these individuals to forego other employment opportunities or leave their current employer for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization.

Mr. Suria’s Employment Agreement

Pursuant to an employment agreement effective as of January 1, 2012 and amended October 9, 2012 and September 16, 2014, or collectively the Suria Employment Agreement, Mr. Suria serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The Suria Employment Agreement sets forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including his initial annual base salary of $285,000 and an annual target cash bonus opportunity of 25% of his base salary, subject to pro rata adjustment for any partial years worked, which bonus is earned based on our achievement of specified milestones and performance objectives, as well as Mr. Suria’s performance relative to one or more performance objectives established by Mr. Suria, our compensation committee and our board of directors, the achievement of which is evaluated by us. On August 14, 2015, our board of directors increased Mr. Suria’s annual base salary to $420,000, effective as of August 1, 2015. The Suria Employment Agreement provided for the grant of a time-based stock option to purchase up to 1,499,684 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The Suria Employment Agreement also provided for the grant of a performance-based stock option to purchase up to 684,056 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, all of which would vest immediately in the event of a change of control or qualified initial public offering. These options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant and vest over four years as described in more detail in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” below. Mr. Suria’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However, pursuant to the terms of the Suria Employment Agreement, Mr. Suria will be entitled to severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment as described in “—Potential Payments upon IPO, Termination or Change in Control” below.

Mr. Hoffman’s Employment Agreement

Pursuant to an Employment Agreement effective as of July 13, 2015 and amended December 14, 2015, or collectively the Hoffman Employment Agreement, Mr. Hoffman serves as our Chief Financial Officer. The Hoffman Employment Agreement sets forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including his initial annual base salary of $325,000 and an annual target cash bonus opportunity of 25% of his base salary, subject to pro rata adjustment for any partial years worked, which bonus is earned based on our achievement of specified milestones and performance objectives, as well as Mr. Hoffman’s performance relative to one or more performance objectives established by Mr. Hoffman, our compensation committee and our board of directors, the achievement of which is evaluated by us. The Hoffman Employment Agreement provided for the grant of a time-based stock option to purchase up to 754,055 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. This option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant and vests over four years as described in more detail in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” below. Mr. Hoffman’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However, pursuant to the terms of the Hoffman Employment Agreement, Mr. Hoffman will be entitled to severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment as described in “—Potential Payments upon IPO, Termination or Change in Control” below.

Dr. Londei’s Employment Agreement

Pursuant to an employment agreement effective as of October 20, 2014, or the Londei Employment Agreement, Dr. Londei serves as our Chief Development Officer. The Londei Employment Agreement sets forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including his initial annual base salary of $350,000 and an

 

122

---

Table of Contents

annual target cash bonus opportunity of 25% of his base salary, which bonus is earned based on our achievement of specified milestones and performance objectives, as well as Dr. Londei’s performance relative to one or more performance objectives established by Dr. Londei, our compensation committee and our board of directors, the achievement of which is evaluated by us. On August 14, 2015, our board of directors increased Mr. Londei’s annual base salary to $375,000, effective as of August 1, 2015. Likewise, the Londei Employment Agreement provides for additional discretionary performance-based bonuses. The Londei Employment Agreement provides for the grant of a time-based stock option to purchase 1,126,756 shares of our common stock under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. This option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant and vests over four years as described in more detail in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” below. Dr. Londei’s employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause. However, pursuant to the terms of the Londei Employment Agreement, Dr. Londei will be entitled to severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment as described in “—Potential Payments upon IPO, Termination or Change in Control” below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of the named executive officers, information regarding expected outstanding stock options held as of December 31, 2015.

 

				Option Awards
Name		Grant Date(1)		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable				Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable				Option Exercise Price ($)				Option Expiration Date
Hamza Suria(2)		Dec. 9, 2008			157,000				—			$	0.37			Dec. 8, 2018
		Feb. 10, 2010			10,000				—			$	0.32			Feb. 9, 2020
		Feb. 24, 2011			43,457				—			$	0.23			Feb. 23, 2021
		Dec. 9, 2011			986,642				—			$	0.16			Dec. 8, 2021
		Feb. 1, 2012			684,056				—			$	0.16			Jan. 31, 2022
		Feb. 1, 2012			513,042				—			$	0.16			Jan. 31, 2022
		Dec. 17, 2012			135,978				—			$	0.13			Dec. 16, 2022
		Sep. 16, 2014			362,880				—			$	0.10			Sep. 15, 2024
		Aug. 14, 2015			—				1,861,499			$	0.99			Aug. 13, 2025
Robert E. Hoffman(3)		Aug. 14, 2015			—				432,032			$	0.99			Aug. 13, 2025
		Aug. 14, 2015			—				754,055			$	0.99			Aug. 13, 2025
Marco Londei, M.D.(4)		Oct. 28, 2014			1,126,756				—			$	0.10			Oct. 27, 2024
		Aug. 14, 2015			—				645,570			$	0.99			Aug. 13, 2025

 

(1)

All stock-option awards have been granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Except where otherwise noted, the underlying shares of each option vest over four years, with 1/4 of the underlying shares vesting on the first calendar anniversary of the grant date and, thereafter, 1/48 of the underlying shares vest on the same day of each succeeding calendar month, subject to the optionee’s employment through each applicable vesting date, such that 100% of the underlying shares will have vested on the fourth calendar anniversary of the grant date. See “—2006 Equity Incentive Plan” below for a description of the plan.

(2)

These options are early-exercisable, except for the options granted on August 14, 2015. The options vest as to their underlying shares as follows: (i) the shares underlying the options granted on December 9, 2008, February 10, 2010, and February 24, 2011 have fully vested; (ii) of the 986,642 shares underlying the option granted on December 9, 2011, 1/4 vested on December 9, 2012, and thereafter, 1/48 vest on the ninth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting January 9, 2013, provided that if Mr. Suria is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the option shall vest at that time; (iii) of the 684,056 shares underlying an option granted on February 1,

 

123

---

Table of Contents

2012, all vest only upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan) or Qualified IPO (as defined in our restated certificate of incorporation) that is approved by our board of directors, subject to Mr. Suria’s employment on such date; (iv) of the 513,042 shares underlying the option granted on February 1, 2012, 1/4 vested on January 1, 2013, and thereafter, 1/48 vest on the first day of each succeeding calendar month, starting February 1, 2013, provided that if Mr. Suria is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the option shall vest at that time; (v) of the 135,978 shares underlying the option granted on December 17, 2012, 1/4 vested on December 17, 2013, and thereafter, 1/48 vest on the seventeenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting January 17, 2014; (vi) of the 362,880 shares underlying the option granted on September 16, 2014, 1/4 vested on September 16, 2015, and thereafter 1/48 vest on the sixteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting October 16 2015; and (vii) of the 1,861,499 shares underlying the option granted on August 14, 2015, 1/4 vest on August 13, 2016, and 1/48 vest on the thirteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting September 13, 2016, provided that if Mr. Suria is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the option shall vest at that time.

(3)

These options are not early-exercisable. The options vest as to their underlying shares as follows: (i) of the 432,032 shares underlying the option granted on August 14, 2015, 1/4 vest on August 13, 2016, and 1/48 vest on the thirteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting September 13, 2016; (ii) of the 754,055 shares underlying the option granted on August 14, 2015, 1/4 vest on July 13, 2016, and 1/48 vest on the thirteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting August 13, 2016, provided that if Mr. Hoffman is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the options shall vest at that time.

(4)

These options are early-exercisable, except for the options granted on August 14, 2015. The options vest as to their underlying shares as follows: (i) of the 1,126,756 shares underlying the option granted on October 28, 2014, 1/4 of the shares vested on October 24, 2015, and thereafter, 1/48 vest on the 24th day of each succeeding calendar month, starting November 24, 2015, provided that if Dr. Londei is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the option shall vest at that time; and (ii) of the 645,570 shares underlying the option granted on August 14, 2015, 1/4 vest on August 13, 2016, and 1/48 vest on the thirteenth day of each succeeding calendar month, starting September 13, 2016, provided that if Mr. Londei is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (as each is defined in his employment agreement) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), then all of the shares underlying the option shall vest at that time.

Potential Payments upon IPO, Termination or Change in Control

IPO

Pursuant to the Suria Employment Agreement, his option granted on February 1, 2012 will vest in full upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan) or Qualified IPO (as defined in our restated certificate of incorporation) that is approved by our board of directors, subject to Mr. Suria’s employment on such date.

Termination

Pursuant to the Suria Employment Agreement, the Hoffman Employment Agreement and the Londei Employment Agreement, in the event that Mr. Suria, Mr. Hoffman or Dr. Londei is terminated without “Cause” or resigns for “Good Reason” (each as defined in the applicable employment agreement), provided that each delivers a signed settlement and general release in favor of us and satisfies all conditions to make such release effective, (i) each will receive continued severance payments for 12 months, nine months and nine months,

 

124

---

Table of Contents

respectively and (ii) and if each elects continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA, we will pay directly to the insurance provider of our group health plans, the monthly premium for such continuation coverage, for 12 months, nine months and nine months, respectively, or such earlier date on which coverage with a new employer is obtained.

Change in Control

Pursuant to the Suria Employment Agreement and certain of his outstanding stock option agreements, if we experience a change in control and Mr. Suria is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement) upon the occurrence of, or within 13 months following, such change in control, and provided that Mr. Suria delivers a signed settlement and general release in favor of us and satisfies all conditions to make such release effective, (i) Mr. Suria will receive the continued severance payments and COBRA premiums described above for 12 months and (ii) certain of his currently outstanding stock options will vest in full as described in more detail in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table” above.

In addition, Mr. Suria’s option granted on February 1, 2012, will vest in full upon a change in control, subject to Mr. Suria’s employment on such date.

Pursuant to the Hoffman Employment Agreement, if we experience a change in control and Mr. Hoffman is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement or applicable option agreement) upon the occurrence of, or within 13 months following, such change in control, and provided that Mr. Hoffman delivers a signed settlement and general release in favor of us and satisfies all conditions to make such release effective, (i) Mr. Hoffman will receive the severance payments and COBRA premiums described above for nine months and (ii) each of his currently outstanding stock options will vest in full.

Pursuant to the Londei Employment Agreement, if we experience a change in control and Dr. Londei is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in the employment agreement or applicable option agreement) upon the occurrence of or within 13 months following such change in control, and provided that Dr. Londei delivers a signed settlement and general release in favor of us and satisfies all conditions to make such release effective, (i) Dr. Londei will receive the severance payments and COBRA premiums described above for nine months and (ii) each of his currently outstanding stock options will vest in full.

Each employment agreement contains a “better after-tax” provision, which provides that if any of the payments to Mr. Suria, Mr. Hoffman or Dr. Londei, respectively, constitutes a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, the payments will either be (i) reduced or (ii) provided in full to the executive, whichever results in the executive receiving the greater amount after taking into consideration the payment of all taxes, including the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, in each case based upon the highest marginal rate for the applicable tax.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors on April 24, 2006 and approved by our stockholders on May 26, 2006, and was most recently amended by our board of directors on July 11, 2014 and approved by our stockholders on April 29, 2015.

The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees, including officers and directors who are also employees. We may grant nonstatutory stock options to our employees, officers, directors and consultants. We have only granted stock options under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by our board of directors. Our board of directors has the authority to construe and interpret our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards, determine the terms of such awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Subject to the terms of our 2006 equity incentive plan and the consent of any adversely affected participant, our board of directors also has the authority to reduce the exercise or strike price of any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock option or stock appreciation right in exchange for a new stock option or stock appreciation right, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years.

Options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan generally vest over a four-year period based on employment through certain vesting dates. Options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our board of directors. Unless otherwise permitted by our board of directors, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us for any reason other than due to death or disability, for a period of 12 months in the case of death, and 18 months in the case of disability, or such longer period as our board of directors may provide.

In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides that awards may be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor or acquiring entity. If any surviving or acquiring corporation fails to assume, continue or substitute such stock awards, stock awards held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated will accelerate vesting in full prior to the corporate transaction. All stock awards will terminate at or prior to the corporate transaction. In addition, our board may also provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of a stock award that will terminate upon the occurrence of a corporate transaction will receive a payment, if any, equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

As of September 30, 2015, we had reserved 18,871,272 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. As of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 2,366,273 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 13,563,272 of these shares remained outstanding and 3,191,727 of these shares remained available for grant. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2015 had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51 per share. We will cease issuing awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan upon the effective date of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan following that date, and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be terminated at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted a 2016 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. We reserved             shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will increase automatically on January 1 of each of

 

126

---

Table of Contents

2017 through 2026 by the number of shares equal to     % of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

•

shares subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option or stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the option or stock appreciation right;

 

•

shares subject to awards granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

•

shares subject to awards granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

 

•

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

•

shares of common stock reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

•

shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or subject to other awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the date of this prospectus that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

•

shares of common stock issued under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us after the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan; and

 

•

shares of common stock subject to awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award will be available for grant and issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, or RSAs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than             shares in any calendar year under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than             shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment. No more than             shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options.

Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards, determine the terms of such awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan, including, but not limited to, repricing options or SARs without prior stockholder approval.

Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors are natural persons that render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

We anticipate that in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised

 

127

---

Table of Contents

only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price (if any) of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

SARs provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU whole shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.

Performance shares are performance awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions. No participant will be eligible to receive more than $         in performance awards in any calendar year.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance and, therefore, will not be issued in exchange for cash.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares that can be granted in a calendar year and the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

Awards granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us for any reason other than for cause or due to death or disability, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

In the event of a merger or consolidation, any and all outstanding awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent awards or provide substantially similar consideration to participants as was provided to stockholders. If the outstanding awards are not assumed, substituted or cashed out, the awards will expire upon the closing of the merger or consolidation; and our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting and exercisability (as applicable) of the awards in connection with the transaction. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the vesting of all awards granted to non-employee directors shall accelerate and such awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

Our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors adopts the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. Our board of directors generally may amend our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, without stockholder approval unless required by applicable law.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted a 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that will become effective on the date of this prospectus and will enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount beginning on a date determined by our board of directors. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. We initially reserved             shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on January 1st of each of the first             calendar years following the first offering date by the number of shares equal to the greater of     % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded to the nearest whole share) or the actual number of shares purchased under the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in the immediately preceding fiscal year. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will not exceed             shares of our common stock. Our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. While our employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, our compensation committee may in its discretion elect to exclude employees who work less than 20 hours per week or less than five months in a calendar year. In addition, employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between     % and     % of their base cash compensation. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

When an initial first purchase period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that purchase period will be eligible to enroll. For subsequent purchase periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent purchase periods. Each purchase period will run for no more than             months. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

The first purchase period will begin on a future date to be designated by our board of directors or compensation committee. Each subsequent purchase period will be for six months.

No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar years, that has a fair market value of more than $        , determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than             shares during any one purchase period or such lesser amount determined by our compensation committee. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be     % of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period or (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

If we experience a change in control transaction, each outstanding right to purchase shares under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute the outstanding purchase rights, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the last day of the first purchase period, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a retirement savings plan established January 1, 2007, that is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) salary deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee’s interest in his or her salary deferral contributions is 100% vested when contributed. We have the ability to make discretionary contributions under the plan but have not done so to date.

Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as our other employees, including our health and welfare plans.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

•

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

•

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

•

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising

 

130

---

Table of Contents

out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

•

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

•

any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Equity Financings

Series C-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2014, we issued an aggregate of 3,318,054 shares of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.65 per share, in exchange for the cancellation of secured convertible promissory notes originally issued in July 2013, which as of April 2014 had an aggregate principal and unpaid interest of $2.2 million.

The following table summarizes the Series C-1 convertible preferred stock issued to our executive officers, members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder		Shares of Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock				Total Purchase Price
Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare(1)			1,370,261			$	890,670
Novo A/S(2)			1,370,261				890,670
Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P.			541,246				351,810
Hamza Suria(3)			5,469				3,555

 

(1)	Represents shares held by Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., an affiliate of Frazier Healthcare Ventures. Dr. Topper, a member of our Board of Directors, is a General Partner of Frazier Healthcare and may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(2)	Dr. Aynechi, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S, and Dr. Aynechi has no beneficial ownership of or pecuniary interest in these shares.

(3)	Mr. Suria is our President and Chief Executive Officer and is a member of our Board of Directors.

Each share of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The purchasers of our Series C-1 convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights, as described below under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In July 2015, we sold an aggregate of 38,436,851 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.06 per share, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $40.8 million.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder		Shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock				Total Purchase Price
Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare(1)			6,599,850			$	6,999,999
Novo A/S(2)			4,714,179			$	5,000,000
Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS(3)			471,417			$	499,999
Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D.(4)			150,075			$	159,174
Robert E. Hoffman(5)			47,141			$	49,999
Hamza Suria(6)			14,142			$	14,999
Marco Londei, M.D.(7)			14,142			$	14,999

 

(1)

Consists of shares held by Frazier Healthcare VII, L.P. and Frazier Healthcare VII-A, L.P., both affiliates of Frazier Healthcare. Dr. Topper, a member of our Board of Directors, is a General Partner of Frazier Healthcare and may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(2)	Dr. Aynechi, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S, and Dr. Aynechi has no beneficial ownership of or pecuniary interest in these shares.

(3)	Dr. Lydon is a member of our Board of Directors.

(4)	Dr. Gallagher is a member of our Board of Directors.

(5)	Mr. Hoffman is our Chief Financial Officer.

(6)	Mr. Suria is our President and Chief Executive Officer and is a member of our Board of Directors.

(7)	Dr. Londei is our Chief Development Officer.

Each share of our Series D convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The purchasers of our Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights, as described below under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We intend to adopt a written related person transactions policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, and any members

 

133

---

Table of Contents

of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a material related person transaction with us without the review and approval of our audit committee, or a committee composed solely of independent directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. We expect the policy to provide that any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or with any of their immediate family members or affiliates in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, we expect that our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

134

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at November 30, 2015, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

•

each of our directors;

 

•

each of our named executive officers;

 

•

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

•

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 99,002,517 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 30, 2015 and assumes (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 80,645,051 shares of common stock as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o AnaptysBio, Inc., 10421 Pacific Center Court, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92121.

 

		Beneficial Ownership Prior to this Offering								Beneficial Ownership After this Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner		Number				Percent				Number		Percent
5% Stockholders:
Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare(1)			23,019,148				23.1	%						%
Novo A/S(2)			21,133,477				21.2
Avalon Ventures VII, L.P.(3)			15,080,916				15.1
Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P.(4)			8,977,414				9.1
Entities affiliated with Biotechnology Value Fund, L.P.(5)			7,074,203				7.1
HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd.(6)			6,599,851				6.7
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
Hamza Suria(7)			2,928,051				2.9
Marco Londei, M.D.(8)			1,140,898				1.1
Robert E. Hoffman(9)			47,141				*
Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.			—				—
Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D.(10)			1,134,132				1.1
Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS(11)			2,229,189				2.2
Hollings Renton(12)			358,098				*
John Schmid(13)			296,370				*
James A. Schoeneck(14)			296,365				*
James N. Topper, M.D., Ph.D.(1)			23,019,148				23.1
All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)(15)			31,449,392				29.7

 

135

---

Table of Contents

 

*	Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

(1)

Consists of (a) 15,598,651 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., (b) 5,136,185 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Frazier Healthcare VII, L.P., (c) 1,463,665 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Frazier Healthcare VII-A, L.P. and (d) 820,647 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held directly by Frazier Healthcare V, L.P. The general partner of Frazier Healthcare V, L.P. is FHM V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. The general partner of FHM V, L.P. is FHM V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The general partner of Frazier Healthcare VII, L.P. and Frazier Healthcare VII-A, L.P. is FHM VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. The general partner of FHM VII, L.P. is FHM VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company Dr. Topper, a member of our Board of Directors, is a member of FHM V, LLC and FHM VII, LLC and may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by FHM V, LLC and FHM VII, LLC.

(2)

Consists of (a) 20,312,830 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Novo A/S and (b) 820,647 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrants held directly by Novo A/S. The board of directors of Novo A/S, which is currently comprised of Sten Scheibye, Göran Ando, Jeppe Christiansen, Steen Riisgaard and Per Wold-Olsen, has shared voting and investment power with respect to these shares and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the board. As such, no individual member of the board is deemed to hold any beneficiary ownership in these shares. Dr. Aynechi, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a Partner at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo A/S, and Dr. Aynechi has no beneficial ownership of or pecuniary interest in these shares. The address of Novo A/S is Tuborg Havnevej 19, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

(3)

Consists of (a) 14,258,530 shares of common stock held directly by Avalon Ventures VII, L.P. and (b) 822,386 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held directly by Avalon Ventures VII, L.P. The general partner of Avalon Ventures II, L.P. is Avalon Ventures VII GP, LLC. The managing members of Avalon Ventures VII GP, LLC are Kevin J. Kinsella and Stephen L. Tomlin.

(4)

Consists of 8,977,414 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. The general partner of Alloy Ventures 2005, L.P. is Alloy Ventures 2005, LLC. The managing members of Alloy Ventures 2005, LLC are Craig Taylor, Doug Kelly John Shoch, Dan Rubin and Tony Di Bona.

(5)

Consists of (a) 3,449,203 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Biotechnology Value Fund, L.P., (b) 1,974,000 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Biotechnology Value Fund II, L.P., (c) 637,000 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Investment 10, L.L.C. and (d) 1,014,000 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by MSI BVF SPV, L.L.C.

(6)

Represents 6,599,851 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. The board of directors of HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. has sole vesting and investment power with respect to the shares. The board of directors of HBM Healthcare Investments (Cayman) Ltd. is comprised of Jean-Mar Lesieur, Richard Coles, Sophia Harris, Dr. Andrea Wicki, Paul Woodhouse and John Urquhart, none of whom has individual voting or investment power with respect to the shares.

(7)

Consists of (a) 34,996 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Mr. Suria and (b) 2,893,055 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Suria upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 957,138 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

(8)

Consists of (a) 14,142 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Dr. Londei and (b) 1,126,756 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Londei upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 774,645 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

(9)	Consists of 47,141 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Mr. Hoffman.

(10)	Consists of (a) 450,075 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Dr. Gallagher and (b) 684,057 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Gallagher upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015.

(11)

Consists of (a) 471,332 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Lydon, (b) 1,425,385 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock held directly by Dr. Lydon, (c) 115,384 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held directly by Dr. Lydon and (d) 217,088 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Lydon upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 119,500 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

(12)	Represents 358,098 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Renton upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 290,458 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

(13)	Represents 296,370 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Schmid upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 258,816 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

(14)	Represents 296,365 shares of common stock issuable to Mr. Schoeneck upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 279,901 shares were unvested but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

(15)

Includes shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors. Consists of (a) 471,332 shares of common stock, (b) 24,170,240 shares of common stock following conversion of convertible preferred stock, (c) 936,031 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants and (d) 5,871,789 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 30, 2015, of which 2,680,458 shares were unvested but early exercisable, as of 60 days after November 30, 2015.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. Assuming the effectiveness of this conversion as of September 30, 2015, there were 98,951,685 shares of our common stock issued, held by approximately 71 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” above.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, with such conversion to be effective in connection with the

 

138

---

Table of Contents

closing of this offering. As a result, each currently outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock. All series of convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock.

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of their qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding the following warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock:

 

Type of Capital Stock		Total Number of Shares Subject to Warrants				Exercise Price Per Share				Expiration Dates
Common Stock			822,386			$	0.65				November 2018
Series C Preferred Stock			1,775,022			$	0.65				November 2018
Series C Preferred Stock			288,462			$	0.65				December 2024

Options

As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 13,563,272 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.51. Additional options to purchase 1,251,041 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $1.22 were granted between September 30, 2015 and November 30, 2015.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of our Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of 98,951,685 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below. We refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Demand Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding registrable securities may make a written request to us for the registration of any of the registrable securities under the Securities Act. Within 30 days of such request, we are obligated provide written notice of such request to all stockholders to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all registrable securities that the initiating holders requested to be registered and any additional registrable securities requested to be included in such registration by any other holders. We are only required to file two registration statements

 

139

---

Table of Contents

that are declared effective upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone taking action with respect to such filing not more than once during any 12-month period for a total period of not more than 60 days if our board of directors determines in its good faith judgment that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

Any holder of then-outstanding registrable securities can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2,000,000. The stockholders may only require us to effect two registration statements on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone taking action with respect to such filing once during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines in its good faith judgment that the filing would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, holders of registrable securities were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. If we register any of our securities for public sale in another offering, holders of registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or a registration of only common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered. We have the right to terminate any registration we have initiated before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any holder has elected to include registrable securities in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, in any underwriting not in connection with an initial public offering, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration Rights

We generally will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, a merger, consolidation, sale or disposition of our company or a sale by a holder of equity securities representing at least a majority of the voting power of our company, or when that holder can sell all of its registrable securities in a three-month period without restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

140

---

Table of Contents

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

•

Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

•

The interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

•

At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

 

•

Board of Directors Vacancies. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

•

Classified Board. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board Composition.”

 

•

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a

 

141

---

Table of Contents

meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

•

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations. Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

•

No Cumulative Voting. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

•

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

•

Amendment of Charter Provisions. Any amendment of the above expected provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

•

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

•

Choice of Forum. Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.

Exchange Listing

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ANAB.”

 

142

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of             shares of our common stock outstanding, based on the 98,951,685 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 80,645,051 shares of common stock as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Of these outstanding shares, all of the             shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, could only be sold in compliance with Rule 144.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701,             shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

•

Beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

 

•

Beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,             additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which             shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements

All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to our common stock, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our

 

143

---

Table of Contents

affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject. Of the 13,563,272 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2015, options to purchase 4,823,868 shares of common stock were vested as of September 30, 2015. Shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options will not be eligible for sale until expiration of the 180 day lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity incentive plans.

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

144

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “non-U.S. holders” (as defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

•

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

•

partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

•

corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

•

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income;

 

•

tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

•

controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

 

•

persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services;

 

•

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

•

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

•

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

•

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

•

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

•

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

•

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

 

145

---

Table of Contents

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any holder of our common stock, other than a partnership, that is not:

 

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

•

a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one of more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under the applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

•

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen who is an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Dividends

We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “—Sale of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might apply at a reduced rate, however, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor of such forms) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States

 

146

---

Table of Contents

and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at graduated tax rates, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Sale of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding Backup Withholding and Information Reporting and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

•

the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply);

 

•

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

•

the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, or FIRPTA, treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if beneficially owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at some time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.

If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (i) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign, provided they establish such exemption.

Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The certification procedures to claim treaty benefits described under “—Dividends” will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.

Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

•

a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

•

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

•

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

•

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

148

---

Table of Contents

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by the applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The 30% federal withholding tax described in this paragraph cannot be reduced under an income tax treaty with the United States or by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or similar documentation. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the withholding described herein.

The withholding provisions described above generally apply to proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock if such sale or other disposition occurs on or after January 1, 2017 and to payments of dividends on our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

149

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement, dated                     , 2016, with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters		Number of Shares
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
JMP Securities LLC
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Total

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until that option is exercised. If an underwriter fails or refuses to purchase any of its committed shares, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise this option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above, and the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such offering price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and the selling concession may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

		No Exercise				Full Exercise
Per Share		$				$
Total		$				$

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , all of which will be paid by us. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses incurred in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., in an amount up to $35,000.

We and our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and options have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not (1) offer, sell, pledge, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) with the SEC of a registration statement under the Securities Act to register, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or warrants or other rights to acquire

 

150

---

Table of Contents

shares of our common stock of which such officer, director or holder is now, or may in the future become, the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), or (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such common stock, securities, warrants or other rights to acquire common stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated; provided that Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, on behalf of the underwriters, have agreed to notify us at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver granted to one of our officers or directors, and we have agreed to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

The restrictions above do not apply to the following, subject to certain limitations set forth in the lock-up agreements:

 

•

transfers of securities as a bona fide gift;

 

•

transfers or dispositions of securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up signatory or any member of the immediate family of the lock-up signatory;

 

•

transfers of securities to affiliates;

 

•

transfers of securities by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession to the legal representative, heir, beneficiary or a member of the immediate family of the lock-up signatory;

 

•

transfers or dispositions of shares of our common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of our common stock acquired in open market purchases after the closing of this offering;

 

•

entry into any trading plan established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act;

 

•

exercise of options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of common stock in accordance with their terms pursuant to an employee benefit plan, option, warrant or other right;

 

•

transfers pursuant to a court order or settlement agreement related to the distribution of assets in connection with the dissolution of a marriage or civil union;

 

•

transfers to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares upon termination of service of the lock-up signatory;

 

•

transfers by certain stockholders of shares purchased in this offering;

 

•

conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock; or

 

•

transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a liquidation, tender offer, merger, consolidation or similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their securities for cash, securities or other property.

See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

151

---

Table of Contents

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ANAB.” In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the- counter market or otherwise.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non- financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of the securities offered by this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

•

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any of the securities or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any of the securities being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the

 

153

---

Table of Contents

Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the securities acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any securities to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We and the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of securities in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of securities. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive):

 

•

who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order; and/or

 

•

who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons).

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to prospective investors in Canada

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration

 

154

---

Table of Contents

Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The securities offered by this prospectus may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

In relation to its use in the Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in

 

155

---

Table of Contents

the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to prospective investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

•

does not constitute a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act;

 

•

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act; and

 

•

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The securities offered by this prospectus may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the securities may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any securities may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of securities under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the securities you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may

 

156

---

Table of Contents

be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Warning

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than:

 

•

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA;

 

•

to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA; or

 

•

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

•

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

•

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

•

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

•

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

•

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

•

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

•

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to prospective investors in Bermuda

The securities offered by this prospectus may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

 

157

---

Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority, or CMA pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended, or the CMA Regulations. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to prospective investors in the British Virgin Islands

The securities are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by us or on our behalf. The securities may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (each a BVI Company), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the securities for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010, or SIBA or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

The securities may be offered to persons located in the British Virgin Islands who are “qualified investors” for the purposes of SIBA. Qualified investors include (i) certain entities which are regulated by the Financial Services Commission in the British Virgin Islands, including banks, insurance companies, licensees under SIBA and public, professional and private mutual funds; (ii) a company, any securities of which are listed on a recognised exchange; and (iii) persons defined as “professional investors” under SIBA, which is any person (a) whose ordinary business involves, whether for that person’s own account or the account of others, the acquisition or disposal of property of the same kind as the property, or a substantial part of our property; or (b) who has signed a declaration that he, whether individually or jointly with his spouse, has net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 and that he consents to being treated as a professional investor.

Notice to prospective investors in China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the securities offered by this prospectus, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC. The securities are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the securities without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to prospective investors in Korea

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder, or the FSCMA, and the securities have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the securities may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations

 

158

---

Table of Contents

thereunder, or the FETL. The securities have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the securities shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the securities. By the purchase of the securities, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the securities pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to prospective investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia, or the Commission for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the securities, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the securities may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the securities is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

Notice to prospective investors in Taiwan

The securities have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the securities in Taiwan.

Notice to prospective investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the securities are not offered, and the Offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

 

•

the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to duly registered banks, mutual banks, financial services provider, financial institution, the Public Investment Corporation (in each case registered as such in South Africa), a person who deals with securities in their ordinary course of business, or a

 

159

---

Table of Contents

wholly owned subsidiary of a bank, mutual bank, authorised services provider or financial institution, acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund (duly registered in South Africa), or as manager for a collective investment scheme (registered in South Africa); or

 

•

the contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than R1,000,000.

This document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute an “offer to the public” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act, 2008, or the SA Companies Act and does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a prospectus prepared and registered under the SA Companies Act. This document is not an “offer to the public” and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who do not fall within Section 96(1)(a) of the SA Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

A South African resident person or company or any non-South African company which is a subsidiary of a South African company is not permitted to acquire the securities unless such person has obtained exchange control approval to do so.

 

160

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, San Diego, California.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of AnaptysBio, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

161

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

		Page
AnaptysBio, Inc. Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014			F-3
Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014			F-4
Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years ended December  31, 2013 and 2014			F-5
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014			F-6
Notes to Financial Statements			F-7
AnaptysBio, Inc. Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015 (unaudited)			F-25
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015			F-26
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2015			F-27
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements			F-28

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

AnaptysBio, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of AnaptysBio, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AnaptysBio, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Diego, California

June 5, 2015, except for earnings per share information and Note 12, which are dated July 13, 2015

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value data)

 

		December 31,
		2013				2014
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	2,810			$	22,188
Receivable from collaborative partner			—				1,455
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			244				758
Total current assets			3,054				24,401
Property and equipment, net			750				579
Restricted cash			110				85
Total assets		$	3,914			$	25,065
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		$	197			$	415
Accrued expenses			743				1,052
Deferred revenue			1,290				10,085
Convertible promissory notes payable to related parties			818				—
Other current liabilities			114				129
Total current liabilities			3,162				11,681
Notes payable			—				4,793
Deferred revenue			—				1,935
Deferred rent			221				94
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			386				569
Commitments and contingencies
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,015 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2014			—				—
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 27,743 shares authorized, 27,743 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2014 of $24,991			28,220				28,220
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 17,982 shares authorized, 11,147 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2014 of $7,246			6,452				6,452
Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,500 shares authorized, no shares and 3,318 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference at December 31, 2014 of $6,470			—				2,156
Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 79,000 shares authorized, 17,368 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014			17				17
Additional paid in capital			14,247				14,407
Accumulated deficit			(48,791	)			(45,259	)
Total stockholders’ deficit			(34,527	)			(30,835	)
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit		$	3,914			$	25,065

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
Collaboration revenue		$	5,483			$	15,838
Operating expenses:
Research and development			8,820				8,614
General and administrative			1,950				2,354
Total operating expenses			10,770				10,968
Income (loss) from operations			(5,287	)			4,870
Other income (expense), net
Interest income			1				2
Interest expense, related parties			(886	)			(1,270	)
Interest expense			—				(11	)
Change in fair value of liability for preferred stock warrants			627				(59	)
Total other expense, net			(258	)			(1,338	)
Net income (loss)			(5,545	)			3,532
Net income attributed to participating securities			—				(3,300	)
Net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders		$	(5,545	)		$	232
Net income (loss) per common share:
Basic and diluted		$	(0.71	)		$	0.01
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted			7,787				17,368
Pro forma net income per common share (unaudited):
Basic and diluted						$	0.06
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding (unaudited):
Basic and diluted							58,473

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share and unit data)

 

		Series A Convertible Preferred Stock								Series B Convertible Preferred Stock								Series C Convertible Preferred Stock								Series C-1 Convertible Preferred Stock										Common Stock								Additional Paid-in Capital				Accumulated Deficit				Total Stockholders’ Deficit
		Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount						Shares				Amount
Balance, January 1, 2013			3,000			$	2,979				34,431			$	34,233				15,385			$	8,905				—			$	—						3,088			$	3			$	687			$	(43,246	)		$	(42,556	)
Beneficial conversion feature of convertible promissory notes payable to related parties			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				1,960				—				1,960
Preferred shares converted to common shares			(3,000	)			(2,979	)			(6,688	)			(6,013	)			(4,238	)			(2,453	)			—				—						14,258				14				11,431				—				11,445
Warrants for Series C Preferred Stock converted to warrants for common stock			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				14				—				14
Shares issued under employee stock plans			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						22				—				4				—				4
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				151				—				151
Net loss			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				—				(5,545	)			(5,545	)
Balance, December 31, 2013			—				—				27,743				28,220				11,147				6,452				—				—						17,368				17				14,247				(48,791	)			(34,527	)
Conversion of promissory notes payable to related parties into shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock			—				—				—				—				—				—				3,318				2,156						—				—				—				—				—
Stock-based compensation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				160				—				160
Net income			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—						—				—				—				3,532				3,532
Balance, December 31, 2014			—			$	—				27,743			$	28,220				11,147			$	6,452				3,318			$	2,156						17,368			$	17			$	14,407			$	(45,259	)		$	(30,835	)

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)		$	(5,545	)		$	3,532
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			580				308
Stock-based compensation			151				160
Change in fair value of liability for preferred stock warrants			(627	)			59
Noncash interest expense			886				1,273
Loss on disposal of property and equipment			6				3
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivable from collaborative partners			268				(1,455	)
Prepaid expenses and other assets			132				(489	)
Accounts payable and other liabilities			(255	)			482
Deferred revenue			(1,392	)			10,730
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			(5,796	)			14,603
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment			—				5
Purchases of property and equipment			(37	)			(145	)
Net cash used in investing activities			(37	)			(140	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from notes payable, net of costs to issue			—				4,915
Proceeds from issuance of convertible promissory notes payable to related parties, net of costs to issue			1,960				—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock			4				—
Net cash provided by financing activities			1,964				4,915
Net increase (decrease) in cash			(3,869	)			19,378
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period			6,679				2,810
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$	2,810			$	22,188
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Interest paid		$	—			$	8
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of convertible promissory notes payable to related parties into shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock		$	—			$	2,156
Beneficial conversion feature of convertible promissory notes payable to related parties allocated to additional paid-in capital		$	1,960			$	—
Warrants for Series C Preferred Stock converted to warrants for common stock		$	14			$	—

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.	Organization and Basis of Presentation

AnaptysBio, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in November 2005. We are a biotechnology company developing first-in-class antibody product candidates focused on unmet medical needs in inflammation and immuno-oncology. We develop our product candidates using our proprietary, antibody discovery technology platform (“SHM-XEL”), which is designed to replicate, in vitro, the natural process of antibody generation. We currently generate revenue from our collaborative research and development arrangements.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

Since our inception, we have devoted our primary effort to raising capital and research and development activities, and have incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations through the year ended December 31, 2013 and have an accumulated deficit at December 31, 2014 of $45.3 million. Through 2013, all of our financial support has been provided primarily from the sale of our common and preferred stock and proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt. As of December 31, 2014, however, following the execution of a significant strategic collaboration, we have positive working capital. Going forward, as we continue our expansion, we may seek additional financing and/or strategic investments. However, there can be no assurance that any additional financing or strategic investments will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. If events or circumstances occur such that we do not obtain additional funding, we will most likely be required to reduce our plans and/or certain discretionary spending, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our intended business objectives. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern.

 

2.	Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates in the financial statements have been made for preferred stock warrant liabilities and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market and mutual funds with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, we held restricted cash of $110,000 and $85,000, respectively, used to secure a letter of credit provided as security for our operating leases for our facility.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is carried at cost. Expenditures for major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are calculated

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset. Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operations.

Long Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, consisting of property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on undiscounted cash flows. If long-lived assets are impaired, an impairment loss is recognized and is measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014.

Deferred Rent and Operating Lease Incentives

When an operating lease includes lease incentives, such as a rent abatements or leasehold improvement allowances, or requires fixed escalations of the minimum lease payments, the aggregate rental expense, including such incentives or increases, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The cumulative difference between the actual rental payments and rent charged to expense is recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying balance sheets. For leasehold improvement allowances, the costs are capitalized as leasehold improvement assets and amortized to expense over the appropriate recognition period for such assets.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs incurred to obtain debt financing are deferred and are amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method. The costs are recorded as a reduction to the carrying value of the debt and the amortization expense is included in interest expense in the statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with revenue recognition accounting guidance, which requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred and title and the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the client or services have been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

Multiple-Element Revenue Arrangements. We evaluate deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether each deliverable represents a separate unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value to the customer. If the delivered element does not have standalone value without one of the undelivered elements in the arrangement, we combine such elements and account for them as a single unit of accounting. We allocate the consideration to each unit of accounting at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price.

We recognize consideration allocated to an individual element when all other revenue recognition criteria are met for that element. Our multiple-element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

•

License arrangements. The deliverables under our collaboration and license agreements generally include exclusive or nonexclusive licenses to one or more products generated using our technologies. As the delivered licenses have not historically had standalone value apart from the undelivered elements, these have been recognized as revenue as a combined unit of accounting. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from nonrefundable upfront fees in the same manner as the undelivered item(s), which is generally the period over which we provide research and development services.

 

•

Research and Development Services. The deliverables under our collaboration and license arrangements may include research and development services we perform on behalf of or with our

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

collaborators. As the provision of research and development services is an integral part of our operations and we may be principally responsible for the performance of these services under the agreements, we recognize revenue on a gross basis for research and development services as we perform those services. Additionally, we recognize research related funding under collaboration research and development efforts as revenue as we perform or deliver the related services in accordance with contract terms.

Milestone Revenue. Our collaboration and license agreements generally include contingent contractual payments related to achievement of specific research, development and regulatory milestones and sales-based milestones that are dependent upon the performance of the licensor or collaborator.

We recognize any payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone entirely in the period in which the milestone is achieved. A milestone is defined as an event that can only be achieved based in whole or in part either on our performance, or the performance of our collaborators, or the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from our past performance for which there is a substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved.

Research and Development

Costs associated with research and development activities are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs primarily include salaries and personnel-related costs, supplies and materials, contract manufacturing, in-licensing fees, outside services, and an allocation of information technology, fringe benefits, and facility overhead costs.

Upfront and milestone payments incurred under our in-licensing agreements are expensed as acquired in-process research and development in the period in which they are incurred, provided that the technology or method has no alternative future use. Royalties incurred on fees received under our sublicensing arrangements are expensed in the period in which we recognize the related collaborative revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation expense using a fair-value-based method for costs related to all share-based payments, including stock options. Stock-based compensation cost for stock options granted to our employees and directors is measured at the grant date based on the fair-value of the award which is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate prevesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

Options granted to individual service providers who are not employees or directors are accounted for at estimated fair values using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and are subject to periodic remeasurement over the period during which the services are rendered.

No tax benefits for stock-based compensation have been recognized in the statements of changes in stockholders’ equity or cash flows. We have not recognized, and do not expect to recognize in the near future, any tax benefit related to stock-based compensation cost as a result of our full valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets and net operating loss carryforwards.

Warrants for Shares of Preferred Stock

We account for warrants for shares of preferred stock with conversion features that provide for reductions in the warrant price as derivative liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance. The derivative liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables from collaborative partners, accounts payable, notes payable and preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Includes other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Our policy is to place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality financial institutions in order to limit our credit risk exposure, and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. To date, we have not experienced any credit losses associated with these financial instruments.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized based on the weight of available evidence, including expected future earnings.

We recognize an uncertain tax position in our financial statements when we concludes that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based solely on our technical merits. Only after a tax position passes the first step of recognition will measurement be required. Under the measurement step, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon effective settlement. This is determined on a cumulative probability basis. The full impact of any change in recognition or measurement is reflected in the period in which such change occurs. We have elected to accrue any interest or penalties related to income taxes as part of our income tax expense.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share and Pro Forma Net Income Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per share of common stock is determined using the two-class method for participating securities as this method is more dilutive than the if-converted method. All series of our convertible preferred stock are considered to be participating securities. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities, which include participation rights in undistributed earnings, are subtracted from net income to determine total earnings to be attributed to common stockholders.

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. All participating securities are excluded from basic weighted-average common shares outstanding. In computing diluted net

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

income (loss) attributed to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities, including stock options and warrants that reduce the preferred stockholders participation in earnings to be attributed to common stockholders. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributed to common stockholders is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share attributed to common stockholders includes any dilutive effect from outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.

Computations for basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share are below. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share calculation assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred on January 1, 2014 or the original issuance date, if later.

 

(in thousands, except per share data)		Net Income (Loss) (Numerator)				Shares (Denominator)				Amount
Year Ended December 31, 2013
Basic and diluted net loss per common share:
Net loss attributed to common stockholders		$	(5,545	)			7,787			$	(0.71	)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Basic and diluted net income per common share:
Net income		$	3,532
Net income attributed to participating securities			(3,300	)
Net income attributed to common stockholders			232				17,368			$	0.01
Pro Forma for the Year Ended December 31, 2014 (unaudited)
Basic and diluted net income per common share:
Net income		$	3,532				17,368
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares			—				41,105
Pro forma basic net income per common share			3,532				58,473			$	0.06

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

Common stock equivalents issuable upon the conversion or exercise of dilutive securities that could potentially reduce net income per common share in the future that were excluded from the determination of diluted net income (loss) per common share as their effects were antidilutive are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Convertible preferred stock			48,382				—
Options to purchase common stock			7,535				7,556
Warrants to purchase preferred stock			1,775				1,847
Warrants to purchase common stock			822				822
Total			58,514				10,225

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915), which eliminated the distinction of a Development Stage Entity along with the inception to date reporting requirements. As permitted by this ASU, we elected to early adopt the amendment beginning with our annual reporting period ending December 31, 2014, with retrospective application of the amended guidance. Upon adoption, there was no effect to our financial statements, other than the elimination of inception to date disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. This update requires the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements as a direct reduction of related debt liabilities rather than as an asset. Amortization of debt issuance costs continue to be reported as interest expense. As permitted by the ASU, we elected to early adopt the amendment beginning with our annual reporting period ending December 31, 2014, with retrospective application of the amended guidance. The adoption of this ASU resulted in the reclassification $37,000 and $85,000 in deferred debt issuance costs from prepaid expenses and other current assets to a direct reduction to the carrying values of notes payable and convertible promissory notes reported in the balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have any effect on the statement of operations during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance in FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, including industry-specific guidance. This standard is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This standard also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract and becomes effective for our annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period; early adoption is not permitted. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. We are currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern, which provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern and the related footnote disclosure. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financials are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

going concern, this standard also outlines disclosures that are required in our footnotes based on whether or not there are any plans intended to mitigate the relevant conditions or events to alleviate the substantial doubt. This standard becomes effective for our annual reporting period ending December 31, 2016, and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

3.	Balance Sheet Accounts and Supplemental Disclosures

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

		December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Laboratory equipment		$	2,940			$	3,031
Office furniture and equipment			586				565
Leasehold improvements			338				338
			3,864				3,934
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization			(3,114	)			(3,355	)
Total property and equipment, net		$	750			$	579

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

		December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Accrued compensation and related expenses		$	485			$	588
Accrued research and contract manufacturing expenses			7				293
Accrued royalties			97				79
Other			154				92
Total accrued expenses		$	743			$	1,052

 

4.	Collaborative Research and Development Agreements

TESARO Collaboration

In March 2014, we entered into a Collaboration and Exclusive License Agreement with TESARO, Inc. and TESARO Development, Inc. (collectively, “TESARO”), an oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company. Under the terms of the agreement, we agreed to perform certain discovery and early preclinical development of therapeutic antibodies with the goal of generating immunotherapy antibodies for subsequent preclinical, clinical, regulatory and commercial development to be performed by TESARO. Under the terms of the agreement, TESARO paid an upfront license fee of $17.0 million in March 2014 and agreed to provide funding to us for research and development services related to antibody discovery programs for three specific targets.

In November 2014, we and TESARO entered into an Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement to add an antibody discovery program against a fourth target for an upfront license fee of $2.0 million.

For each development program, we are eligible to receive milestone payments of up to $18.0 million if certain clinical trial events are achieved by TESARO, up to an additional $90.0 million if certain U.S. and European regulatory submissions and approvals in multiple indications are achieved, and up to an additional

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

$165.0 million upon the achievement of specified levels of annual worldwide net sales. We will also be eligible to receive tiered single-digit royalties related to worldwide net sales of products developed under the collaboration and certain commercial milestone payments if specified levels of annual worldwide net sales are attained. Unless earlier terminated by either party upon specified circumstances, the agreement will terminate, with respect to each specific developed product, upon the later of the 12th anniversary of the first commercial sale of the product or the expiration of the last to expire of any patent.

We determined that the upfront license fees and research funding under the agreement, as amended, should be accounted for as a single unit of accounting and that the upfront license fees should be deferred and recognized as revenue over the same period that the research and development services are performed. As a result, the $17.0 million and $2.0 million license fees have been deferred and are being recognized as revenue ratably over the research periods specified in the contract of 24 and 16 months, respectively. Revenue from the contingent milestone payments will be recognized if and when such payments become due, subject to satisfaction of all of the criteria necessary to recognize revenue at that time.

Revenue recognized under this agreement aggregated $11.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, which includes $7.0 million for the amortization of the upfront fee and $4.5 million in funding for research and development services, of which $1.5 million was receivable at December 31, 2014. Deferred revenue for this agreement was $12.0 million at December 31, 2014.

Celgene Antibody Generation Agreement

In December 2011, we entered into an Antibody Generation Agreement with Celgene Corporation (“Celgene”), under which we agreed to develop human therapeutic agents against multiple targets. We successfully delivered three antibodies against three targets under this agreement. The final deliverable under this agreement was completed in 2014. Under the terms of the agreement, Celgene agreed to pay an initial fee of $6.0 million, followed by a success fee of $0.5 million upon successful delivery of therapeutic antibodies against each of the targets involved.

The upfront payment was recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated time to project completion through February 2014. Revenue recognized under this agreement aggregated $3.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, which includes $2.0 million for the amortization of the upfront fee, $1.0 million in success fees and $746,000 in funding for research and development costs. Revenue recognized under this agreement aggregated $592,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014, which includes $500,000 in success fees and $92,000 in funding for research and development costs. Deferred revenue for this agreement was $92,000 at December 31, 2013.

Momenta Antibody Generation Agreement

In December 2013, we entered into an Antibody Generation Agreement, with Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Momenta”) under which we agreed to generate certain antibodies with enhanced affinity specific for a particular target for use in the development of human therapeutic agents by Momenta. Under the terms of the agreement, Momenta agreed to pay an upfront fee of $1.1 million, followed by a $2.0 million success fee in the event of a successful outcome, which occurred in 2014. This agreement expired in accordance with its terms in 2014.

The upfront payment was recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated time to project completion, or nine months, beginning January 2014 when the project commenced. Revenue recognized under this agreement aggregated $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, which includes $2.0 million in success fees and $1.1 million for the amortization of the upfront fee. Deferred revenue for this agreement was $1.1 million at December 31, 2013.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

Other Collaborative Agreements

During 2013 and 2014, we recognized revenue from other collaborative partners aggregating $1.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, for the development of antibodies for specified targets. Revenue from these agreements consisted primarily of the amortization of upfront payments and funding for research and development services that were recognized as the related services were provided. Our obligations under these collaborative agreements were completed by the end of 2014.

 

5.	Notes Payable and Convertible Promissory Notes

Notes Payable

On December 24, 2014, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank and a financial institution whereby we may borrow up to $15.0 million in three separate draws of $5.0 million each. The Term A Loans, for an aggregate of $5.0 million, were drawn on December 24, 2014. The Term B Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2015, contingent upon our first multi-dose PK/toxicology studies on at least two development programs and the Term C Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2016, contingent upon receiving FDA approval on IND submission on at least two development programs. The Term A Loans each bear a fixed rate of interest of 6.97% and are due in 12 monthly interest-only payments through January 2016, followed by 36 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity in January 2019.

Upon the issuance of the Term B Loans, the interest-only periods for both the Term A and B Loans are extended by six months through July 2016, followed by 30 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity of all Loans in January 2019. Upon the issuance of the Term C Loans, the interest-only periods for all Loans are further extended by six months through January 2017, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity of Loans in January 2019. If the Term B and C Loans are issued, they will bear interest at the greater of 6.95% or the 3-month LIBOR plus 6.72%.

The costs incurred to issue the Term A Loans of $85,000 were deferred and are included in the discount to the carrying value of the Term A Loans in the accompanying balance sheet. The Term A Loans also include a final payment fee of $250,000 due at the earlier of prepayment or the maturity date of the Term A Loans. The deferred costs and the final payment fee will be amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the Term A Loans using the effective interest method.

In connection with the issuance of the Term A Loans, we issued detachable, fully vested warrants to purchase an aggregate of 288,462 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share to the lenders, which are subject to change under anti-dilution provisions. The warrants are exercisable at any time through December 2024. The grant-date fair value of the warrants of $124,000 was recorded a liability, with a reduction to the carrying value of the Term A Loans, and which is recognized as additional interest expense over the remaining term of the Loans. The initial fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a stock price volatility of 70.2%, an expected life equal to the contractual term of the warrants of ten years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.97%.

At December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of the Term A Loans was $4.8 million, which is net of discounts of $209,000. The effective interest rate on the Term A Loans at December 31, 2014 was 9.25%. As of December 31, 2014, future maturities of the Term A Loans were $1.4 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million and $153,000 in 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Term A Loans are secured by a first priority interest in most of our assets, excluding intellectual property, with a net book value of $6.0 million at December 31, 2014. We are also required to maintain a minimum of 50% of our operating and investment account balances at all times with one of the lenders. At December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

Convertible Promissory Notes Payable to Related Parties

In August 2013, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, we issued convertible promissory notes to existing investors aggregating $2.0 million. The notes, which bear interest at 10% per annum, were unsecured and subordinated to all current and future indebtedness and were convertible at any time at the option of the holders into shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock at a conversion price of $0.65 per share.

Authoritative accounting guidance requires that a portion of the note proceeds be allocated to additional paid-in capital for the intrinsic value, if any, of the conversion option (the “beneficial conversion feature”) based upon the difference between the fair value of the underlying preferred stock at the date of issuance of the notes and the effective conversion price embedded in the notes. The resulting discount on the notes is amortized over the term of the related notes to the stated date of redemption. At August 30, 2013, the date of issuance of the notes, the intrinsic value of the conversion option exceeded the net proceeds of the notes, and therefore the resulting discount attributed to the notes was limited to $2.0 million.

In April 2014, the principal and accrued interest on the notes, which aggregated $2.2 million, were converted into 3.3 million shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock. The unamortized discount of $405,000 at the date of conversion was recognized as interest expense. Total interest expense resulting from the amortization and write-off of the discount totaled $818,000 and $1.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

6.	Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities that require fair value measurements on a recurring basis and their respective input levels based on the fair value hierarchy:

 

						Fair Value Measurements at End of Period Using:
(in thousands)		Fair Value				Quoted Market Prices for Identical Assets (Level 1)				Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At December 31, 2013
Money market funds(1)		$	2,492			$	2,492			$	—			$	—
U.S. treasury security(2)			135				135				—				—
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			386				—				—				386
At December 31, 2014
Money market funds(1)		$	14,736			$	14,736			$	—			$	—
Mutual funds(1)			7,227				7,227				—				—
U.S. treasury security(2)			90				90				—				—
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			569				—				—				569

 

(1)	Included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheets.

(2)	Included in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets.

Marketable Securities. For fair values determined by Level 1 inputs, which utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, the level of judgment required to estimate fair value is relatively low. The fair values of investments in money market funds, mutual funds and U.S. treasury securities were determined using Level 1 inputs.

Warrant Liabilities. Our preferred stock warrants are accounted for as derivative liabilities and measured at fair value on a recurring basis as they contain features that are either not afforded equity classification or embody risks that are not clearly and closely related to host contracts. We estimate fair values of these derivatives utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires Level 3 inputs.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments, including Level 3 instruments, require the use of significant and subjective inputs that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors, including changes in the estimated fair value of our equity securities.

The following weighted-average assumptions were employed in estimating the value of the liabilities for Series C preferred stock warrants using the Black Scholes option-pricing model:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
Fair value of preferred stock		$	0.45			$	0.58
Exercise price		$	0.65			$	0.65
Risk-free interest rate			1.54	%			1.26	%
Volatility			67.4	%			61.3	%
Dividend Yield			0	%			0	%
Contractual term (in years)			5.0				4.8
Weighted-average measurement date fair value per share		$	0.22			$	0.28

A 10% increase in the fair values of preferred stock at December 31, 2013 and 2014 would result in increases in the estimated fair values of the preferred stock warrant liabilities of $58,000 and $89,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity in liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 Inputs):

 

(in thousands)		Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities
Balance at January 1, 2013		$	(1,027	)
Series C Preferred Stock warrants converted to Common Stock warrants			14
Unrealized net gains included in other income (expense), net			627
Balance at December 31, 2013			(386	)
Issuances			(124	)
Unrealized net losses included in other income (expense), net			(59	)
Balance at December 31, 2014		$	(569	)

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, receivable from collaborative partner, accounts payable, accrued expenses and convertible promissory notes payable, approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of our notes payable of $4.8 million at December 31, 2014 approximated fair value due to the close proximity of their issuance in December 2014.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

7.	Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated July 15, 2013, authorizes 59.2 million shares of preferred stock, which are designated as follows:

 

(in thousands)
Series A			3,015
Series B			25,525
Series B-1			1,996
Series B-2			222
Series C			17,982
Series C-1			10,500
Total designated Preferred Stock			59,240

The Series B, B-1, and B-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series B Preferred Stock”) generally have consistent rights and preferences discussed below, except that the conversion price of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall not be subject to adjustment in the event that we issue additional equity securities at a purchase price less than the Series B-2 conversion price.

The convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying balance sheets as the shares include provisions allowing the holder to cause redemption of the shares upon certain change in control events that are outside of our control. We have elected not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the respective liquidation preferences of such shares as we are uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate us to pay the liquidation preference to the holders of such shares, as discussed below. Adjustments to increase the carrying values to the respective liquidation preferences will be made if and when it becomes probable that an event would occur obligating us to pay such amounts.

Dividend Rights. The holders of the Series A, B, C, and C-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% of the respective Series issue price per annum. The Series C-1 Preferred Stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any Series C Preferred Stock. The Series C Preferred Stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B and Series A Preferred Stock dividends are payable in preference and in priority to any dividends on common stock.

The preferred stock dividends are payable when, as and if declared by our board of directors. As of December 31, 2014, the board of directors has not declared any dividends.

Voting Rights. The holders of Series Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such Series Preferred Stock could then be converted; and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock, except that the holders of the Series B Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the board of directors, the holders of the Series A Preferred and common stock shares, each voting as a separate class, are each entitled to elect one member of the board of directors, and the holders of the Preferred and common shares, voting as a single class, are entitled to elect all remaining members of the board of the directors.

Liquidation Rights. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive distributions to be paid out of the assets of the Company, before any distributions are made to the holders of common stock. The holders of the Series C-1 are entitled to receive liquidation preference at three (3) times the original issue price of $0.65 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock. The holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences at the rate of $0.65 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. The holders of the Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences at the rate of $0.90 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends and the holders of Series A and Series B-2 Preferred Stock are entitled to receive liquidation preferences at the rate of $1.00 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends. Liquidation payments to the holders of Series B and Series A Preferred Stock have priority and are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock.

Conversion Rights. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $0.90 per share and the shares of Series B, C and C-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock. The shares of Series Preferred Stock are convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, subject to certain antidilutive adjustments. Each share of Series Preferred Stock is automatically converted into common stock (i) upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as if converted basis, or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the per share price is at least $1.63 (as adjusted), and the gross cash proceeds are at least $30.0 million.

Conversion of Preferred Shares and Warrants

In conjunction with the issuance of the convertible promissory notes in August 2013, and pursuant to the Purchase Agreement which required the parties to the Purchase Agreement to “pay to play,” one of the existing investors, and a related party, was not a participant in the debt financing and, as a result, the investor’s existing preferred shares and warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted into common shares and warrants to purchase shares of common stock, respectively. The investor’s 3,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted at a price of $0.90 per share into 3,333,333 shares of common stock, and 10,925,197 shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock were converted into the same number of shares of common stock. The investor’s warrants to purchase 822,386 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share were converted into the same number of warrants to purchase shares of common stock at the same warrant price per share, which resulted in an increase to additional paid-in capital of $14,000 at the time of the conversion. The fair value of the warrants for shares of common stock was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a stock price volatility of 67.4%, an expected life equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants of five years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.46%. The warrants are exercisable at any time through November 2018.

Common Shares

We have authorized 79.0 million shares of common stock, of which 17.4 million shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014. Common shares reserved for future issuance upon the exercise, issuance or conversion of the respective equity instruments at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)
Convertible preferred stock			42,208
Issued and Outstanding:
Stock options			8,718
Warrants for shares of convertible preferred stock and common stock			2,885
Shares reserved for future award grants			399
Total			54,210

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

Warrants for Shares of Preferred and Common Stock

A summary of the activity related to our warrants during the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

		Shares Subject to Warrants (in thousands)				Weighted- Average Warrant Price per Share				Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)				Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Warrants to Purchase Shares of Series C Preferred Stock
Outstanding at January 1, 2014			1,775			$	0.65
Issued			288			$	0.65
Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014			2,063			$	0.65				4.7			$	—
Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013 and 2014			822			$	0.65				3.8			$	—

 

8.	Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and rights to purchase restricted stock to our employees, nonemployee directors and consultants. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options granted under the Plan is ten years. As of December 31, 2014, awards for up to 9.1 million shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the Plan, of which 8.7 million are reserved for issuance upon exercise of granted and outstanding options and 0.4 million shares are available for future grants. In April 2015, we increased the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan by 3.8 million shares.

Stock Options

Stock options granted to employees and nonemployees generally vest over a four-year period and have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier cancellation prior to vesting upon cessation of service to the Company. A summary of the activity related to stock option awards during the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

		Shares Subject to Options (in thousands)				Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share				Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)				Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at January 1, 2014			7,209			$	0.17
Granted			1,997			$	0.10
Forfeitures and cancellations			(488	)		$	0.11
Outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014			8,718			$	0.16				7.5			$	463
Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2014			7,724			$	0.16				7.3			$	409

Total cash received from the exercise of stock options was $4,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013.

All stock option grants under the Plan provide for exercise of the stock option prior to vesting. Shares of common stock issued upon exercise of unvested options are subject to repurchase by us at the respective original exercise price until vested. Consideration received for the exercise of unvested stock options is recorded as a liability and reclassified into equity as the related award vests.

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The estimated fair value of each stock option award was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions for options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
Risk-free interest rate			1.5	%			2.0	%
Expected volatility			71.0	%			66.8	%
Dividend Yield			0	%			0	%
Expected term (in years)			6.1				6.1
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share		$	0.06			$	0.15

We determine the appropriate, risk free interest rate, expected term for employee stock based awards, contractual term for nonemployee stock based awards, and volatility assumptions. The weighted-average expected option term for employee stock based awards reflects the application of the simplified method, which defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches. The weighted average expected term for nonemployee stock based awards is the remaining contractual life of the award. Estimated volatility incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury securities with remaining terms similar to the expected or contractual term of the share based payment awards. The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

Total non-cash stock-based compensation expense for all stock awards that was recognized in the statements of operations is as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Research and development		$	84			$	87
General and administrative			67				73
Total		$	151			$	160

At December 31, 2014, there was $478,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average vesting period of 2.9 years.

 

9.	Employee Benefit Plan

We have a defined-contribution 401(k) plan for our employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan beginning on the first day of the month following date of hire. Under the terms of the plan, employees may make voluntary contributions as a percentage of compensation and we have the option to make a discretionary match as determined by the board of directors, within prescribed limits. There were no employer contributions to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014.

 

10.	Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease our facility under a non-cancellable operating lease, which expires in August 2016. The lease contains one option to renew for an additional five-year period.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

Rent expense during each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $368,000. At December 31, 2014, deferred rent aggregated $222,000, of which $128,000 is included in other current liabilities and $94,000 is included in noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet. At December 31, 2014, the future minimum annual obligations under non-cancellable operating lease commitments are $496,000 and $346,000, respectively.

License Agreements

We have entered into collaborative license agreements that provide us with rights to use certain know-how, technology and patent rights maintained by the licensors in our research and development efforts. Terms of the license agreements may require us to make upfront payments, milestone payments upon the achievement of certain product research and development objectives and royalty payments on fees received under our sublicensing arrangements and/or future sales, if any, of commercial products resulting from the collaboration. Certain of the licensing agreements require guaranteed minimum annual payments. Terms of the licensing agreements generally range from the remaining life of the patent up to 17 years and, in some cases, may be subject to earlier termination by either party upon specified circumstances.

Total expense incurred under all collaborative licensing agreements for upfront, milestone and royalty payments during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $239,000 and $162,000 and, respectively. Total cash paid under these agreements during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $98,000 and $227,000, respectively.

Future minimum guaranteed payment obligations for annual royalty payments under all such agreements at December 31, 2014 aggregated $208,000.

Letter of Credit

At December 31, 2013 and 2014, we were contingently liable for a standby letter of credit issued by a commercial bank for $110,000 and $85,000, respectively, for security on our lease. A restricted cash account with these amounts was held as cash collateral for the letter of credit.

Litigation

We are, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings, regulatory actions, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Currently, we are not a defendant in any lawsuit.

 

11.	Income Taxes

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

		December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards		$	18,379			$	16,480
Research and development credits			2,003				2,285
Other, net			352				220
Total deferred tax assets			20,734				18,985
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Fixed assets			(183	)			(149	)
Convertible promissory note			(480	)			—
Total deferred tax liabilities			(663	)			(149	)
Net deferred tax assets			20,071				18,836
Less: valuation allowance			(20,071	)			(18,836	)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance		$	—			$	—

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

We have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets. Management has determined it more likely than not that the deferred tax assets are not realizable due to our historical loss position.

At December 31, 2014, we have federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL”) of $41.4 million each. The federal and state NOLs will begin to expire in 2027 and 2017, respectively, unless previously utilized. At December 31, 2014 we had federal and California research tax credit carryforwards of $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The federal research tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2026 and the California state credits carryforward indefinitely.

The above NOL carryforward and the research tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and similar state provisions if we experience one or more ownership changes which would limit the amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an ownership change as defined by Section 382 and 383, results from transactions increasing ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of the corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. We have not completed an IRC Section 382/382 analysis. If a change in ownership were to have occurred, NOL and tax credits carryforwards could be eliminated or restricted. If eliminated, the related asset would be removed from the deferred tax asset schedule with a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact our effective tax rate.

The differences between the United States federal statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013				2014
Statutory United States federal income tax rate			34.0	%			34.0	%
State income tax, net of federal benefit			6.3				6.3
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			3.8				0.6
Research credits			3.9				(8.0	)
Other			(1.3	)			2.1
Valuation allowance			(46.7	)			(35.0	)
Effective income tax rate			—	%			—	%

We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax positions must meet a more likely than not recognition at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, we had no unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized and realized, would affect the effective tax rate due to the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets. The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)		2013				2014
Balance at the beginning of the year		$	—			$	258
Increase related to current year tax positions			29				31
Increase related to prior year tax positions			229				—
Balance at the end of the year		$	258			$	289

We do not anticipate there will be a significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision for income taxes. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were no interest or penalties on uncertain tax benefits.

We file income tax returns in the United States and California. Due to our losses incurred, we are essentially subject to income tax examination by tax authorities from inception to date.

 

12.	Subsequent Event

We have evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through June 5, 2015, the date at which the financial statements were originally issued, except for the split of Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock described in the following paragraph.

On July 13, 2015, we amended and restated our certificate of incorporation to effect the split of Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock into ten shares for every nine shares outstanding. The financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been retroactively restated to reflect the Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock splits.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par value data)

 

		December 31, 2014				September 30, 2015				Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity at September 30, 2015
						(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	22,188			$	55,245
Receivable from collaborative partner			1,455				1,913
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			758				1,082
Total current assets			24,401				58,240
Property and equipment, net			579				564
Restricted cash			85				60
Deferred financing costs			—				2,013
Total assets		$	25,065			$	60,877
LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		$	415			$	1,561
Accrued expenses			1,052				2,111
Notes payable, current portion			—				1,023
Deferred revenue			10,085				4,770
Income taxes payable			—				50
Other current liabilities			129				128
Total current liabilities			11,681				9,643
Notes payable, net of current portion			4,793				3,853
Deferred revenue			1,935				—
Deferred rent			94				—
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			569				1,800			$	—
Commitments and contingencies
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 27,743 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015; aggregate liquidation preference of $24,991 at September 30, 2015			28,220				28,220				—
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 13,211 shares authorized, 11,147 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015; aggregate liquidation preference of $7,246 at September 30, 2015			6,452				6,452				—
Series C-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,318 shares authorized, 3,318 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015; aggregate liquidation preference of $6,470 at September 30, 2015			2,156				2,156				—
Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares and 38,437 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, respectively; aggregate liquidation preference of $40,767 at September 30, 2015			—				40,688				—
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 120,500 shares authorized, 17,368 and 18,307 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, respectively; 98,952 issued and outstanding, pro forma at September 30, 2015			17				18				99
Additional paid in capital			14,407				15,199				94,434
Accumulated deficit			(45,259	)			(47,152	)			(47,152	)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(30,835	)			(31,935	)			47,381
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit		$	25,065			$	60,877

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
		2014				2015
Collaboration revenue		$	12,133			$	13,517
Operating expenses:
Research and development			6,009				10,732
General and administrative			1,780				2,515
Total operating expenses			7,789				13,247
Income from operations			4,344				270
Other income (expense), net
Interest expense			(1	)			(344	)
Interest expense, related parties			(1,270	)			—
Change in fair value of liability for preferred stock warrants			(44	)			(1,528	)
Other income (expense)			1				(241	)
Total other expense, net			(1,314	)			(2,113	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			3,030				(1,843	)
Provision for income taxes			—				(50	)
Net income (loss)			3,030				(1,893	)
Net income attributed to participating securities			(2,741	)			—
Net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders		$	289			$	(1,893	)
Net income (loss) per common share, basic and diluted		$	0.02			$	(0.11	)
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted			17,368				17,694
Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted						$	(0.03	)
Pro forma weighted-average number of shares outstanding, basic and diluted							70,904

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
		2014				2015
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)		$	3,030			$	(1,893	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			233				215
Stock-based compensation			114				348
Change in fair value of liability for preferred stock warrants			44				1,528
Noncash interest expense			1,270				83
Loss on disposal of property and equipment			2				2
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Receivable from collaborative partners			(1,662	)			(458	)
Restricted cash			25				25
Prepaid expenses and other assets			(599	)			(324	)
Accounts payable and other liabilities			70				632
Tax accruals			—				50
Deferred revenue			10,980				(7,250	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			13,507				(7,042	)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale			5				—
Purchases of property and equipment			(131	)			(196	)
Net cash used in investing activities			(126	)			(196	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of common stock			—				148
Payments for deferred offering costs			—				(541	)
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net			—				40,688
Net cash provided by financing activities			—				40,295
Net increase (decrease) in cash			13,381				33,057
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period			2,810				22,188
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period		$	16,191			$	55,245
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Conversion of convertible notes to preferred stock		$	2,156			$	—
Amounts accrued for property and equipment		$	—			$	6
Amounts accrued for deferred financing costs		$	—			$	1,472

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.	Organization and basis of Presentation

AnaptysBio, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in November 2005. We are a biotechnology company developing first-in-class antibody product candidates focused on unmet medical needs in inflammation and immuno-oncology. We develop our product candidates using our proprietary, antibody discovery technology platform (“SHM-XEL”), which is designed to replicate, in vitro, the natural process of antibody generation. We currently generate revenue from our collaborative research and development arrangements.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) have been omitted. The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include all known adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the results of interim periods as required by GAAP. These adjustments consist primarily of normal recurring accruals and estimates that impact the carrying value of assets and liabilities. Actual results may materially differ from these estimates. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015. The financial statements should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we expect all of our convertible preferred stock outstanding to convert into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion rate. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity is based on the assumed conversion of shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2015.

 

2.	Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates in the consolidated financial statements have been made for preferred stock warrant liabilities and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of money market and mutual funds with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, we held restricted cash of $85,000 and $60,000, respectively, used to secure a letter of credit provided as security for our operating lease for our facility.

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

Deferred Offering Costs

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we incurred an aggregate of $2.0 million in direct costs related to our anticipated public offering of common stock. These costs were deferred and recorded as a long-term asset at September 30, 2015.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with revenue recognition accounting guidance, which requires that four basic criteria be met before revenue can be recognized: 1) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; 2) delivery has occurred and title and the risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the client or services have been rendered; 3) the price is fixed or determinable; and 4) collectability is reasonably assured.

Multiple-Element Revenue Arrangements. We evaluate deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement to determine whether each deliverable represents a separate unit of accounting. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value to the customer. If the delivered element does not have standalone value without one of the undelivered elements in the arrangement, we combine such elements and account for them as a single unit of accounting. We allocate the consideration to each unit of accounting at the inception of the arrangement based on the relative selling price.

We recognize consideration allocated to an individual element when all other revenue recognition criteria are met for that element. Our multiple-element revenue arrangements may include the following:

 

•

License arrangements. The deliverables under our collaboration and license agreements generally include exclusive or nonexclusive licenses to one or more products generated using our technologies. As the delivered licenses have not historically had standalone value apart from the undelivered elements, these have been recognized as revenue as a combined unit of accounting. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from nonrefundable upfront fees in the same manner as the undelivered item(s), which is generally the period over which we provide research and development services.

 

•

Research and Development Services. The deliverables under our collaboration and license arrangements may include research and development services we perform on behalf of or with our collaborators. As the provision of research and development services is an integral part of our operations and we may be principally responsible for the performance of these services under the agreements, we recognize revenue on a gross basis for research and development services as we perform those services. Additionally, we recognize research related funding under collaboration research and development efforts as revenue as we perform or deliver the related services in accordance with contract terms.

Milestone Revenue. Our collaboration and license agreements generally include contingent contractual payments related to achievement of specific research, development and regulatory milestones and sales-based milestones that are dependent upon the performance of the licensor or collaborator. A milestone is defined as an event (i) that can only be achieved based in whole or in part on either the entity’s performance or on the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from the entity’s performance, (ii) for which there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved and (iii) that would result in additional payments being due to us. Contingent consideration for which payment is either contingent solely upon the passage of time or the result of a counterparty’s performance is not considered substantive.

We recognize consideration that is contingent upon the achievement of a milestone in its entirety as revenue in the period in which the milestone is achieved only if the milestone is substantive in its entirety. A milestone is considered substantive when it meets all of the following criteria:

 

•

The consideration is commensurate with either the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone or the enhancement of the value of the delivered item(s) as a result of a specific outcome resulting from the entity’s performance to achieve the milestone;

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

•

The consideration relates solely to past performance; and

 

•

The consideration is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the arrangement.

Milestones that are not considered substantive are generally recognized in the same manner as the undelivered item(s), which is generally the period over which we provide research and development services.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation expense using a fair-value-based method for costs related to all share-based payments, including stock options. Stock-based compensation cost for stock options granted to our employees and directors is measured at the grant date based on the fair-value of the award which is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate option forfeitures prior to vesting and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

Options granted to individual service providers who are not employees or directors are accounted for at estimated fair values using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and are subject to periodic remeasurement over the period during which the services are rendered.

No tax benefits for stock-based compensation have been recognized in the statements of cash flows. We have not recognized, and do not expect to recognize in the near future, any tax benefit related to stock-based compensation cost as a result of our full valuation allowance on our net deferred tax assets and net operating loss carryforwards.

Warrants for Shares of Preferred Stock

We account for warrants for shares of preferred stock with conversion features that provide for reductions in the warrant price as derivative liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets at their fair value on the date of issuance. The derivative liabilities are revalued at each balance sheet date until such instruments are exercised or expire, with changes in the fair value between reporting periods recorded as other income or expense.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash, receivables from collaborative partners, accounts payable, notes payable and preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Accounting guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Includes other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activities, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

Functional Currency of Foreign Operations

Our international subsidiary operates in a United States dollar (“U.S. dollar”) functional currency environment. Assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiary that are not denominated in the functional currency are remeasured into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date except for nonmonetary assets and capital accounts, which are remeasured at historical foreign currency exchange rates in effect at the date of transaction. Expenses are generally remeasured at monthly foreign currency exchange rates which approximate average rates in effect during each period. Net realized and unrealized gains and losses from foreign currency transactions and remeasurement are reported in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations and totaled ($0.3) million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Net Loss Per Common Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration of common stock equivalents.

Computations for basic and diluted net loss per common share are below. The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred on January 1, 2015 or the original issuance date, if later.

 

(in thousands, except per share data)		Net Income (Loss) (Numerator)				Shares (Denominator)				Amount
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
Basic and diluted net income per common share:
Net income		$	3,030
Net income attributed to participating securities			(2,741	)
Basic and diluted net income attributed to common stockholders		$	289				17,368			$	0.02
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
Basic and diluted net loss per common share:
Net loss		$	(1,893	)			17,694			$	(0.11	)
Pro Forma for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
Basic and diluted net loss per common share:
Net loss		$	(1,893	)			17,694
Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of convertible preferred shares			—				53,210
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share		$	(1,893	)			70,904			$	(0.03	)

Common stock equivalents issuable upon the conversion or exercise of dilutive securities that could potentially reduce net income per common share in the future that were excluded from the determination of diluted net loss per common share as their effects were antidilutive are as follows:

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands)		2014				2015
Convertible preferred stock			40,737				53,210
Options to purchase common stock			7,265				9,468
Warrants to purchase preferred stock			1,775				2,064
Warrants to purchase common stock			822				822
Total			50,599				65,564

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance in FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition, including industry-specific guidance. This standard is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This standard also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract and was originally effective for our annual reporting period beginning January 1, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, with adoption permitted as early as January 1, 2017. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. We are currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

3.	Balance Sheet Accounts and Supplemental Disclosures

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)		December 31, 2014				September 30, 2015
Laboratory equipment		$	3,031			$	3,214
Office furniture and equipment			565				572
Leasehold improvements			338				338
			3,934				4,124
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization			(3,355	)			(3,560	)
Total property and equipment, net		$	579			$	564

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

(in thousands)		December 31, 2014				September 30, 2015
Accrued compensation and related expenses		$	588			$	678
Accrued professional fees			—				493
Accrued research and contract manufacturing expenses			293				815
Other			171				125
Total accrued expenses		$	1,052			$	2,111

 

4.	Collaborative Research and Development Agreements

TESARO Collaboration

In March 2014, we entered into a Collaboration and Exclusive License Agreement with TESARO, Inc. and TESARO Development, Inc. (collectively, “TESARO”), an oncology-focused biopharmaceutical company. Under the terms of the agreement, we agreed to perform certain discovery and early preclinical development of therapeutic antibodies with the goal of generating immunotherapy antibodies for subsequent preclinical, clinical, regulatory and commercial development to be performed by TESARO. Under the terms of the agreement, TESARO paid an upfront license fee of $17.0 million in March 2014 and agreed to provide funding to us for research and development services related to antibody discovery programs for three specific targets.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

In November 2014, we and TESARO entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement to add an antibody discovery program against a fourth target for an upfront license fee of $2.0 million.

For each development program, we are eligible to receive milestone payments of up to $18.0 million if certain clinical trial events are achieved by TESARO, up to an additional $90.0 million if certain U.S. and European regulatory submissions and approvals in multiple indications are achieved, and up to an additional $165.0 million upon the achievement of specified levels of annual worldwide net sales. We will also be eligible to receive tiered single-digit royalties related to worldwide net sales of products developed under the collaboration and certain commercial milestone payments if specified levels of annual worldwide net sales are attained. Unless earlier terminated by either party upon specified circumstances, the agreement will terminate, with respect to each specific developed product, upon the later of the 12th anniversary of the first commercial sale of the product or the expiration of the last to expire of any patent. In June 2015, TESARO notified us that they had initiated in vivo toxicology studies using good laboratory practices for the anti-PD-1 antagonist antibody (TSR-042), resulting in a $1.0 million milestone payment, which we received in July 2015.

We determined that the upfront license fees, milestone payments that are not considered substantive and research funding under the agreement, as amended, should be accounted for as a single unit of accounting, and that the upfront license fees and such milestone payments should be deferred and recognized as revenue over the same period that the research and development services are performed. As a result, the $17.0 million and $2.0 million license fees have been deferred and are being recognized as revenue ratably over the research periods specified in the contract of 24 and 16 months, respectively. In addition, we recognized revenue of $0.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 for the achievement of the $1.0 million milestone, with the remaining $0.3 million of the milestone to be recognized ratably through the end of the specified contract, in March 2016. Revenue from the remaining contingent milestone payments will be recognized if and when such payments become due, subject to satisfaction of all of the criteria necessary to recognize revenue at that time.

Revenue recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 under the TESARO agreement aggregated $7.8 million, which includes $4.7 million for the amortization of the upfront fee and $3.1 million in funding for research and development services. Revenue recognized under this agreement aggregated $13.5 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, which includes $8.2 million for the amortization of the upfront fees and milestone payment, and $5.3 million in funding for research and development services. Amounts receivable from TESARO at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015 were $1.5 million and $1.9 million, respectively. Deferred revenue for this agreement was $12.0 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, respectively.

Celgene Antibody Generation Agreement

In 2011, we entered into an Antibody Generation Agreement with Celgene Corporation (“Celgene”), under which we agreed to develop human therapeutic agents against multiple targets. We successfully delivered three antibodies against three targets under this agreement. The final deliverable under this agreement was completed in 2014. Under the terms of the agreement, Celgene agreed to pay an upfront fee of $6.0 million, followed by a success fee of $0.5 million upon successful delivery of therapeutic antibodies against each of the targets involved.

The upfront payment was recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated time to project completion through February 2014. Revenue recognized under this agreement during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 aggregated $0.6 million and includes $0.5 million for a success fee and $0.1 million for funding of research and development.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

Momenta Antibody Generation Agreement

In December 2013, we entered into an Antibody Generation Agreement, which expired in 2014, with Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Momenta”) under which we agreed to generate certain antibodies with enhanced affinity specific for a particular target for use in the development of human therapeutic agents by Momenta. Under the terms of the agreement, Momenta agreed to pay an upfront fee of $1.1 million, followed by a $2.0 million success fee, which occurred in the third quarter of 2014.

The upfront payment was recognized as revenue ratably over the estimated time to project completion, or nine months, beginning January 2014 when the project commenced. Revenue recognized during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 aggregated $3.1 million, which represents amortization of the $1.1 million upfront fee and a $2.0 million success fee.

Other Collaborative Agreements

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we recognized revenue from other collaborative partners aggregating $0.6 million, for the development of antibodies for specified targets. Revenue from these agreements consisted of a final payment and the amortization of upfront payments that were recognized as the related services were provided. Our obligations under these collaborative agreements were completed by the end of 2014.

 

5.	Notes Payable

Notes Payable

In December 2014, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank and a financial institution whereby we may borrow up to $15.0 million in three separate draws of $5.0 million each. The Term A Loans, for an aggregate of $5.0 million, were drawn on December 24, 2014. The Term B Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2015, contingent upon our first multi-dose PK/toxicology studies on at least two development programs and the Term C Loans for an aggregate of $5.0 million are available for draw through December 31, 2016, contingent upon receiving FDA approval on IND submission on at least two development programs. The Term A Loans each bear a fixed rate of interest of 6.97% and are due in 12 monthly interest-only payments through January 2016, followed by 36 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity in January 2019.

Upon the issuance of the Term B Loans, the interest-only periods for both the Term A and B Loans are extended by six months through July 2016, followed by 30 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity of all Loans in January 2019. Upon the issuance of the Term C Loans, the interest-only periods for all Loans are further extended by six months through January 2017, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments, with final maturity of Loans in January 2019. If the Term B and C Loans are issued, they will bear interest at the greater of 6.95% or the 3-month LIBOR plus 6.72%.

The costs incurred to issue the Term A Loans of $85,000 were deferred and are included in the discount to the carrying value of the Term A Loans in the accompanying balance sheet. The Term A Loans also include a final payment fee of $250,000 due at the earlier of prepayment or the maturity date of the Term A Loans. The deferred costs and the final payment fee will be amortized to interest expense over the expected term of the Term A Loans using the effective interest method.

In connection with the Loan and Security Agreement, we issued detachable, fully vested warrants to purchase an aggregate of 288,462 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $0.65 per share to the lenders, which are subject to change under anti-dilution provisions. The warrants are exercisable at any time through December 2024. The grant-date fair value of the warrants of $124,000 was recorded as a liability, and presented as an offset to the carrying value of the Term A Loans. The offset will be recognized as additional

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

interest expense over the remaining term of the Loans. The initial fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a stock price volatility of 70.2%, an expected life equal to the contractual term of the warrants of ten years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.97%. In July 2015, and upon the closing of our Series D Preferred Stock financing, the anti-dilution provision for these warrants expired and resulted in the reclassification from Preferred stock warrant liabilities to Additional paid in capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

At December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015, the carrying amounts of the Term A Loans were $4.8 million and $4.9 million, net of discounts of $209,000 and $124,000, respectively. The effective interest rate on the Term A Loans at September 30, 2015 was 9.25%. As of September 30, 2015, future maturities of the Term A Loans were $1.4 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million, and $153,000 in 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Term A Loans are secured by a first priority interest in most of our assets, excluding intellectual property. We are also required to maintain a minimum of 50% of our operating and investment account balances at all times with one of the lenders. At September 30, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the Loan and Security Agreement.

 

6.	Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities that require fair value measurements on a recurring basis and their respective input levels based on the fair value hierarchy:

 

						Fair Value Measurements at End of Period Using:
(in thousands)		Fair Value				Quoted Market Prices for Identical Assets (Level 1)				Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
At December 31, 2014
Money market funds(1)		$	14,736			$	14,736			$	—			$	—
Mutual funds(1)			7,227				7,227				—				—
U.S. treasury security(2)			90				90				—				—
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			569				—				—				569
At September 30, 2015
Money market funds(1)		$	6,737			$	6,737			$	—			$	—
Mutual funds(1)			44,208				44,208				—				—
U.S. treasury security(2)			90				90				—				—
Preferred stock warrant liabilities			1,800				—				—				1,800

 

(1)	Included in cash and cash equivalents in the accompanying balance sheets.

(2)	Included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheets.

Marketable Securities. For fair values determined by Level 1 inputs, which utilize quoted prices in active markets for identical assets, the level of judgment required to estimate fair value is relatively low. The fair values of investments in money market funds, mutual funds and U.S. treasury securities were determined using Level 1 inputs.

Warrant Liabilities. Our preferred stock warrants are accounted for as derivative liabilities and measured at fair value on a recurring basis as they contain features that are either not afforded equity classification or embody risks that are not clearly and closely related to host contracts. We estimate fair values of these derivatives utilizing the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires Level 3 inputs.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

Estimating fair values of derivative financial instruments, including Level 3 instruments, require the use of significant and subjective inputs that may, and are likely to, change over the duration of the instrument with related changes in internal and external market factors, including changes in the estimated fair value of our equity securities.

The following weighted-average assumptions were employed in estimating the value of the liabilities for Series C Preferred Stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as of the following dates:

 

(in thousands)		December 31, 2014				September 30, 2015
Fair value of preferred stock		$	0.58			$	1.46
Exercise price		$	0.65			$	0.65
Risk-free interest rate			1.26	%			0.92	%
Volatility			61.3	%			77.8	%
Dividend Yield			0	%			0	%
Contractual term (in years)			4.8				3.0
Weighted-average measurement date fair value per share		$	0.28			$	1.01

Prior to 2015, we determined the fair value of our preferred stock warrants on an annual basis. In accordance with accounting guidance for interim reporting, we have recognized $44,000 as a ratable portion of the annual expense for the change in fair value in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

A 10% increase in the fair values of preferred stock at December 31, 2014 and September 30, 2015 would result in increases in the estimated fair values of the preferred stock warrant liabilities of $89,000 and $0.2 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity in liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 Inputs):

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands)		2014				2015
Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities:
Beginning balance		$	(386	)		$	(569	)
Unrealized net losses included in other income (expense), net			(44	)			(1,528	)
Reclassification of warrant liabilities to equity			—				297
Ending balance		$	(430	)		$	(1,800	)

In July 2015, the Company reclassified 288,462 Series C Preferred Stock warrants from Preferred stock warrant liabilities to Additional paid in capital on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, at fair value on the date of transfer. The reclassification occurred upon the expiration of a feature within the warrant contract that had previously precluded equity classification. As a result, these warrants are no longer remeasured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2015.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, receivable from collaborative partner, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of our notes payable of $4.9 million at September 30, 2015 approximates fair value due to the close proximity of their issuance in December 2014.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

7.	Stockholders’ Equity

Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 13, 2015, we issued and sold 38,436,851 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at $1.06 per share for net proceeds of $40.7 million.

The holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to: 1) one vote for each share of common stock into which the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock could then be converted, 2) receive noncumulative dividends at a rate of 8% per annum, which are in priority and preference to all other series of preferred stock and common stock, 3) in preference to all other series of preferred stock and common stock, distributions upon liquidation of $1.06 per share plus all declared and unpaid dividends, and 4) convert into an equal number of shares of common stock.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan

On July 13, 2015, we amended our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to increase the total number of shares authorized for issuance from 141,506,903 shares to 203,208,537 shares. Of these shares, 120,500,000 shares are designated as common stock and 82,708,537 shares are designated as preferred stock, which are designated as follows:

 

Series A			—
Series B			25,524,510
Series B-1			1,996,153
Series B-2			222,216
Series C			13,210,753
Series C-1			3,318,054
Series D			38,436,851
Total designated Preferred Stock			82,708,537

Additionally, the amended and restated certificate of incorporation provided for the split of Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock into ten shares for every nine shares outstanding. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been retroactively restated to reflect the Series B and Series B-1 Preferred Stock splits.

 

8.	Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, and rights to purchase restricted stock to our employees, nonemployee directors and consultants. Recipients of incentive stock options shall be eligible to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to no less than the estimated fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of options granted under the Plan is ten years. On April 29, 2015, our stockholders approved an amendment to the Plan which provided for an increase in the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the plan by 3.8 million and on July 9, 2015, we amended our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan by 4.8 million shares. As of September 30, 2015, awards for up to 16.8 million shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the Plan, of which 13.6 million are reserved for issuance upon exercise of granted and outstanding options and 3.2 million shares are available for future grants.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Stock Options

Stock options granted to employees and nonemployees generally vest over a four-year period and have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to earlier cancellation prior to vesting upon cessation of service to the Company. A summary of the activity related to stock option awards during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

		Shares Subject to Options (in thousands)				Weighted- Average Exercise Price per Share				Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)				Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at January 1, 2015			8,718			$	0.16
Grant			6,029			$	0.96
Exercised			(938	)		$	0.16
Forfeitures and cancellations			(246	)		$	0.16
Outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 2015			13,563			$	0.51				8.1			$	9,584
Options vested or expected to vest at September 30, 2015			12,647			$	0.49				8.1			$	8,477

Total cash received from the exercise of stock options was $0.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

All stock option grants under the Plan provide for exercise of the stock option prior to vesting. Shares of common stock issued upon exercise of unvested options are subject to repurchase by us at the respective original exercise price until vested. Consideration received for the exercise of unvested stock options is recorded as a liability and reclassified into equity as the related award vests.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The estimated fair values of stock option awards granted to employees were determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands)		2014				2015
Risk-free interest rate			2.0	%			1.3	%
Expected volatility			66.8	%			71.1	%
Dividend Yield			0	%			0	%
Expected term (in years)			6.1				6.1
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share		$	0.15			$	0.61

We determine the appropriate, risk free interest rate, expected term for employee stock based awards, contractual term for nonemployee stock based awards, and volatility assumptions. The weighted-average expected option term for employee stock based awards reflects the application of the simplified method, which defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all option tranches. The weighted average expected term for nonemployee stock based awards is the remaining contractual life of the award. Estimated volatility incorporates historical volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury securities with remaining terms similar to the expected or contractual term of the share based payment awards. The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

Total non-cash stock-based compensation expense for all stock awards that was recognized in the statements of operations is as follows:

 

		Nine Months Ended September 30,
(in thousands)		2014				2015
Research and development		$	63			$	212
General and administrative			51				136
Total		$	114			$	348

At September 30, 2015, there was $3.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average vesting period of 3.7 years.

 

9.	Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through November 13, 2015, the date at which the financial statements were issued.

Milestone Under TESARO Collaboration

In October 2015, TESARO notified us that they had initiated in vivo toxicology studies using good laboratory practices for the anti-TIM-3 antagonist antibody resulting in the achievement of a $1.0 million milestone payment.

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

 

             Shares

 

 

AnaptysBio, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

Credit Suisse

Stifel

JMP Securities

Wedbush PacGrow

                    , 2016

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:

 

		Amount Paid or to be Paid
SEC registration fee		$	10,023
FINRA filing fee			13,438
NASDAQ listing fee			*
Blue sky qualification fees and expenses			*
Printing and engraving expenses			*
Legal fees and expenses			*
Accounting fees and expenses			*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses			*
Miscellaneous expenses			*
Total		$	*

 

*	To be completed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

•

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

•

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

 

•

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

 

•

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

•

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

•

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

•

the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

 

Exhibit Document		Number
Form of Underwriting Agreement.			1.1
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering.			3.2
Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering.			3.4
Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 13, 2015 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.			4.2
Form of Indemnification Agreement.			10.1

 

ITEM 15.

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

The following lists set forth information regarding all securities sold or granted by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act, and the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities:

(a) Stock Option Grants

Between November 30, 2012 and November 30, 2015, the Registrant granted options to purchase 10,368,532 shares of common stock under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $1.22. In this same period, the Registrant issued 1,020,694 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options previously issued under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $159,875. The stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with the Company’s employees and directors in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. All recipients either received adequate information about the Company or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

(b) Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

In August 2013, the Registrant issued a warrant to an accredited investor to purchase 822,386 shares of Registrant’s common stock. The common stock warrant has a per share exercise price of $0.65. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

(c) Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock

In December 2014, the Registrant issued warrants to accredited investors to purchase an aggregate of 288,462 shares of the Registrant’s Series C convertible preferred stock. The preferred stock warrants have a per share exercise price of $0.65. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) under the Securities Act.

(d) Sales of Preferred Stock

1. In August 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 14,258,530 shares of Registrant’s common stock to an accredited investor upon the conversion of 3,000,000 previously-held shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and 6,019,065 previously-held shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

2. In April 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 3,318,054 shares of the Registrant’s Series C-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.65 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2.2 million to 12 purchasers that represented to us that they are each a sophisticated accredited investor and qualified institutional buyer. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

3. In July 2015, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 38,436,851 shares of the Registrant’s Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.06 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $40.8 million to 19 purchasers that represented to us that they are each a sophisticated accredited investor and qualified institutional buyer. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and the Registrant believes each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as stated above. All recipients of the foregoing transactions either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to such information. Furthermore, the Registrant affixed appropriate legends to the share certificates and instruments issued in each foregoing transaction setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

ITEM 16.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index immediately following signature page.

 

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 17.

UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Diego, California, on the 23^rd day of December, 2015.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Hamza Suria and Robert E. Hoffman, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or her might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
/s/ Hamza Suria Hamza Suria		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)		December 23, 2015
* Robert E. Hoffman		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)		December 23, 2015
* Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.		Director		December 23, 2015
* Carol G. Gallagher, Pharm.D.		Director		December 23, 2015
* Nicholas B. Lydon, Ph.D., FRS		Director		December 23, 2015
* Hollings Renton		Director		December 23, 2015
* John Schmid		Director		December 23, 2015
/s/ James A. Schoeneck James A. Schoeneck		Director		December 23, 2015

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

Signature		Title		Date

* James N. Topper, M.D., Ph.D.		Director		December 23, 2015

*  Pursuant to Power of Attorney
By:		/s/ Hamza Suria
		Hamza Suria
		Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6

---

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number		Description of Document
1.1†		Form of Underwriting Agreement, including Form of Lock-Up Agreement.
3.1*		Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, as currently in effect.
3.2*		Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
3.3*		Bylaws, as currently in effect.
3.4*		Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.1		Form of Common Stock Certificate.
4.2*		Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 13, 2015, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
5.1†		Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
10.1*		Form of Indemnity Agreement.
10.2*		2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
10.3†		2016 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
10.4†		2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
10.5*		Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Hamza Suria, as amended.
10.6		Employment Agreement, effective as of July 13, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Robert Hoffman, as amended.
10.7*		Employment Agreement, effective as of October 20, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Marco Londei.
10.8		Office Lease, dated April 19, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Kilroy Realty, L.P., as amended.
10.9*+		Antibody Generation Agreement, dated December 22, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Celgene Corporation, as modified.
10.10*+		Collaboration and Exclusive License Agreement, dated March 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant, TESARO, Inc. and TESARO Development, Ltd., as amended.
10.11*+		License Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Medical Research Council, as amended.
10.12*+		Non-Exclusive Research and Commercial License Agreement, dated May 15, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Millipore Corporation.
10.13*		Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 24, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
21.1*		Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1		Consent of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2†		Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*		Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

---

Table of Contents

 

*	Previously filed.

†	To be filed by amendment.

+	Registrant has omitted and filed separately with the SEC portions of the exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment request under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER

AB

INCORPORATED UNDER THE

LAWS OF THE STATE

OF DELAWARE

AnaptysBio

SHARES

CUSIP 032724 10 6

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

This certifies that

is the record holder of

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF

AnaptysBio, Inc.

transferable on the books of the corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

President, Chief Executive Officer & Secretary

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

CORPORATE

SEAL

NOVEMBER 16, 2005

* DELAWARE *

Chief Financial Officer

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

(BROOKLYN, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

---

 

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation’s Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM – as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – Custodian

TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor)

JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State)

COM PROP – as community property

UNIF TRF MIN ACT – Custodian (until age)

(Cust) under Uniform Transfers

(Minor) to Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,             hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

shares of the capital stock represented by within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint attorney-in-fact to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of the substitution in the premises.

Dated

X

X

Signature(s) Guaranteed: NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

By

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION, (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SIGNATURE GUARANTEES MUST NOT BE DATED.

Exhibit 10.6

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective from July 13, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Anaptysbio, Inc. (the “Company”) and Robert Hoffman (“CFO”). The Company and CFO are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties”, and individually referred to as a “Party”.

RECITAL

The Company desires to continue to employ CFO and CFO is willing to continue to accept such employment by Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows

1. EMPLOYMENT.

1.1. Title. Effective as of the Effective Date, CFO’s position shall be Chief Financial Officer of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

1.2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall continue until it is terminated pursuant to Section 4 herein (the “Term”).

1.3. Duties. CFO shall do and perform all services, acts or things necessary or advisable to manage and conduct the business of the Company and that are normally associated with the position of Chief Financial Officer. CFO shall report to the Chief Executive Officer.

1.4. Policies and Practices. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by this Agreement and by the policies and practices established by the Company and/or the Board, or any designated committee thereof In the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s policies or practices or the Company’s Employee Handbook, this Agreement shall control.

1.5. Location. Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, during the Term CFO shall perform the services CFO is required to perform pursuant to this Agreement at the Company’s offices in San Diego, California, provided, however, that the Company may from time to time require CFO to travel temporarily to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

---

2. LOYALTY; NONCOMPETITION; NONSOLICITATION.

2.1. Loyalty. During CFO’s employment with the Company, CFO shall devote CFO’s full business energies, interest, abilities and productive time to the proper and efficient performance of CFO’s duties under this Agreement.

2.2. Agreement not to Participate in Company’s Competitors. During CFO’s employment with the Company, CFO agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known by CFO to be adverse or antagonistic to the Company, its business, or prospects, financial or otherwise, or in any company, person, or entity that is, directly or indirectly, in competition with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates (as defined below). Ownership by CFO, in professionally managed funds over which CFO does not have control or discretion in investment decisions, or as a passive investment, of less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation with one or more classes of its capital stock listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this Section. For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate,” means, with respect to any specific entity, any other entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified entity.

2.3. Covenant not to Compete. During CFO’s employment with the Company, CFO shall net engage in competition with the Company and/or any of its Affiliates in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, affiliate, promoter, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, owner, co-owner, consultant, in any phase of the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing of products or services that directly compete with the products or services of the Company, except with the prior written consent of the Board. CFO shall be entitled to request written consent of the Board with respect to potential advisory and/or director opportunities presented to CFO by a third party, which CFO believes in good faith will not interfere or compete with the on-going business of the Company, during CFO’s employment.

3. COMPENSATION OF CFO.

3.1. Base Salary. The Company shall pay CFO a base salary at the annualized rate of $325,000 (the “Base Salary”), less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, payable in regular periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices. The Base Salary shall be prorated for any partial year of employment on the basis of a 365-day fiscal year.

3.2. Discretionary Bonus. At the sole discretion of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, promptly following each calendar year of employment CFO shall be eligible to receive a discretionary cash bonus of up to 25% of CFO’s then-current base salary (the “Bonus”), based on CFO’s achievement relative to certain performance goals (“Performance Goals”) to be established by the Chief Executive Officer in writing in a manner reasonably consistent with the Company’s priorities. The determination of whether CFO has met the Performance Goals for any given year, and if so, the amount of any Bonus that will be paid for such year (if any), shall be determined by the Board and Chief Executive Officer in their sole and absolute discretion. In order to be eligible to earn or receive any Bonus, CFO must remain employed by the Company through and including the date of payment of such Bonus.

 

2

---

3.3. Additional Discretionary Bonus(es). CFO shall be eligible to receive to following additional performance-based cash bonuses as determined by the Board and Chief Executive Officer in their sole and absolute discretion.

3.4. Stock Option. As soon as practicable following the Effective Date, CFO will be granted an option to purchase up to 754,055 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Base Option”) pursuant to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). The Base Option shall be subject to vesting such that, subject to CFO’s, continued employment with the Company, 1/4 of the shares subject to the Base Option shall vest as of the first anniversary of the Effective Date and 1/48^th of the shares subject to the Base Option shall vest in equal monthly installments on the monthly anniversary of the Effective Date of each month for the 36 months thereafter. The exercise price per share of the Base Option will be equal to the fair market value of a single share of Common Stock on the date the Base Option is granted, as determined in good faith by the Board. The Base Option will be governed by the Plan and shall be granted pursuant to a separate stock option grant notice and stock option agreement.

3.5. Expense Reimbursements. The Company will reimburse CFO for all reasonable business expenses CFO incurs in conducting his duties hereunder, pursuant to the Company’s usual expense reimbursement policies; provided that CFO supplies the appropriate substantiation for such expenses no later than the end of the calendar month following the month in which such expenses were incurred by CFO.

3.6. Changes to Compensation. CFO’s compensation will be reviewed annually and may be changed from time to time in the Company’s sole discretion.

3.7. Employment Taxes. All of CFO’s compensation shall be subject to customary withholding taxes and any other employment taxes as are commonly required to be collected or withheld by the Company.

3.8. Benefits. CFO shall, in accordance with Company policy and the terms of the applicable plan documents, be eligible to participate in benefits under any benefit plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time and made available to the Company’s senior management employees.

3.9. Holidays and Vacation. CFO shall be eligible for paid holiday and vacation time in, accordance with Company policy as in effect from time to time.

 

3

---

4. TERMINATION.

4.1. Termination by the Company. CFO’s employment with the Company is at will and may be terminated by the Company at any time and for any reason, or for no reason, including, but not limited to, under the following conditions:

4.1.1 Termination by the Company for Cause. The Company may terminate CFO’s employment under this Agreement for “Cause” (as defined below) by delivery of written notice to CFO. Any notice of termination given pursuant to this section shall effect termination as of the date of the notice, or as of such other date specified in the notice.

4.1.2 Termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may terminate CFO’s employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time and for any reason, or for no reason. Such termination shall be effective on the date CFO is so informed, or as otherwise specified by the Company.

4.2. Termination by CFO. CFO may terminate his employment with the Company at any time and for any reason, or for no reason, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the Company.

4.3. Termination for Death or Disability. CFO’s employment with the Company shall automatically terminate effective upon the date of CFO’s death or Disability (as defined in the Plan).

4.4. Termination by Mutual Agreement of the Parties. CFO’s employment with the Company may be terminated at any time upon a mutual agreement in writing of the Parties, Any such termination of employment shall have the consequences specified in such agreement.

4.5. Compensation upon Termination.

4.5.1 Death or Disability. If CFO’s employment is terminated by death or Disability, the Company shall pay to CFO, or to CFO’s heirs, CFO’s base salary and accrued and unused vacation benefits earned through the date of termination at the rate in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to CFO and/or CFO’s heirs under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

4.5.2 Termination For Cause. If the Company terminates CFO’s employment for Cause, then the Company shall pay CFO’s base salary and accrued and unused vacation benefits earned through the date of termination, at the rate in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to CFO under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

4.5.3 Termination by Company Without Cause or by CFO for Good Reason Not In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Company terminates CFO’s employment without Cause or if CFO resigns his employment for Good Reason, in either case at any time other than upon the occurrence of, or within the 13 months immediately following, the effective date of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay CFO’s base salary and accrued and unused vacation benefits earned through the date of termination, at the rate in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, if CFO furnishes to the Company an executed waiver and release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or in such other form as may he specified by the Company) (the “Release”) within the time period specified therein, but in no event later than 45 days following CFO’s termination, and if CFO

 

4

---

allows such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, then (i) CFO shall be entitled to severance in the form of continuation of his base salary, at the base salary rate in effect at the time of termination (the “Severance Payments”), for a period of six (6) months following the termination date (the “Severance Period”), and (ii) the Company will pay directly to the insurance provider the premium for COBRA continuation coverage for CFO and CFO’s family during the Severance Period or until he obtains new employment, whichever comes first (the “COBRA Coverage”). The Severance Payments will be subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and will be made on the Company’s regular payroll cycle, provided, however, that any Severance Payments otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the effective date of the Release shall accrue and be paid in the first payroll period that follows such effective date. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to CFO under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

4.5.4 Termination by Company Without Cause or by CFO for Good Reason In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Company terminates CFO’s employment without Cause or if CFO resigns his employment for Good Reason, in either case upon the occurrence of, or within the 13 months immediately following, the effective date of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay CFO’s base salary and accrued and unused vacation benefits earned through the date of termination, at the rate in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, if CFO furnishes to the Company an executed Release within the time period specified therein, but in no event later than 45 days following CFO’s termination, and if CFO allows such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, then CFO shall be entitled to: (1) the Severance Payments and COBRA coverage described in Section 4 5.3 above and (2) accelerated vesting of any unvested shares subject to the Base Option such that CFO shall become vested in 100% of the shares subject to such Base Option on the effective date of the Release. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to CFO under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

4.6. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

4.6.1 Cause. “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) CFO’s commission of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) CFO’s attempted commission of or participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; (iii) CFO’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between CFO and the Company or any statutory duty CFO owes to the Company; or (iv) CFO’s conduct that constitutes gross insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company; provided, however, that the action or conduct described in clauses (iii) and (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such action or conduct continues after the Company has provided CFO with written notice thereof and thirty (30) days to cure, or otherwise remedy to the extent possible under direct control of the CFO, the same. An occurrence of “Cause” as set forth in the preceding sentence shall be based upon a good faith determination by the Board. CFO’s Disability shall not constitute Cause as set forth herein. The determination that a termination is for Cause shall be by the Board in its sole and exclusive judgment and discretion.

 

5

---

4.6.2 “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following actions: (i) the assignment to CFO of any duties or responsibilities that results in a material diminution in CFO’s function as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that a change in CFO’s title or reporting relationships shall not provide the basis for a voluntary termination with Good Reason; (ii) a reduction by the Company in CFO’s annual base salary as in effect on the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in CFO’s annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect CFO to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; or (iii) a relocation of CFO’s primary business office to a location more than 50 miles from the location of CFO’s primary business office as of the effective date of the Change in Control, except for required travel by CFO on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with CFO’s business travel obligations prior to the effective date of the Change in Control.

4.7. Survival of Certain Sections. Sections 2, 3.4 and 4 through 18 of this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement.

4.8. Parachute Payment. If any payment or benefit CFO would receive pursuant to this Agreement (“Payment”) would (i) constitute a “Parachute Payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended the “Code”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in CFO’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest economic benefit notwithstanding that all or sonic portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting Parachute Payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the manner that results in the greatest economic benefit for CFO. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata.

In the event it is subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service that some portion of the Reduced Amount (as determined pursuant to clause (x) in the preceding paragraph) is subject to the Excise Tax, CFO agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment so that no portion of the Reduced Amount is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount is determined in accordance with clause (y) in the preceding paragraph, CFO will have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

Unless CFO and the Company agree on an alternative accounting or law firm, the accounting firm then engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, Cite Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting, law or consulting firm

 

6

---

to make the determinations required hereunder, The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting, law or consulting firm required to be made hereunder.

The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts such that the accounting, law or consulting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to CFO and the Company within 15 calendar days after the date on which CFO’s right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by CFO or the Company) or such other time as requested by CFO or the Company.

4.9. Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the “Severance Benefits”) that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “Section 409A”) shall not commence in connection with CFO’s termination of employment unless and until CFO has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (“Separation From Service”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to CFO without causing CFO to incur the additional 20% tax under Section 409A.

It is intended that each installment of the Severance Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the Severance Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions :from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and CFO is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefit payments shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after CFO’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of CFO’s death (such applicable date, the “Specified Employee Initial Payment Date”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall (A) pay to CFO a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Severance Benefit payments that CFO would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Severance Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section and (B) commence paying the balance of the Severance Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, CFO shall receive the Severance Benefits described above, if and only if CFO duly executes and returns to the Company within the applicable time period set forth therein, but in no event more than forty-five days following Separation From Service, the Release and permits the Release to become effective in accordance with its terms. Notwithstanding any other payment schedule set forth in this Agreement, none of the Severance Benefits will be paid or otherwise delivered prior to the effective date of the Release. Except to the extent that payments may be delayed until the

 

7

---

Specified Employee Initial Payment Date pursuant to the preceding paragraph, on the first regular payroll pay day following the effective date of the Release, the Company will pay CFO the Severance Benefits CFO would otherwise have received under the Agreement on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of the Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled. All amounts payable under the Agreement will be subject to standard payroll taxes and deductions.

5. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.

CFO has already executed, as a condition of CFO’s employment with the Company, the Company’s standard form of Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (the “PIIA”). The PIA remains in full force and effect.

6. ASSIGNMENT AND BINDING EFFECT.

This Agreement shall he binding upon and inure to the benefit of CFO and CFO’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, assigns, administrators and legal representatives, Because of the unique and personal nature of CFO’s duties under this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be assignable by CFO. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors, assigns and legal representatives. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company.

7. NOTICES.

All notices or demands of any kind required or permitted to be given by the Company or CFO uncles this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be personally delivered (and receipted for) or faxed during normal business hours or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company:

10421 Pacific Center Court, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92121

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

If to CFO:

Robert Hoffman

Any such written notice shall be deemed given on the earlier of the date on which such notice is personally delivered or three day, after its deposit in the United States mail as specified above. Either Party may change its address for notices by giving notice to the other Party in the manner specified in this Section.

 

8

---

8. CHOICE OF LAW.

This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws principles.

9. INTEGRATION.

This Agreement, including Exhibit A and the PIIA, contains the complete, final and exclusive agreement of the Parties relating to the terms and conditions of CFO’s employment and the termination of CFO’s employment, and supersedes any and all prior and/or contemporaneous oral and written employment agreements or arrangements between the Parties.

10. AMENDMENT.

This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by CFO and the Company.

11. WAIVER.

No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except with the written consent of the Party against whom the wavier is claimed, and any waiver or any such term, covenant, condition or breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant, condition or breach,

12. SEVERABILITY.

The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or illegal. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision, which most accurately represents the Parties’ intention with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term, or provision.

13. INTERPRETATION; CONSTRUCTION.

The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but CFO has been encouraged to consult with, and has consulted with, CFO’s own independent counsel and tax advisors with respect to the terms of this Agreement. The Parties acknowledge that each Party and its counsel has reviewed and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9

---

14. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

CFO represents and warrants that CFO is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that CFO’s execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements between CFO and any other person or entity.

15. COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall contribute one and the same instrument.

16. ARBITRATION.

To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with CFO’s employment with the Company, CFO and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to CFO’s employment, or the termination of that employment, will be resolved, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration pursuant to both the substantive and procedural provisions of the Federal Arbitration Act in San Diego, California conducted by the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services/Endispute, Inc. (“JAMS”), or its successors, under the then current rules of JAMS for employment disputes; provided that the arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law, and (b) issue a written arbitration decision including the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. Accordingly, CFO and the Company hereby waive any right to a jury trial. Both CFO and the Company shall be entitled to all rights and remedies that either CFO or the Company would be entitled to pursue in a court of law. The Company shall pay any JAMS filing fee and shall pay the arbitrator’s fee. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either CFO or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CFO and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute involving confidential, proprietary or trade secret information, or intellectual property rights, by Court action instead of arbitration.

17. TRADE SECRETS OF OTHERS.

It is the understanding of both the Company and CFO that CFO shall not divulge to the Company and/or its subsidiaries any confidential information or trade secrets belonging to others, including CFO’s former employers, nor shall the Company and/or its Affiliates seek to “ elicit from CFO any such information. Consistent with the foregoing, CFO shall not provide to the Company and/or its Affiliates, and the Company and/or its Affiliates shall not request, any documents or copies of documents containing such information.

18. ADVERTISING WAIVER.

CFO agrees to permit the Company, and persons or other organizations authorized by the Company, to use, publish and distribute advertising or sales promotional literature concerning the products and/or services of the Company, or the machinery and equipment used

 

10

---

in the provision thereof, in which CFO’s name and/or pictures of CFO taken in the course of CFO’s provision of services to the Company appear. CFO hereby waives and releases any claim or right CFO may otherwise have arising out of such use, publication or distribution.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the dates below.

 

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.
By:		/s/ Hamza Suria
Its:		President & CEO
Dated:				June 15th, 2015

 

CFO:

/s/ Robert Hoffman

ROBERT HOFFMAN

Dated:		June 15th, 2015

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

---

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

TO BE SIGNED ON OR FOLLOWING TILE SEPARATION DATE ONLY

In consideration of the payments and other benefits set forth in the Employment Agreement effective                     , 2015, which this form is attached, I, Robert Hoffman, hereby furnish ANAPTYSBIO, INC. (the “Company”), with the following release and waiver (“Release and Waiver”),

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by the Employment Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, office’s, employees, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to or on the date that I sign this Agreement (collectively, the “Released Claims”), The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (a) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company, or the termination of that employment; (b) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (e) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (d) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (e) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, misclassification, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act or 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (the “ADEA”), the California Labor Code, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (a) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to the charter or bylaws of the Company or under applicable law; (b) any rights or claims to unemployment compensation, funds accrued in my 401k account, or any vested equity incentives; (c) any rights that are not waivable as a matter of law; or (d) any claims arising from the breach of this Agreement. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I also acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that Section and any law of any jurisdiction, including New York, of similar effect with respect to any claims I may have against the Company.

---

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this Release and Waiver is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this Release and Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an executive of the Company. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the release and waiver granted herein does not relate to claims under the ADEA which may arise after this Release and Waiver is executed; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and Waiver; and (c) if I am age 40 or older at the time of execution of this release, I have 21 days from the date of termination of my employment with the Company in which to consider this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this Release and Waiver earlier); and (d) if I am age 40 or older at the time of execution of this release, I have seven days following the execution of this Release and Waiver to revoke my consent to this Release and Waiver and this Release and Waiver shall not be effective until the seven day revocation period has expired without my having previously revoked this Release and Waiver.

I agree not to disparage the Company and its officers, directors, employees, shareholders and/or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputations or personal reputations; provided that I may respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process (e.g., a valid subpoena or other similar compulsion of law) or as part of a government investigation.

I acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Pursuant to the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement I understand that among other things, I must not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company and I must immediately return all Company property and documents (including all embodiments of proprietary information) and all copies thereof in my possession or control, I understand and agree that my right to the severance pay I am receiving in exchange for my agreement to the terms of this Release and Waiver is contingent upon my continued compliance with my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

This Release and Waiver constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated herein. This Release and Waiver may only be modified by a writing signed by both me and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

Date:						By
								Robert Hoffman

 

 

14

---

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of December 14, 2015, by and between AnaptysBio, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Robert Hoffman (the “Executive”) and amends that certain Employment Agreement dated as of July 13, 2015, by and between the Company and the Executive (the “Employment Agreement”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, in the event the Executive is terminated without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or resigns for Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement), the Executive is entitled to his base salary payment for a period of six (6) months following the termination date (the “Severance Payment”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive hereby wish to amend the Employment Agreement to increase the Severance Payment from six (6) months to nine (9) months following the termination date; and

WHEREAS, Section 10 of the Employment Agreement provides that the Employment Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by the Executive and the Company.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned consent to this Amendment as follows:

1. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT.

1.1 Amendment of Section 4.5.3. Section 4.5.3 of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“4.5.3 Termination by Company Without Cause or by CFO for Good Reason Not In Connection with a Change in Control. If the Company terminates CFO’s employment without Cause or if CFO resigns his employment for Good Reason, in either case at any time other than upon the occurrence of, or within the 13 months immediately following, the effective date of a Change in Control, the Company shall pay CFO’s base salary and accrued and unused vacation benefits earned through the date of termination, at the rate in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, if CFO furnishes to the Company an executed waiver and release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or in such other form as may he specified by the Company) (the “Release”) within the time period specified therein, but in no event later than 45 days following CFO’s termination, and if CFO allows such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, then (i) CFO shall be entitled to severance in the form of continuation of his base salary, at the base salary rate in effect at the time of termination (the “Severance Payments”), for a period of nine (9) months following the termination date (the “Severance Period”), and (ii) the Company will pay directly to the insurance provider the premium for COBRA continuation coverage for CFO and CFO’s family during the Severance Period or until he obtains new employment, whichever comes first (the “COBRA Coverage”). The Severance Payments will be subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and will be made on the Company’s regular payroll cycle, provided, however, that any

 

1

---

Severance Payments otherwise scheduled to be made prior to the effective date of the Release shall accrue and be paid in the first payroll period that follows such effective date. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to CFO under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.”

2. MISCELLANEOUS.

2.1 The terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect except as specifically modified by this Amendment. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Employment Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof,” “herein,” “hereto,” “herewith,” “hereunder” and any other words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to the Employment Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

2.2 This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and delivered by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

2.3 This Amendment and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties to the Employment Agreement, as amended hereby, will be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

2.4 This Amendment, together with the Employment Agreement, as amended, and all exhibits hereto and thereto represent the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein.

(Signature Page Follows)

 

2

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
ANAPTYSBIO, INC.
By:		/s/ Hamza Suria
Name:		Hamza Suria
Its:		President & CEO

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Robert Hoffman

Robert Hoffman

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

OFFICE LEASE

KILROY REALTY

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

KILROY REALTY, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

as Landlord,

and

ANAPTYSBIO, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

as Tenant.

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
ARTICLE 1 PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS			4
ARTICLE 2 LEASE TERM; TERMINATION RIGHT, OPTION TERM			6
ARTICLE 3 BASE RENT			9
ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT			10
ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES			20
ARTICLE 6 SERVICES AND UTILITIES			21
ARTICLE 7 REPAIRS			25
ARTICLE 8 ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS			26
ARTICLE 9 COVENANT AGAINST LIENS			29
ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE			30
ARTICLE 11 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION			35
ARTICLE 12 NONWAIVER			37
ARTICLE 13 CONDEMNATION			37
ARTICLE 14 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING			38
ARTICLE 15 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES			44
ARTICLE 16 HOLDING OVER			44
ARTICLE 17 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES			45
ARTICLE 18 SUBORDINATION			46
ARTICLE 19 DEFAULTS; REMEDIES			46
ARTICLE 20 COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT			50
ARTICLE 21 SECURITY DEPOSIT			50
ARTICLE 22 LETTER OF CREDIT			51
ARTICLE 23 SIGNS			57

 

i

---

ARTICLE 24 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW			59
ARTICLE 25 LATE CHARGES			60
ARTICLE 26 LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT			61
ARTICLE 27 ENTRY BY LANDLORD			61
ARTICLE 28 TENANT PARKING			62
ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS			63

 

 

ii

---

INDEX

 

		Page(s)
Abatement Event			25
Accountant			20
Additional Notice			25
Additional Rent			10
Alterations			26
Applicable Laws			59
Award			9
Bank			51
Bank Prime Loan			60
Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold			51
Bankruptcy Code			51
Base Building			27
Base Rent			9
Base Rent Abatement			10
Base Rent Abatement Period			10
Brokers			67
BS/BS Exception			26
Building			5
Building Common Areas,			5
Building Common Areas			5
Building Hours			23
Building Structure			25
Building Systems			25
Building-Top Sign			57
CC&Rs			21
Comparable Buildings			5, 2
Contemplated Effective Date			41
Contemplated Transfer Space			41
Control			43
Controllable Expenses			15
Cosmetic Alterations			27
Damage Termination Date			36
Damage Termination Notice			36
Direct Expenses			11
Eligibility Period			25
Environmental Laws			70
Estimate			19
Estimate Statement			19
Estimated Direct Expenses			19
Excess			18
Exercise Notice			8
Expense Year			11
Force Majeure			65

 

iii

---

Hazardous Material(s)			70
Holidays			23
HVAC			22
Initial Notice			24
Intention to Transfer Notice			41
Interest Rate			60
Landlord			l
Landlord Parties			30
Landlord Repair Notice			35
Landlord Response Date			8
Landlord Response Notice			8
Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation			8
L-C			51
L-C Amount			51
L-C Draw Event			51
L-C Expiration Date			51
L-C FDIC Replacement Notice			52
Lease			1
Lease Commencement Date			6
Lease Expiration Date			6
Lease Term			6
Lease Year			6
Lines			69
Mail			66
Management Fee Cap			15
Neutral Arbitrator			8
Nine Month Period			41
Notices			66
Operating Expenses			11
Option Rent			7
Option Term			7
Original Tenant			7
Outside Agreement Date			8
Permitted Transferee			43
Premises			4
Project			5
Project Common Areas			5
Project Common Areas,			5
Proposition 13			16
Recapture Notice			41
Renovations			68
Rent.			10
Review Period			20
Security Deposit			50
Security Deposit Laws			55
Sign Specifications			58

 

iv

---

Statement			18
Subject Space			38
Summary			l
Tax Expenses			16
TCCs			4
Telecommunications Equipment			72
Tenant			1
Tenant’s Occupants			43
Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation			8
Tenant’s Share			17
Termination Date			6
Termination Fee			6
Termination Notice			6
Third Party Contractor			34
Transfer			42
Transfer Notice			38
Transfer Premium			40
Transferee			38
Transfers			38
Utilities Costs			17
Violation Notice			4
Work Letter			4

 

 

v

---

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “Lease”), dated as of the date (the “Effective Date”) set forth in Section l of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”), below, is made by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ANAPTYSBIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

		TERMS OF LEASE		DESCRIPTION
1.		Effective Date:		April 19, 2011.
2.		Premises:
		2.1 Building:		That certain building located at 10421 Pacific Center Court, San Diego, California 92121, containing a total of 75,745 rentable square feet of space.
		2.2 Premises:		Approximately 25,296 rentable square feet of space consisting (i) primarily of Suite 200 located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, and (ii) an approximately 154 square foot conference room located on the first (1st) floor of the Building adjoining the main lobby areas, all as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Office Lease.
		2.3 Project:		The Building is part of an office project known as “Pacific Corporate Center,” as further set forth in Section 1.1.2 of this Lease.
3.		Lease Term (Article 2):
		3.1 Length of Term:		Approximately five (5) years.
		3.2 Lease Commencement Date:		August 16, 2011.
		3.3 Lease Expiration Date:		August 31, 2016.
		3.4 Option Term:		One (1) five (5)-year option to renew, as more particularly set forth in Section 2.2 of this Lease.

---

4.		Base Rent (Article 3):

 

Lease Year		Annual Base Rent*				Monthly Installment of Base Rent*				Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot*
l**		$	449,256.96			$	37,438.08			$	1.480
2		$	462,734.67			$	38,561.22			$	1.524
3		$	476,616.71			$	39,718.06			$	1.570
4		$	490,915.21			$	40,909.60			$	1.617
5		$	505,642.67			$	42,136.89			$	1.666

 

*

The initial Annual Base Rent (and Monthly Installment of Base Rent) was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises. In all subsequent Lease Years, the calculation of Annual Base Rent (and Monthly Installment of Base Rent) reflects an annual increase of three percent (3.0%), with the corresponding Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot being an approximation thereof.

**

Pursuant to the express terms of Section 3.2 of this Lease, and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay, and shall not pay, the monthly installments of Base Rent attributable to the “Base Rent Abatement Period” (as that term is defined in, and as more particularly set forth in, Section 3.2 below).

 

5.		Intentionally Omitted (Article 4):
6.		Tenant’s Share (Article 4):		Approximately 33.3963%.
7.		Permitted Use (Article 5):		Tenant shall use the Premises solely for (i) general office use, (ii) the manufacturing, testing, and research and development of biotechnology and/or pharmaceutical products, (iii) a rodent vivarium, and (iv) other uses, to the extent the foregoing are permitted under (A) all “Applicable Laws,” as that term is set forth in Article 24 of this Lease, (B) all applicable zoning, building codes and the “CC&Rs,” as that term is set forth in Section 5.3 of this Lease, and (C) the character of the Project as a first-class office building Project (collectively, as applicable, the “Permitted Use”).

 

2

---

8.		Credit Enhancement:
		8.1   Security Deposit     (Article 21):		$42,136.89.
		8.2   Letter of Credit    (Article 22):		$160,000.00.
		9.     Parking Pass Ratio     (Article 28):		Three and one-half (3 1⁄2) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises.
		10.   Address of Tenant    (Section 29.18):		AnaptysBio, Inc. 10835 Road to the Cure, Suite 100 San Diego, California 92121 Attention: Chairman and CEO (Prior to Lease Commencement Date)
		and		AnaptysBio, Inc. 10421 Pacific Center Court, Suite 200 San Diego, California 92121 Attention: Chairman and CEO (After Lease Commencement Date)
		11.   Address of Landlord     (Section 29.18):		See Section 29.18 of the Lease.
		12.   Broker(s)    (Section 29.24):
		Representing Tenant:		Representing Landlord:
		Irving Hughes and Hughes Marino		Colliers International
		13.   Improvement Allowance    (Section 2 of Exhibit B):		$328,848.00 (i.e., Thirteen and No/100 Dollars ($13.00) for each rentable square foot of the Premises).

 

3

---

ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas.

1.1.1 The Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “Premises”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and contains approximately the number of rentable square feet as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions (the “TCCs”) herein set forth, and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of such TCCs by it to be kept and performed and that this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3, below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2, below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Work Letter. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in good and sanitary order, condition and repair, subject only to (i) Landlord’s obligations under the Work Letter with respect to a list of punchlist items prepared by Landlord and Tenant in accordance therewith, (ii) latent defects as well as defects in the mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems brought to Landlord’s attention in writing within one (1) year following Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, (iii) Landlord’s obligations set forth in Article 7 of this Lease, (iv) Landlord’s obligations set forth in Article 24 of this Lease, and (v) Landlord’s obligations set forth in Section 29.33 of this Lease. To the actual knowledge of Mrs. Kathleen Bristol (Landlord’s Asset Manager with respect to the Project), Mr. Brian Galligan (Landlord’s Vice President of Asset Management) and Ms. Theresa Amos (Property Manager of the Building), without any duty of investigation or any duty of inquiry, Landlord has not, as of the Effective Date, received from any applicable governmental agency any written notice (a “Violation Notice”) of violation or violations (or claim thereof) relating to Applicable Laws, or applicable zoning, ordinances, building codes or CC&Rs with regard to the Premises or the Building existing as of the Effective Date; provided, however, the foregoing representation does not apply with respect to any alterations, additions or improvements made (or to be made) by Tenant. Landlord represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date and as it pertains to Landlord’s organization, the three (3) individuals listed above are the suitable individuals as it relates to knowledge of the Premises. If Landlord receives any Violation Notice at any time after the Effective Date, Landlord shall promptly deliver a copy of

 

4

---

such Violation Notice to Tenant. In the event of a conflict between the terms set forth in the Summary and the TCCs of the body of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project. The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “Building”). The Building is part of an office project known as “Pacific Corporate Center.” The term “Project,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, and (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, and (iii) the other office building located adjacent to the Building and the land upon which such adjacent office building is located.

1.1.3 Common Areas. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants [such as those areas reserved for the exclusive use of the tenant leasing the balance of the Building, which areas are identified as “Tanvex Exclusive Areas” on the attached Exhibit A-2], or to otherwise be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “Project Common Areas” and the “Building Common Areas.” The term “Project Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “Building Common Areas,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the sole discretion of Landlord, provided that Landlord shall maintain and operate the same in a manner consistent with that of other Comparable Buildings (as that term is defined in Exhibit H attached hereto) and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time, provided that such rules, regulations and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the rights granted to Tenant under this Lease and the Permitted Use (as that term is defined in Section 7 of the Summary and as set forth in Section 5.1, below). Upon reasonable prior written notice to Tenant (except in the event of emergencies) Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas; provided that no such changes shall be permitted which materially reduce Tenant’s rights or access hereunder. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of access to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week during the “Lease Term,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1, below.

1.2 Stipulation of Rentable Square Feet of Premises. For purposes of this Lease, “rentable square feet” of the Premises shall be deemed as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary.

 

5

---

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM; TERMINATION RIGHT, OPTION TERM

2.1 Initial Lease Term. The TCCs and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The term of this Lease (the “Lease Term”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “Lease Expiration Date”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided; provided, however, the Lease Commencement Date and the Lease Expiration Date shall be subject to tolling as more particularly set forth in Section 5.2 of the Tenant Work Letter. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Lease Year” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term; provided, however, that the first Lease Year shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date (e.g., August 16, 2011, as previously scheduled) and end on the last day of the month in which the first anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs (e.g., August 31, 2012, as previously scheduled), and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the next calendar month; and further provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a factually correct notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof to the extent such notice is factually correct.

2.2 Tenant Termination Right. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to terminate and cancel this Lease in its entirety effective as of either August 31, 2012, August 31, 2013, August 31, 2014 or August 31, 2015 (as applicable, the “Termination Date”), upon Tenant’s delivery of written notice to Landlord (the “Termination Notice”), which notice shall be delivered to Landlord on or before the date which is six (6) full calendar months prior to the subject Termination Date, and, concurrently with its delivery of such Termination Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the “Termination Fee,’’ as that term is defined hereinbelow, as consideration for and as a condition precedent to such early termination. The “Termination Fee” shall be equal to either (A) Four Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty One and No/100 Dollars ($442,781.00) in connection with an August 31, 2012 termination, (B) Three Hundred Thirty-Two Thousand Eighty-Six and No/100 Dollars ($332,086.00) in connection with an August 31, 2013 termination, (C) Two Hundred Twenty-One Thousand Three Hundred Ninety and No/100 Dollars ($221,390.00) in connection with an August 31, 2014 termination, or (D) One Hundred Ten Thousand Six Hundred Ninety-Six and No/100 Dollars ($110,696.00) in connection with an August 31, 2015 termination. Subject to Landlord’s timely receipt of the Termination Notice and the corresponding Termination Fee, this Lease shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the Termination Date, and Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective obligations under this Lease, as of the Termination Date, except with respect to those obligations set forth in this Lease, which specifically survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment by Tenant of all amounts owed by Tenant under this Lease, up to and including the Termination Date. The termination right granted to Tenant under this Section 2.2 shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect in the event (w) Tenant fails to properly and timely exercise such termination right as set forth in

 

6

---

this Section 2.2, (x) Tenant assigns or subleases all or essentially all of the Premises for all or essentially all of the then-remaining Lease Term to entities or persons other than “Permitted Transferees” (as that term is defined in Section 14.8, below), (y) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises has previously been terminated pursuant to Section 19.2 of this Lease, or (z) Tenant is in “Economic Default” (as defined in Section 2.3.2, below) under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the Termination Notice to Landlord or, at Landlord’s election, as of the Termination Date. The termination right granted to Tenant under this Section 2.2 is personal to the Tenant named in this Lease (the “Original Tenant”), and any Permitted Transferee, and may not be exercised by any other assignee, sublessee, or transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

2.3 Option Term(s).

2.3.1 Option Right. Landlord hereby grants the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferees one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Premises by a period of five (5) years (the “Option Term”). Such option shall be exercisable only by Notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such Notice, (i) Tenant is not then in “Economic Default” or “Material Non-Economic Default” under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), and (ii) Tenant has not been in Economic Default or Material Non-Economic Default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) more than twice during the prior twenty-four (24) month period. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, and provided that, as of the end of the Lease Term, (A) Tenant is not in Economic Default or Material Non-Economic Default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods), and (B) Tenant has not been in Economic Default or Material Non-Economic Default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) more than twice during the prior twenty-four (24) month period, then the Lease Term, as it applies to the entire Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.3 shall only be exercised by the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee (and not any other assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if Original Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferee is in occupancy of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises. For purposes hereof, an “Economic Default” shall mean any default contemplated by the terms of Section 19.1.1 of this Lease, and a “Material Non-Economic Default” shall mean any of the defaults identified in Sections 19.1.3 through 19.1.6 of this Lease; provided, however, that in no event shall (1) any one circumstance (e.g. an instance of failed rent payment, a failure to timely complete an estoppel certificate, a failure to comply with CC&Rs, etc.) result in, or constitute, more than one Economic Default or Material Non-Economic Default, and/or (2) any circumstance be deemed an Economic Default or Material Non-Economic Default under this Section 2.3.1 to the extent such matter has been reasonably disputed in accordance with the TCCs of this Lease by Tenant and remains unresolved.

2.3.2 Option Rent. The Rent payable by Tenant during the Option Terms (the “Option Rent”) shall be equal to the “Market Rent,” as that term is defined in, and determined pursuant to, Exhibit H attached hereto, which Market Rent shall include annual escalations in connection with such Market Rent determination. The calculation of the Market Rent shall be derived from a review of, and comparison to, the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates” of the “Comparable Transactions,” as provided for in Exhibit H.

 

7

---

2.3.3 Exercise of Option. The option contained in this Section 2.3 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only in the manner set forth in this Section 2.3. Tenant shall deliver notice (the “Exercise Notice”) to Landlord not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant is exercising its option. Concurrently with such Exercise Notice, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation”). Landlord shall deliver notice (the “Landlord Response Notice”) to Tenant on or before the date which is thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Exercise Notice and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation (the “Landlord Response Date”), stating that (A) Landlord is accepting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation as the Market Rent, or (B) rejecting Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation and setting forth Landlord’s calculation of the Market Rent (the “Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation”). Within ten (10) business days of its receipt of the Landlord Response Notice, Tenant may, at its option, accept the Market Rent contained in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation. If Tenant does not affirmatively accept or Tenant rejects the Market Rent specified in the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation, the parties shall follow the procedure set forth in Section 2.3.4 below, and the Market Rent shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3.4 below.

2.3.4 Determination of Market Rent. In the event Tenant objects or is deemed to have objected to the Market Rent, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the Market Rent using reasonable good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within sixty (60) days following Tenant’s objection or deemed objection to the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then, within two (2) business days following such Outside Agreement Date, (x) Landlord may re-calculate the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant, and (y) Tenant may re-calculate the Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation by delivering written notice thereof to Tenant. If Landlord and Tenant thereafter fail to reach agreement within seven (7) business days of the Outside Agreement Date, then in connection with the Option Rent, Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation and Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as most recently delivered to the other party pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 2.3, shall be submitted to the “Neutral Arbitrator,” as that term is defined in Section 2.3.4.1 of this Lease, pursuant to the TCCs of this Section 2.3.4. The submittals shall be made concurrently with the selection of the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to this Section 2.3.4 and shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 2.3.4.1 through 2.3.4.5 of this Lease, but subject to the conditions, when appropriate, of Section 2.3.3.

2.3.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall mutually and reasonably agree on the appointment of one (1) arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker, appraiser or attorney who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing (or appraisal, as the case may be) of first-class commercial properties in the Comparable Area (the “Neutral Arbitrator”). The determination of the Neutral Arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to Section 2.2.4, above, is the closest to the actual Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator, taking into account the requirements of Section 2.2.2 of this Lease. Such Neutral Arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date. Neither the Landlord or Tenant or either party’s arbitrator may, directly or indirectly, consult with the Neutral Arbitrator prior to, or subsequent to, his or her appearance. The Neutral Arbitrator shall

 

8

---

be retained via an engagement letter jointly prepared by Landlord’s counsel and Tenant’s counsel.

2.3.4.2 The Neutral Arbitrator shall, within thirty (30) days of his/her appointment, reach a decision as to Market Rent and determine whether the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, each as submitted to the Neutral Arbitrator pursuant to Section 2.2.4, above, is closest to Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator and simultaneously publish a ruling (“Award”) indicating whether Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation is closest to the Market Rent as determined by such Neutral Arbitrator. Following notification of the Award, the Landlord’s Option Rent Calculation or Tenant’s Option Rent Calculation, whichever is selected by the Neutral Arbitrator as being closest to Market Rent, shall become the then applicable Option Rent.

2.3.4.3 The Award issued by such Neutral Arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.3.4.4 If Landlord and Tenant fail to appoint the Neutral Arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, either party may petition the presiding judge of the Superior Court of San Diego County to appoint such Neutral Arbitrator subject to the criteria in Section 2.2.4.1 of this Lease, or if he or she refuses to act, either party may petition any judge having jurisdiction over the parties to appoint such Neutral Arbitrator.

The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General. Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“Base Rent”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever (unless and to the extent otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease). In connection with the designated place for payment identified in the preceding sentence, to the extent Landlord elects to effectuate any change in location for such payment, Landlord shall deliver written notice setting forth such newly designated place no less than fifteen (15) days in advance of the due date of the first such payment of Base Rent following such re-designation. The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term which occurs after the expiration of any free rent period shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any such fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis during such fractional month and shall

 

9

---

total an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fractional month and the denominator of which is the actual number of days occurring in such calendar month, and (ii) the then-applicable Monthly Installment of Base Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the TCCs of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Abated Base Rent. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions set forth in this Article 3 and in Section 4 of the Summary, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay (and therefore shall not pay) the monthly installments of Base Rent attributable to the Premises (the “Base Rent Abatement”) for the six (6) month period commencing on November 1, 2011 and ending on April 30, 2012 (the “Base Rent Abatement Period”). In connection with the foregoing, the Base Rent Abatement provided to Tenant pursuant to this Section 3.2 during the Base Rent Abatement Period shall not exceed an aggregate of Two Hundred Twenty-Four Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Eight and 48/100 Dollars ($224,628.48). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that during such Base Rent Abatement Period, such abatement of Base Rent shall have no effect on the calculation of any Direct Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, which any Direct Expenses shall be payable during the Base Rent Abatement Period without regard to the Base Rent Abatement. Additionally, notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be obligated to pay all “Additional Rent,’’ as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, during the Base Rent Abatement Period. The foregoing Base Rent Abatement has been agreed to by Landlord and Tenant as additional consideration for entering into this Lease, and for Tenant’s agreement to pay the rent and for the parties to perform the terms and conditions otherwise required under this Lease. If Tenant shall be in Economic Default of this Lease and shall fail to cure such default within any applicable notice and cure period, then Landlord may elect at its option, by notice to Tenant and in addition to any other remedies Landlord may have under this Lease, that the dollar amount of the unapplied portion of such Base Rent Abatement as of such default shall be converted to a credit to be applied to the Base Rent applicable to the Premises at the end of the Lease Term and Tenant shall immediately be obligated to begin paying Base Rent for the Premises in full; provided however, to the extent the Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Article 19, below, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Section 19.2, below, Landlord shall be entitled to recover the then-unamortized portion of the monthly Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Section 3.2, which Base Rent Abatement shall be amortized on a level payment basis over a period of sixty (60) months, employing an interest factor of zero percent (0%).

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall additionally pay “Tenant’s Share” of the annual “Direct Expenses,’’ as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2, respectively, of this Lease. Such additional payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease (exclusive of Base Rent), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent,’’ and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “Rent.” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other

 

10

---

obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term (subject to the limitation in Section 4.4. l below).

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used m this Article 4, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 Intentionally Deleted.

4.2.2 “Direct Expenses” shall mean “Operating Expenses” “Tax Expenses” and “Utility Costs.”

4.2.3 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant and receipt of reasonable approval from Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change; provided, however, in no event shall any such change in the Expense Year result in any net increase in Rent due under this Lease.

4.2.4 “Operating Expenses” shall mean expenses, costs and amounts which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof, in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles, consistently applied. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include the following: (i) the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections, the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program and to the extent savings therefrom are reasonably anticipated, the cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses,; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) costs incurred in connection with the parking areas servicing the Project; (vi) fees and other costs, including management fees (subject to the Management Fee Cap set forth hereinbelow), consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons (other than persons generally considered to be higher in rank than the position of “Property Manager”) to the extent engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement (subject to item (xiii), below) of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Building; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and

 

11

---

fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof (which amortization calculation shall include interest at the “Interest Rate,” as that term is set forth in Article 25 of this Lease); (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, (B) that are required to comply with mandatory conservation programs, or (C) that are required under any governmental law or regulation by a federal, state or local governmental agency, except for capital repairs, replacements or other improvements to remedy a condition existing prior to the Lease Commencement Date which an applicable governmental authority, if it had knowledge of such condition prior to the Lease Commencement Date, would have then required to be remedied pursuant to then-current governmental laws or regulations in their form existing as of the Lease Commencement Date and pursuant to the then-current interpretation of such governmental laws or regulations by the applicable governmental authority as of the Lease Commencement Date; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be shall be amortized with interest at the Interest Rate its useful life as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with sound real estate management and accounting principles; (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.5, below; and (xv) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including marketing costs, legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses, and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant premises for tenants or other occupants of the Project;

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, costs of capital repairs and alterations, and costs of capital improvements and equipment, and depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed (or is otherwise entitled to reimbursement) by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power and other utility costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs

 

12

---

of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants, and Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) costs, other than those incurred in ordinary maintenance and repair, for sculpture, paintings, fountains or other objects of art;

(m) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(n) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the Comparable Buildings in

 

13

---

the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(o) costs to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services; and

(p) costs incurred to comply with Applicable Law with respect to “Hazardous Material,” as that term is defined in Section 29.33 of this Lease, (including, without limitation, with respect to the monitoring, testing and reporting relating thereto) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date; and costs incurred with respect to Hazardous Material (including, without limitation, with respect to the monitoring, testing and reporting relating thereto), which Hazardous Material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project or by anyone other than Tenant or its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors ·

(q) tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments when due or to file any income tax or informational returns when due;

(r) any Tax Expenses or Utility Costs due to the fact that such expenses are to be included as Direct Expenses pursuant to Sections 4.2.2, 4.2.5, and 4.2.7 of this Lease;

(s) rentals for items (except as expressly permitted under Section 4.2.4(xii)) which, if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement specifically excluded above;

(t) costs (including, without limitation, fines, penalties, interest, and costs of repairs, replacements, alterations and/or improvements) incurred in bringing the Project into compliance with laws in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date, including, without limitation, any costs to correct building code violations pertaining to the initial design or construction of the Building or any other improvements to the Project, to the extent such violations exist as of the Lease Commencement Date under any applicable building codes in effect and as interpreted by applicable governmental authorities as of such date;

(u) costs for the initial development or future expansion of the Project;

(v) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

(w) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant of the Project;

(x) any “above-standard” cleaning, including, but not limited to construction cleanup or special cleanings associated with parties/events and specific tenant

 

14

---

requirements in excess of services provided to Tenant, including related trash collection, removal, hauling and dumping

(y) “in-house” legal and/or accounting fees;

(z) Any expenses incurred by Landlord to the extent related to the use of any portions of the Project to accommodate shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies, and advertising (as opposed to, without limitation, the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing services, such as lighting and HYAC, to such public portions of the Project as would be incurred in normal operations of Project during standard hours of operation);

(aa) any balloons, flowers, or other gifts provided to any entity whatsoever, to include, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants, and agents; and

(bb) fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of three percent (3.0%) (the “Management Fee Cap”) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues (but excluding the cost of after hours services or utilities) from the Building for any calendar year or portion thereof.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least one hundred percent (100%) occupied during all or a portion of any Expense Year, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been one hundred percent (100%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year.

Landlord’s determination of Operating Expenses shall take into account and adjust for all cash discounts, trade discounts, or quantity discounts as and when actually received by Landlord in connection with the purchase of any goods, services or utilities in connection with the operation of the Project.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Article 4, in no event shall (a) Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the initial Expense Year exceed an amount equal to Forty-Nine Cents ($.49) per rentable square foot per month, or (b) those components of Direct Expenses constituting “Controllable Expenses” (defined below) exceed, on an aggregate basis for any Expense Year following the initial Expense Year, the amount that the Controllable Expenses would have been had they increased by ten percent (10%) per Expense Year following such initial Expense Year. For purposes of this Lease, “Controllable Expenses” shall mean all Direct Expenses except (a) Tax Expenses, (b) Utilities Costs, (c) insurance charges, (d) costs of

 

15

---

services provided under a union contract, (e) payments under CC&Rs, and (f) costs associated with repairs due to casualty, vandalism or other sources outside of Landlord’s reasonable control.

4.2.5 Taxes.

4.2.5.1 “Tax Expenses” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“Proposition 13”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.2.5.3 Any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are paid. Except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.4, below, refunds of Tax Expenses shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension

 

16

---

thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses included by Landlord as Building Tax Expenses pursuant to the TCCs of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1, above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, (iv) any Tax Expenses to the extent accruing during and applicable to any period of time occurring either prior to the Lease Commencement Date or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and (v) any special assessments or special taxes as a means of financing improvements to the Building or Project.

4.2.6 “Tenant’s Share” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary. Tenant’s Share is stated as a percentage calculated as a fraction where the numerator equals the number of rentable square feet of the Premises and the denominator is the 75,745 rentable square feet in the Building.

4.2.7 “Utilities Costs” shall mean all actual charges for utilities for the Building and the Project which Landlord shall pay during any Expense Year, including, but not limited to, the costs of water, sewer and electricity, and the costs of HVAC and other utilities (but excluding (i) the cost of electricity consumed in any area of the Project that is not part of the Common Areas (i.e., excluding the Premises, the premises of other tenants of the Building and any other buildings in the Project, and other leasable space throughout the Project that is not then occupied by a tenant, (since Tenant is separately paying for the cost of electricity pursuant to Section 6.1 below) and (ii) those charges for which tenants directly reimburse Landlord or otherwise pay directly to the utility company) as well as related fees, assessments and surcharges. Tenant’s Share of Utilities Costs shall be calculated assuming the Buildings are one hundred percent ( 100%) occupied. Utilities Costs shall include any costs of utilities which are allocated to the Real Property under any declaration, restrictive covenant, or other instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Real Property or any portion thereof, including any covenants, conditions or restrictions now or hereafter recorded against or affecting the Real Property.

 

17

---

4.3 Allocation of Direct Expenses. The parties acknowledge that the Building is a part of a multi-building project and that the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Project (i.e. the Direct Expenses) should be shared between the tenants of the Building and the tenants of the other buildings in the Project. Accordingly, as set forth in Section 4.2 above, Direct Expenses (which consists of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs) are determined annually for the Project as a whole, and a portion of the Direct Expenses, which portion shall be determined by Landlord on an equitable basis, shall be allocated to the tenants of the Building (as opposed to the tenants of any other buildings in the Project) and such portion shall be the Direct Expenses for purposes of this Lease. Such portion of Direct Expenses allocated to the tenants of the Building shall include all Direct Expenses attributable solely to the Building and an equitable portion of the Direct Expenses attributable to the Project as a whole.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1, below, and as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for each Expense Year.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “Statement”) which shall state in general major categories the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Statement to Tenant on or before April 15 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Statement relates. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, the full amount of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “Estimated Direct Expenses,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2, below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (an “Excess”), Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of such Excess against Rent next due under this Lease. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4. Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses is greater than the amount of Estimated Direct Expenses previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Statement, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Direct Expenses than the actual Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (again, an Excess), Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of such Excess. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses attributable to any Expense Year which are first billed to Tenant more than nine (9) months after the Lease Expiration Date, provided that in any event Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses levied by any governmental authority or by any public utility companies at any time following the Lease Expiration Date which are attributable to any Expense Year.

 

18

---

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses. In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “Estimate Statement”) which shall set forth in general major categories Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “Estimate”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses (the “Estimated Direct Expenses”). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such Estimate Statement to Tenant on or before April 15 following the end of the Expense Year to which such Estimate Statement relates. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Direct Expenses under this Article 4, nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Direct Expenses theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Estimate Statement, a fraction of the Estimated Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the second to last sentence of this Section 4.4.2). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the, month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term Landlord shall maintain books and records with respect to Direct Expenses in accordance with generally accepted real estate accounting and management practices, consistently applied.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes to the extent resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the Improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1, above.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed

 

19

---

upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records. Upon Tenant’s written request given not more than ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt of a Statement for a particular Expense Year, and provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the applicable cure period provided in this Lease, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with such reasonable supporting documentation in connection with said Direct Expenses as Tenant may reasonably request. Landlord shall provide said information to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s written request therefor. Within one hundred eighty ( 180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (the “Review Period”), if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant (A) is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm, and (B) is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods) and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within the Review Period shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made , at Tenant’s expense , by an independent certified public accountant (the “Accountant”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than four percent (4%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6, and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

5.2 Prohibited Uses. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the

 

20

---

United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; (iii) offices of any health care professionals or health care service organization to the extent providing on-site health services to patients; (iv) schools or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use; provided, however, Landlord hereby agrees that intermittent training sessions conducted by or for Tenant (or any Permitted Transferee or any of Tenant’s Occupants) with respect to methods and procedures related to the biopharmaceutical industry and/or general business practices, shall not be so prohibited; (v) retail or restaurant uses; or (vi) communications firms such as radio and/or television stations. Tenant shall not allow occupancy density of use of the Premises which is greater than five (5) persons per each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, or the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect; provided, however, Landlord shall not enforce, change or modify the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner and Landlord agrees that the Rules and Regulations shall not be unreasonably modified or enforced in a manner which will unreasonably interfere with the normal and customary conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

5.3 CC&Rs. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions currently affecting the Project, a copy of which has been provided by Landlord to Tenant. Additionally, Tenant acknowledges that the Project may be subject to any future covenants, conditions, and restrictions (the “CC&Rs”) which Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, deems reasonably necessary or desirable; provided that no such CC&Rs shall be permitted which materially reduce Tenant’s rights or access hereunder, or materially increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such CC&Rs. Subject to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to execute and acknowledge, within fifteen ( 15) business days of a request by Landlord, a “Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restriction,” in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit F, agreeing to and acknowledging the CC&Rs.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services. Landlord shall maintain and operate the Building in a manner consistent with the Comparable Buildings, and shall keep the Building Structure and Building Systems in good condition and repair and otherwise in a condition consistent with the Comparable Buildings, and in no event in a condition materially inferior to the existing condition as of the Effective Date. In addition, Landlord shall provide, as part of the Building Structure,

 

21

---

(i) the currently existing electrical wiring and subpanel facilities applicable to the Premises, which are currently directly metered to the Premises, and over which Tenant shall have exclusive control, and (ii) city water and sewer stubbed to the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay the cost of all utilities (including without limitation, electricity, sewer, water and, if applicable, gas) provided to and/or consumed in the Premises (including normal and excess consumption and including the actual cost of electricity to operate the HVAC air handlers serving the Premises) and shall also provide its own janitorial and security services for the Premises as more particularly set forth below. In connection with the foregoing, Tenant’s payment for electricity and water shall be directly to the applicable utility company pursuant to such utility companies’ separate meters which are dedicated for the Premises. Such utility use shall include electricity, water, and gas use for lighting, incidental use and any heating and air conditioning (“HVAC”), as that term is defined below. All such Premises-specific utility, janitorial and security payments shall be excluded from Operating Expenses and shall be paid directly by Tenant prior to the date on which the same are due to the utility provider, janitorial company and/or security company, as applicable. The Premises is currently separately metered for electrical usage. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the foregoing shall not apply with regard to utilities applicable to the Common Areas to the extent otherwise charged to and paid by Tenant (and other tenants, as the case may be) as part of Utilities Costs.

Landlord shall not be required to provide any services other than with regard to its maintenance and repair obligation relating to the Building Systems, the Building Structure and the Common Areas.

6.2 Tenant Maintained One-Pass Air and Other Systems. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain those systems and the remaining portions of the Premises which consist of any One-Pass Air System installed in the Premises as provided in Section 8.7, below, or which are otherwise installed by or on behalf of Tenant as Improvements or Alterations) to the extent the same are not part of the Building Structure and Building Systems to be maintained and repaired by Landlord pursuant to this Lease (collectively, “Tenant Maintained Systems”). All such Tenant Maintained Systems shall be maintained by Tenant in accordance with manufacturer specifications and in a commercially reasonable condition. In addition, upon request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of any service contracts and records of Tenant’s maintenance of Tenant Maintained Systems.

6.3 Tenant Maintained Security. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide, or otherwise pay for, any guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project; provided, however, the parties acknowledge that the Premises includes an existing card access system (the “Northern System”) which Tenant may use without charge during the Lease Term, it being further acknowledge, however, that Landlord makes no representation or warranty with regard to the condition of such card access system and Tenant shall accept the same in its presently existing, as-is condition. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

 

22

---

6.4 Tenant Maintained Janitorial; Vivarium Waste; Pest Control.

6.4.1 Premises Janitorial. As indicated above, Tenant shall itself provide (or otherwise directly contract for) its own janitorial services for the Premises, which janitorial services shall be performed in a first-class manner consistent with the nature of the Building as a first-class office building and as otherwise reasonably requested by Landlord.

6.4.2 Vivarium Waste. Upon any use of the rodent vivarium, in connection with the janitorial services identified in Section 6.4.1, above, Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall itself directly collect and dispose of (or otherwise directly contract for the disposal of), any and all waste relating to the rodent vivarium (“Vivarium Waste”) which collection and disposal shall be conducted in a manner consistent with the then-applicable best practices of similar research facilities in San Diego, California.

6.4.3 Pest Control. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, once Tenant commences rodent vivarium use in the Premises, with regard to the remaining portions of the Premises and the Building, Tenant shall at its expense shall maintain at all times throughout the Lease Term, a written service contract with a licensed, bonded professional pest and sanitation control service to perform inspection and services for the purposes of keeping the non-vivarium portions of the Premises and Common Areas constantly pest-free and vermin-free. In connection therewith, Tenant agrees to co-operate fully in Building pest control efforts including, but not limited to, (a) moving provisions, food stuffs and equipment during inspection and spraying by exterminator, (b) maintaining the Premises in a clean, trash free (except as temporarily stored in trash receptacles) and sanitary condition, and (c) allowing exterminator to perform inspections and/or spraying. In the event Tenant refuses or fails to satisfy its obligations set forth in this Section 6.4.2, then the Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, take such actions on Tenant’s behalf in which event, the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with same shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand therefor.

6.5 Lobby Elevator; Warehouse Elevator; Excess Services.

6.5.1 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service in the Main Lobby portion of the Building Common Areas at all times. For purposes of this Lease, “Building Hours”), shall collectively mean 7:00 A.M. to 7:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 7:00 A.M. to 3:00 P.M., except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays (collectively, the “Holidays”). Landlord agrees that the front lobby doors may remain locked at all times on weekends to the extent mutually agreed upon by all then-current tenants at the Building.

6.5.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate with Tanvex, the tenant of the remainder of the Building, to allow Tenant the temporary use of the Building elevator located in the back warehouse portion the first floor, which elevator services

 

23

---

the Building mezzanine, for (a) three (3) full consecutive days in order to initially move Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment into the Premises, (b) three (3) full consecutive days to remove Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment from the Premises prior to the expiration or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, and (c) as reasonably required thereafter during the Lease Term. Tenant acknowledges that such Building elevator is under Tanvex’s control (as opposed to Landlord’s control), and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining Tanvex’s consent to Tenant’s use of such elevator for all, or any of the time periods identified hereinabove. In the event that Landlord is unable to obtain Tanvex’s consent to Tenant’s use of the elevator (or if Landlord is unable to obtain Tanvex’s consent to Tenant’s use of the elevator for all or any of the time periods identified hereinabove), Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms and conditions of the Lease shall be unaffected.

6.5.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 4.2.4 or this Article 6, Tenant shall directly pay to Landlord one hundred percent (100%) of the total cost (including any permitting and/or other implementation costs) of providing all services (and related equipment) affirmatively requested and required by Tenant which are in excess of the Building-standard services to be provided by Landlord hereunder , including, but not limited to, any security services for the Project, (ii) any janitorial services to the Premises or above-standard janitorial services in any Common Areas, (iii) day-porter service, and (iv) parking management systems, equipment and/or personnel; provided, however, to the extent Tenant requests in advance from Landlord the cost of providing any such services, Tenant shall only be obligated to reimburse Landlord up to the amount so quoted.

6.6 Interruption of Use. Except and to the extent expressly set forth in Section 6.7, below, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Land lord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6.

6.7 Abatement Event. If (i) Landlord fails to perform the obligations required of Landlord under the TCCs of this Lease or to otherwise perform an act required by Landlord to avoid such interference, and (ii) such failure causes all or a portion of the Premises to be untenantable and unusable by Tenant, and (iii) such failure related to (A) the nonfunctioning of any Building System or utility service to the Premises, or (B) a failure to provide access to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Initial Notice”), specifying such failure to

 

24

---

perform by Landlord (the “Abatement Event”). If Landlord has not cured such Abatement Event within three (3) business days after the receipt of the Initial Notice (the “Eligibility Period”), Tenant may deliver an additional notice to Landlord (the “Additional Notice”), specifying such Abatement Event and Tenant’s intention to abate the payment of Rent under this Lease. If Landlord does not cure such Abatement Event within two (2) business days of receipt of the Additional Notice, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, immediately abate Rent payable under this Lease for that portion of the Premises rendered untenantable and not used by Tenant, for the period beginning on the date five (5) business days after the Initial Notice to the earlier of the date Landlord cures such Abatement Event or the date Tenant recommences the use of such portion of the Premises (or as to all of the Premises, if the portion which is untenantable materially impairs Tenant’s ability to conduct business from the Premises). Such right to abate Rent shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

During the entire Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain in first-class condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including without limitation the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof structure (as opposed to roof membrane), curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), stairs, stairwells, elevator cab, men’s and women’s washrooms, Building mechanical, electrical and telephone closets, and all common and public areas servicing the Building, including the parking areas, landscaping and exterior Project signage (collectively, “Building Structure”) and the Base Building mechanical, electrical, life safety, building access, plumbing , sprinkler systems and HVAC systems (other than the Tenant Maintained Systems) (collectively, the “Building Systems”) and the Project Common Areas. Without modifying Landlord’s obligations set forth above, pursuant to the terms of Section 1.1.1 of this Lease, Landlord shall promptly cure any latent defects in the Premises brought to Landlord’s attention in writing within one (I ) year following Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant. In addition, Landlord hereby warrants that the Building Systems (exclusive of Tenant Maintained Systems, but including without limitation all other mechanical, electrical, life safety, building access, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems in the Premises and not included within the definition of Building Systems) are, as of the Effective Date, in reasonably good working order and condition for Permitted Use, and that any actual defects thereto (excluding de minimus defects) brought to Landlord’s attention in writing within one (1) year following Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant, shall be repaired or replaced (to the extent reasonably necessary) by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (i.e., not to be included as an Operating Expense), but only to the extent such defects were not caused or otherwise contributed to by Tenant; provided, however, and except to the extent resulting directly from the particular nature of Tenant’s tissue culture room and rodent vivarium uses, in no event shall Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use in the ordinary course of business be deemed to be a cause or contributing factor to any defects. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be required to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent caused by Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use (but which for

 

25

---

purposes of this provision shall not apply to the extent resulting directly from particular nature of Tenant’s tissue culture room and rodent vivarium uses), unless and to the extent such damage is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Article 10 and to which the waiver of subrogation is applicable (such foregoing obligations will hereinafter be defined as the “BS/BS Exception”). Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures and furnishings therein, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term, but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances (but such obligation shall not extend to the Building Structure and the Building Systems except pursuant to the BS/BS Exception) except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to repair within ten (10) business days thereafter, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s out-of-pocket cost in direct connection therewith, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses to the extent arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements upon receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice for same. Subject to Article 27 below, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree; provided, however, except for (i) emergencies, or (ii) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, any such entry into the Premises by Landlord shall be performed in a manner so as not to materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises; provided that, with respect to item (ii) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection l of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HYAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “Alterations”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than fifteen (15) business days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be permitted to make Alterations

 

26

---

following ten (10) business days notice to Landlord, but without Landlord’s prior consent, to the extent that such Alterations do not (i) adversely affect the systems and equipment of the Building, exterior appearance of the Building, or structural aspects of the Building, or adversely affect the value of the Premises or Building (the “Cosmetic Alterations”). The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem reasonably necessary to protect the Building Structure and/or Building Systems, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors reasonably approved by Landlord. Upon Landlord’s timely request (as more particularly set forth in Section 8.5, below), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove any Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term and return the affected portion of the Premises to its condition as of the Effective Date. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of San Diego, all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of San Diego in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations, to the extent applicable, as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements. If payment is made directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard contractor’s rules and regulations. If Tenant orders any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount mutually agreed upon in advance by Landlord and Tenant to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work; provided, however, to the extent that Tenant, prior to

 

27

---

ordering such working directly from Landlord, requests in writing that Landlord provide Tenant with a pre-review estimate of the costs to be incurred by Landlord in connection with such review, then such costs shall be subject to the reasonable pre-approval of Tenant. If Tenant does not order any work directly from Landlord, Tenant shall, reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of such work.

8.4 Construction Insurance. In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) all Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which Tenant may have installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord, and (ii) the Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the TCCs of the Work Letter shall, upon completion of the same, be and become a part of the Premises and the property of Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations (as opposed to the Improvements being constructed pursuant to the Work Letter, which Improvements Tenant shall not be required to remove unless otherwise expressly identified by Landlord at the time of approval in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2.4 of the Work Letter), and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the performance of the subject Alterations; provided, however, if, in connection with its notice to Landlord with respect to any such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, (x) Tenant requests Landlord’s decision with regard to the removal of such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, and (y) Landlord thereafter agrees in writing to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, then Tenant shall not be required to so remove such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations; provided further, however, that if Tenant requests such a determination from Landlord and Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request from Tenant with respect to Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, fails to address the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations, Landlord shall be deemed to have agreed to waive the removal requirement with regard to such Alterations or Cosmetic Alterations. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations or improvements in the Premises, and returns the affected portion of the Premises to the condition existing immediately prior to the performance of the subject Alterations, then at Landlord’s option Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Except to the extent of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and

 

28

---

holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.6 Exceptions to Landlord’s Property. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Tenant shall maintain ownership of, and be permitted to remove upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (subject to the repair provisions set forth in Section 8.5, above), any equipment installed or placed in, or about, or affixed to the Premises, but only to the extent such equipment was paid for in its entirety by Tenant.

8.7 One Pass Air. Landlord acknowledges that during the Lease Term Tenant may desire to install a supplemental HVAC (i.e., “One-Pass Air System”) in the tissue culture room, rodent vivarium and/or other specialty lab space in the Premises, which Alterations are, in concept, pre-approved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that in the event that Tenant desires any such One-Pass Air System in the Premises, the plans and specifications related thereto (including, without limitation, related to the size, location, venting, and structural components) shall remain subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any portion of the One-Pass Air System which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within five (5) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant may enter into certain

 

29

---

equipment financing and/or leasing arrangements with an equipment-seller or equipment-lessor to secure necessary furniture and equipment (collectively, the “Tenant’s Equipment”).

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver. Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the “Landlord Parties” (as that term is defined below) , Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Land lord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with or arising from: (a) any causes in or on the Premises; (b) the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant; (c) any activity, work, or thing done, or permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises; (d) any acts, omission, or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant, or the contractors, agents, employees, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person; (e) any breach, violation, or non-performance by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant or the employees, agents, contractors, invitees, or visitors of Tenant or any such person, of any term, covenant, or provision of this Lease or any law, ordinance, or governmental requirement of any kind; (f) any injury or damage to the person, property, or business of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, invitees, visitors, or any other person entering upon the Premises under the express or implied invitation of Tenant; or (g) the placement of any personal property or other items within the Premises; provided, however, that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees. Subject to Tenant’s indemnity and the waiver of subrogation provided below, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively “Tenant Parties”) from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense, and liability (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties in, on or about the Project either prior to or during the Lease Term, and/or as a result of Landlord’s breach of this Lease, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or the Tenant Parties. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Section 10.1 is not intended and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover the matters subject to Tenant’s indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this

 

30

---

Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligations on Tenant or Landlord to be responsible or liable for, and each hereby releases the other from all liability for, consequential damages other than those consequential damages incurred by Landlord in connection with a holdover of the Premises by Tenant in accordance with the TCCS of Article 16 of this Lease.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with Landlord’s insurance company requirements of which Tenant has received notice pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts. The required evidence of coverage must be delivered to Landlord on or before the date required under Section 10.4(I) sub-sections (x) and (y), or Section 10.4(II) below (as applicable). Such policies shall be for a term of at least one (1) year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance, including Broad Form contractual liability covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon or arising out of Tenant’s operations, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be written on an “occurrence” basis. Landlord and any other party the Landlord so specifies that has a material financial interest in the Project, including Landlord’s managing agent, ground lessor and/or lender, if any, shall be named as additional insureds as their interests may appear using Insurance Service Organization’s form CG2011 or a comparable form approved by Landlord. Tenant shall provide an endorsement or policy excerpt showing that Tenant’s coverage is primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing. The coverage shall also be extended to include damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. This policy shall include coverage for all liabilities assumed under this Lease as an insured contract for the performance of all of Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation hereunder. Limits of liability insurance shall not be less than the following; provided, however, such limits may be achieved through the use of an Umbrella/Excess Policy:

 

Bodily Injury and		$	5,000,000 each occurrence
Property Damage Liability
Personal Injury and Advertising		$	5,000,000 each occurrence
Liability

 

31

---

Tenant Legal Liability/Damage to		$	1,000,000.00
Rented Premises Liability

10.3.2 Property Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, personal property, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s business personal property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the “Improvements,” as that term is defined in Section 2.1 of the Work Letter, and (iii) all Alterations performed in the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on a Special Form basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts), without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for (a) all perils included in the CP 10 30 04 02 Coverage Special Form, (b) water damage from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, backup or overflow from sprinkler leakage, bursting, leaking or stoppage of any pipes, explosion, and backup of sewers and drainage, and (c) terrorism (to the extent such terrorism insurance is available as a result of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (Pub. L. l 07-297, 116 Stat. 2322), the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2005 (Pub. l. 109-144), and the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (Pub. L. 110-160, 121 Stat. 183), any successor statute or regulation, or is otherwise available at commercially reasonable rates).

10.3.2.1 Adjacent Premises. Tenant shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Project to the extent said increase is caused by Tenant’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use (but which for purposes of this provision shall not apply to the extent resulting directly from the particular nature of Tenant’s tissue culture room and rodent vivarium uses).

10.3.2.2 Property Damage. Tenant shall use the proceeds from any such insurance for the replacement of personal property, trade fixtures and Alterations.

10.3.2.3 No representation of Adequate Coverage. Landlord makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Tenant’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

10.3.3 Property Insurance Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by insurance carriers to the extent above provided (and, in the case of Tenant, by an insurance carrier satisfying the requirements of Section 10.4(i) below), and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers. Landlord and Tenant hereby represent and warrant that their respective “all risk” property insurance policies include a waiver of (i) subrogation by the insurers, and (ii) all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties or Tenant and/or any of the Tenant Parties (as the case may be) in connection with any property loss risk thereby insured against. Tenant will cause all other occupants of the Premises claiming by, under, or through Tenant to execute and deliver to Landlord a waiver of claims similar to the waiver in this Section 10.3.3 and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights

 

32

---

endorsements. If either party hereto fails to maintain the waivers set forth in items (i) and (ii) above, the party not maintaining the requisite waivers shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the other party for, from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of, resulting from, or relating to, such failure.

10.3.4 Business Income Interruption for one year (1) plus Extra Expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for actual direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the risks outlined in Section 10.3.2 above.

10.3.5 Worker’s Compensation or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations, and Employer’s Liability with minimum limits of not less than $1,000,000 each accident/employee/disease.

10.3.6 Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance covering all Owned (if any), Hired, or Non-owned vehicles with limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage.

10.4 Form of Policies. The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) be issued by an insurance company having an AM Best rating of not less than A-X, or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord and complying with the requirements of Section 10.3 (including, Sections 10.3.1 through 10.3.6), (iii) Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies, and (iv) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord, the identity of whom has been provided to Tenant in writing. Tenant shall deliver said policy or policies or certificates thereof and applicable endorsements which meet the requirements of this Article 10 to Landlord on or before (I) the earlier to occur of: (x) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) the date Tenant and/or its employees, contractors and/or agents first enter the Premises for occupancy, construction of improvements, alterations, or any other move-in activities, and (II) five (5) business days after the renewal of such policies. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificates and applicable endorsements, Landlord may, at its option, after written notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to obtain such insurance within five (5) days thereafter, procure such policies for the account of Tenant and the sole benefit of Landlord, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord; provided, however, that no such increase shall be requested or required by Landlord during the initial Lease Term.

 

33

---

10.6 Third-Party Contractors. Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord, Third Party Contractor’s certificates of insurance and applicable endorsements at least seven (7) business days prior to the commencement of work in or about the Premises by any vendor or any other third-party contractor (collectively, a “Third Party Contractor”). All such insurance shall (a) name Landlord as an additional insured under such party’s liability policies as required by Section 10.3.1 above and this Section 10.6, (b) provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord under such Third Party Contractor’s commercial general liability insurance, (c) be primary and any insurance carried by Landlord shall be excess and non-contributing, and (d) comply with Landlord’s minimum insurance requirements.

10.7 Landlord’s Fire, Casualty, and Liability Insurance.

10.7.1 Landlord shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance with at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in coverage, with respect to the Building during the Lease Term covering claims for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage in the Project Common Areas and with respect to Landlord’s activities in the Premises.

10.7.2 Landlord shall insure the Building and Landlord’s remaining interest in the Improvements and Alterations with a policy of Physical Damage Insurance including building ordinance coverage, written on a standard Causes of Loss—Special Form basis (against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism, and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage), covering the full replacement cost of the Base Building, Premises and other improvements (including coverages for enforcement of Applicable Laws requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction and/or replacement of any portion of the Building as a result of a covered loss) without a deduction for depreciation.

10.7.3 Landlord shall maintain Boiler and Machinery/Equipment Breakdown Insurance covering the Building against risks commonly insured against by a Boiler and Machinery/Equipment Breakdown policy and such policy shall cover the full replacement costs, without deduction for depreciation.

10.7.4 The foregoing coverages shall contain commercially reasonable deductible amounts from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine.

10.7.5 Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risk of (i) earthquake, (ii) flood damage and additional hazards, or (iii) a rental loss endorsement for a period of up to two (2) years.

10.7.6 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.7, the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of Comparable Buildings. In addition, Landlord shall carry Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability coverage as required by applicable law.

 

34

---

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11, restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “Landlord Repair Notice”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) and (iii) of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from both Landlord’s insurance carrier and Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, then Tenant shall not assign its insurance proceeds as set forth hereinabove, and Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty

 

35

---

(60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; (iv) Landlord decides to rebuild the Building or Common Areas so that they will be substantially different structurally or architecturally; (v) the damage occurs- during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; or (vi) any owner of any other portion of the Project, other than Landlord, does not intend to repair the damage to such portion of the Project; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and the repairs are not actually completed within such 180-day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease during the first five (5) business days of each calendar month following the end of such period until such time as the repairs are complete, by notice to Landlord (the “Damage Termination Notice”), effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “Damage Termination Date”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be less than ten (10) business days following the end of each such month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant delivers a Damage Termination Notice to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to suspend the occurrence of the Damage Termination Date for a period ending thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice by delivering to Tenant, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s receipt of the Damage Termination Notice, a certificate of Landlord’s contractor responsible for the repair of the damage certifying that it is such contractor’s good faith judgment that the repairs shall be substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the Damage Termination Date. If repairs shall be substantially completed prior to the expiration of such thirty-day period, then the Damage Termination Notice shall be of no force or effect, but if the repairs shall not be substantially completed within such thirty- day period, then this Lease shall terminate upon the expiration of such thirty-day period. At any time, from time to time, after the date occurring sixty (60) days after the date of the damage, Tenant may request that Landlord inform Tenant of Landlord’s reasonable opinion of the date of completion of the repairs and Landlord shall respond to such request within five (5) business days. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) the damage to the Project by fire or other casualty was not caused by the gross negligence or intentional act of Tenant or its partners or subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors; (b) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease; and (c) as a result of the damage,

 

36

---

Tenant cannot reasonably conduct, and does not conduct, business from the Premises. In the event this Lease is terminated in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under items (ii) and (iii) of Section 10.3.2 of this Lease.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of

 

37

---

any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than ten percent (10%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to either (i) terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority, or (ii) continue this Lease in effect with a proportionate reduction in the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13, in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “Transfer Premium”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative

 

38

---

documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, provided that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to utilize Landlord’s standard consent documents in connection with the documentation of Landlord’s consent to such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E. Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’, architects’, engineers’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, in an amount not to exceed Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00) in the aggregate, but such limitation of fees shall only apply to the extent such Transfer is in the ordinary course of business. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that a proposed Transfer shall not be considered “in the ordinary course of business” if such Transfer involves the review of documentation by Landlord on more than two (2) occasions.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer (including without limitation any Transfer under Section 14.6 below) of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease;

14.2.6 The terms of the proposed Transfer will allow the Transferee to exercise a right of renewal, right of expansion, right of first offer, or other similar right held by Tenant (or will allow the Transferee to occupy space leased by Tenant pursuant to any such right); or

 

39

---

14.2.7 Either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (ii) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Project at such time, or (iii) has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice, and Landlord has reasonably comparable space in the Project then available to lease to such Transferee; or

14.2.8 The Transferee does not intend to occupy the entire Premises and conduct its business therefrom for a substantial portion of the term of the Transfer.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under Section 14.4 of this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2, or which would cause the proposed Transfer to be more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 (including Landlord’s right of recapture, if any, under Section 14.4 of this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under Section 14.2 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 14, their sole remedies shall be a suit for contract damages (other than damages for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring) or declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

14.3 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3, received by Tenant from such Transferee. “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent or other economic concessions reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, (iv) any attorneys’ fees incurred by Tenant in connection with the negotiation and documentation of the Transfer, (v) any lease takeover costs incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, (vi) any costs of advertising the space which is the subject of the Transfer, and (vii) any review and processing fees paid to Landlord in connection with such Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market

 

40

---

value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. In the calculations of the Rent (as it relates to the Transfer Premium calculated under this Section 14.3), the Rent paid during each annual period for the Subject Space shall be computed after adjusting such rent to the actual effective rent to be paid, taking into consideration any and all leasehold concessions granted in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, any rent credit and tenant improvement allowance. For purposes of calculating any such effective rent all such concessions shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the relevant term.

14.4 Landlord’s Option as to Subject Space. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, in the event Tenant contemplates a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises (or in the event of any other Transfer or Transfers entered into by Tenant as a subterfuge in order to avoid the terms of this Section 14.4), Tenant shall give Landlord notice (the “Intention to Transfer Notice”) of such contemplated Transfer (whether or not the contemplated Transferee or the terms of such contemplated Transfer have been determined). The Intention to Transfer Notice shall specify the portion of and amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which Tenant intends to Transfer (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), the contemplated date of commencement of the Contemplated Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), and the contemplated length of the term of such contemplated Transfer, and shall specify that such Intention to Transfer Notice is delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.4 in order to allow Landlord to elect to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space for the term set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice. Thereafter, Landlord shall have the option, by giving written notice to Tenant (the “Recapture Notice”) within twenty (20) days after receipt of any Intention to Transfer Notice, to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space. However, if Landlord delivers a Recapture Notice to Tenant, Tenant may, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such Recapture Notice, deliver written notice to Landlord rescinding the subject Intention to Transfer notice, in which case neither such Transfer or recapture shall be consummated and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the corresponding Subject Space; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to timely rescind its Intention to Transfer Notice as set forth in this sentence shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election to allow the Recapture Notice to be effective. Any recapture shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such Contemplated Transfer Space as of the Contemplated Effective Date (or at Landlord’s option, shall cause the Transfer to be made to Landlord or its agent, in which case the parties shall execute the Transfer documentation promptly thereafter). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the number of rentable square feet retained by Tenant in proportion to the number of rentable square feet contained in the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the same. If Landlord declines, or fails to elect in a timely manner, to recapture such Contemplated Transfer Space under this Section 14.4, then, subject to the other terms of this Article 14, for a period of nine (9) months (the “Nine Month Period”) commencing on the last day of such twenty (20) day period, Landlord shall not have any right to recapture the Contemplated Transfer Space with respect to any Transfer made during the Nine Month Period, provided that any such Transfer is substantially on the terms set forth in the Intention to Transfer Notice, and provided further that any such Transfer shall be subject to the remaining terms of this Article 14. If such a Transfer is not so consummated within the Nine Month Period (or if a Transfer is so consummated, then upon the expiration of the term

 

41

---

of any Transfer of such Contemplated Transfer Space consummated within such Nine Month Period), Tenant shall again be required to submit a new Intention to Transfer Notice to Landlord with respect any contemplated Transfer, as provided above in this Article 14.4.

14.5 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the TCCs of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than two percent (2%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers. Subject to the terms set forth in Section 14.8, below, for purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period (but excluding transfers (a) to immediate family members by reason of gift or death, or (b) by any of Tenant’s investors to any such investor’s limited partners and/or members), or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period; provided, however, the parties hereby acknowledge that transactions involving Tenant’s stock or assets that fall below the specified thresholds described in this sentence above shall not require Landlord’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the raising of capital by Tenant in connection with a sale, issuance or other offering of stock or ownership interests in Tenant (each, together with any related transactions, a “Capital Raising Event”) shall not be deemed a Transfer nor require Landlord’s consent hereunder; provided, however, (1) any such Capital Raising Event shall be for the bona fide purpose of raising capital in Tenant (as opposed to being for the purpose of a total or partial liquidation of an existing shareholder’s interest in Tenant) and is not otherwise a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (2) Tenant shall continue to conduct its business operations in the Premises in accordance with the Permitted Use.

 

42

---

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

14.8 Non-Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, (i) a Transfer of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), (ii) a Transfer to an entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or interests (partnership, stock or other) of Tenant, or (iii) a Transfer to an entity which is the resulting entity of a merger, consolidation, public offering, reorganization or dissolution of Tenant, or which becomes the parent or successor of Tenant by reason of merger, consolidation, public offering, reorganization, dissolution, or sale of stock, membership or partnership interests or assets, shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or otherwise effectuate any “release” by Tenant of such obligations and such Permitted Transferee shall thereafter become liable under this Lease, on a joint and several basis, with Tenant. The assignee under an assignment specified in items (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be referred to as a “Permitted Transferee.” “Control,” as used in this Section 14.8, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

14.9 Occupancy by Others. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 14, Tenant shall have the right (without the payment of a Transfer Premium, without being subject to Section 14.4, and without the receipt of Landlord’s consent, but only following prior written notice to Landlord), to permit the occupancy (which shall otherwise be deemed a Transfer hereunder) of up to a cumulative total of twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises, in the aggregate, to any individual(s) with an ongoing, business substantially similar to the Permitted Use (“Tenant’s Occupants”) on and subject to the following conditions: (i) such individuals or entities shall not be permitted to occupy a separately

 

43

---

demised portion of the Premises which contains an entrance to such portion of the Premises other than the primary entrance to the Premises; (ii) all such individuals or entities shall be of a character and reputation consistent with the first-class quality of the Building and the Project; and (iii) such occupancy shall not be a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on Transfers pursuant to this Article L 4. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding any such individuals or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such occupancy shall relieve Tenant from any liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15, quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as when Tenant took possession and as thereafter improved by Landlord and/or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, as Landlord may, in its sole discretion, require to be removed, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to the product of (i) the Rent

 

44

---

applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease, and (ii) a percentage equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%). Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law; provided, however, to the extent Landlord affirmatively consents to Tenant’s holding over in the Premises, then in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for, or otherwise be required to indemnify Landlord with respect to, any consequential damages in connection therewith. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease without Landlord’s affirmative consent, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be liable for consequential damages attributable to the first thirty (30) days of any holding over by Tenant. In the event of any potential or actual holding over of the Premises by Tenant, Tenant may elect to send a written notice to Landlord (specifically referencing this Article 16) requesting an update as to whether Landlord has entered into a third-party lease for the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days of its receipt of such notice from Tenant, notify Tenant whether or not Landlord has entered into a third-party lease as of the date of such notice for the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however, in no event shall any such notice by Tenant to Landlord, or any subsequent notice from Landlord to Tenant (or any failure by Landlord to provide such notice) be deemed a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations or liabilities under this Article 16.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E, attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other commercially reasonable instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Failure of Tenant to timely execute, acknowledge and

 

45

---

deliver such estoppel certificate or other instruments shall constitute an acceptance of the Premises and an acknowledgment by Tenant that statements included in the estoppel certificate are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

Landlord covenants that there is no existing mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease or other encumbrance encumbering the Project or any portion thereof as of the Effective Date. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto (collectively, the “Superior Holders”); provided, however, that in consideration of and a condition precedent to Tenant’s agreement to subordinate this Lease, shall be the receipt by Tenant of a subordination non-disturbance and attornment agreement in a commercially reasonable form, which requires such Superior Holder to accept this lease, and not to disturb tenant’s possession, so long as an event of default has not occurred and be continuing (a “SNDA”) executed by Landlord and the appropriate Superior Holder. Subject to Tenant’s receipt of an SNDA, Tenant covenants and agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the TCCs of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within five (5) days of request by Landlord, execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

 

46

---

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2, any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default, but in no event exceeding a period of time in excess of ninety (90) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

19.1.3 To the extent permitted by law, (i) Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease being placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becoming subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (ii) a general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease for the benefit of creditors, or (iii) the taking of any corporate action in furtherance of bankruptcy or dissolution whether or not there exists any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, or (iv) the filing by or against Tenant or any guarantor of any proceeding under an insolvency or bankruptcy law, unless in the case of such a proceeding filed against Tenant or any guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days, or (v) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant or any guarantor, unless possession is restored to Tenant or such guarantor within thirty (30) days, or (vi) any execution or other judicially authorized seizure of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets located upon the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, unless such seizure is- discharged within thirty (30) days; or

19.1.4 Abandonment or vacation pursuant to the terms of California Civil Code Section 1951.3 of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant; or

19.1.5 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 17 or 18 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than five (5) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.6 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 or 14 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than ten (10) business days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.7 Tenant’s failure to occupy the Premises within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Lease Commencement Date.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity

 

47

---

(all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease).

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “rent” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 19.2.1(c), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

 

48

---

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Form of Payment After Default. Following the occurrence of the second (2^nd) event of economic default by Tenant (beyond all applicable notice and cure periods) occurring within any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to require that any or all subsequent amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, whether to cure the default in question or otherwise, be paid in the form of cash, money order, cashier’s or certified check drawn on an institution acceptable to Landlord, or by other means approved by Landlord, notwithstanding any prior practice of accepting payments in any different form.

19.5 Efforts to Relet. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.6 Landlord Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease if Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity. Any award from a court or arbitrator in favor of Tenant requiring payment by Landlord which is not paid by Landlord within the time period directed by such award, may be offset by Tenant from Rent next due and payable under this Lease; provided, however, Tenant may not deduct the amount of the award against more than fifty percent (50%)

 

49

---

of Base Rent next due and owing (until such time as the entire amount of such judgment is deducted) to the extent following a foreclosure or a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other TCCs, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the TCCs, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, Landlord may, without notice to Tenant, but shall not be required to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default and Tenant shall, upon demand therefor, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Any unapplied portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Security Deposit. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, under Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, any successor statute, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, any provision of law which (i) establishes the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provides that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Article 21, above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Security Deposit (i) any and all sums expressly identified in this Article 21, above, and (ii) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

 

50

---

ARTICLE 22

LETTER OF CREDIT

22.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within forty-five (45) days following Tenant’s execution of this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable letter of credit (the “L-C”) in the amount set forth in Section 22.3 below (the “L-C Amount”), which L-C shall be issued by a money-center, solvent and nationally recognized bank (a bank which accepts deposits, maintains accounts, has a local San Diego office which will negotiate a letter of credit, and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC) reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and Landlord hereby pre-approves UBS Bank USA (such approved, issuing bank being referred to herein as the “Bank”), which Bank must have a short term Fitch Rating which is not less than “F l “, and a long term Fitch Rating which is not less than “A”(or in the event such Fitch Ratings are no longer available, a comparable rating from Standard and Poor’ s Professional Rating Service or Moody’s Professional Rating Service) (collectively, the “Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold”), and which L-C shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G, attached hereto. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the L-C. The L-C shall (i) be “callable” at sight, irrevocable and unconditional, (ii) be maintained in effect, whether through renewal or extension, for the period commencing on the date of issuance of such L-C and continuing until the date (the “L-C Expiration Date”) that is no less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, as the same may be extended, and Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, (iii) be fully assignable by Landlord, its successors and assigns, (iv) permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and (v) be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices- ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “Bankruptcy Code”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the L-C Expiration Date, or (E) Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, or becomes subject to similar proceedings under Federal or State law, or (F) Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (G) if (I) any of the Bank’s Fitch Ratings (or other comparable ratings to the extent the Fitch Ratings are no longer available) have been reduced below the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold, or (2) there is otherwise a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Bank, and Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with a replacement letter of credit, conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 22 (including, but not limited to, the requirements placed on the issuing Bank more particularly set forth in this Section 22.1 above), in the amount of the applicable L-C Amount, within ten (IO) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) (each of the foregoing being an “L-C Draw Event”). The L-C shall be honored by the Bank regardless of whether Tenant disputes Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. In addition, in the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the

 

51

---

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity, then, effective as of the date such receivership or conservatorship occurs, said L-C shall be deemed to fail to meet the requirements of this Article 22, and, within ten (10) days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such receivership or conservatorship (the “L-C FDIC Replacement Notice”), Tenant shall replace such L-C with a substitute letter of credit from a different issuer (which issuer shall meet or exceed the Bank’s Credit Rating Threshold and shall otherwise be acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion) and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 22. If Tenant fails to replace such L-C with such conforming, substitute letter of credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 22.1, then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to declare Tenant in default of this Lease for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period). Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including without limitation Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

22.2 Application of L-C. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C upon the occurrence of any L-C Draw Event. In the event of any L-C Draw Event, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in part or in whole, to cure any such L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default of the Lease or other L-C Draw Event and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and such L-C shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant is placed into receivership or conservatorship, and/or there is an event of a receivership, conservatorship or a bankruptcy filing by, or on behalf of, Tenant, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

22.3 L-C Amount; Maintenance of L-C by Tenant; Liquidated Damages.

22.3.1 L-C Amount. The L-C Amount shall initially be equal to One Hundred Sixty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($160,000.00).

 

52

---

22.3.2 Reduction of L-C Amount. To the extent that Tenant is not in default under this Lease (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease), the L-C Amount shall be reduced as follows:

 

Date of Reduction		L-C Amount
September 1, 2012		$	135,000.00
September 1, 2013		$	110,000.00
September 1, 2014		$	85,000.00
September 1, 2015		$	60,000.00

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 22.3.2, in no event shall the L-C Amount as set forth above decrease during any period in which Tenant is in default under this Lease (beyond any applicable notice and cure periods), but such decrease shall take place retroactively after such default is cured, provided that no such decrease shall thereafter take effect in the event this Lease is terminated early due to such default by Tenant.

22.3.3 In General. If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and any such additional letter(s) of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 22, and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, the same shall be subject to the terms of Section 22.3.3 below. Tenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the L-C expires earlier than the L-C Expiration Date, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof (such renewal letter of credit to be in effect and delivered to Landlord, as applicable, not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the L-C), which shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided through the L-C Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. If Tenant exercises its option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Lease then, not later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of the applicable Option Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension evidencing the L-C Expiration Date as one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of the Option Term. However, if the L-C is not timely renewed, or if Tenant fails to maintain the L-C in the amount and in accordance with the terms set forth in this Article 22, Landlord shall have the right to either (x) present the L-C to the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Article 22, and the proceeds of the L-C may be applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, or (y) pursue its remedy under Section 22.3.3 below. In the event Landlord elects to exercise its rights under the foregoing item (x), (I) any unused proceeds shall constitute the property of Landlord (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a

 

53

---

receivership, conservatorship, or a bankruptcy filing by Tenant, property of such receivership, conservatorship or Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets, and (II) Landlord agrees to pay to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the L-C Expiration Date the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord and not applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease; provided, however, that if prior to the L-C Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the unused L-C proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

22.3.4 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN; REPLACE AND/OR REINSTATE L-C; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS, WITHIN (I) THAT PERIOD SET FORTH IN SECTION 22.3.2 ABOVE, OR (II) THAT PERIOD SET FORTH IN THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE, TO PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY OR A REPLACEMENT L-C (AS APPLICABLE), THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TEN PERCENT (110%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE WHICH IS THE LAST DAY OF THE PERIOD IDENTIFIED IN SECTION 22.3.2 OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE), AND ENDING ON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF (X) THE DATE TENANT PROVIDES LANDLORD WITH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY AS CONTEMPLATED BY THE TERMS OF SECTION 22.3.2 ABOVE, OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE), OR (Y) THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE LAST DAY OF THE PERIOD IDENTIFIED IN SECTION 22.3.2 OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE). IN THE EVENT THAT TENANT FAILS, DURING SUCH NINETY (90) DAY PERIOD FOLLOWING THE LAST DAY OF THE PERIOD IDENTIFIED IN SECTION 22.3.2 OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE), TO PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY OR A REPLACEMENT L-C (AS APPLICABLE), THEN TENANT’S MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF BASE RENT SHALL BE INCREASED TO ONE HUNDRED TWENTY PERCENT (120%) OF ITS THEN EXISTING LEVEL DURING THE PERIOD COMMENCING ON THE DATE WHICH IS NINETY (90) DAYS AFTER THE LAST DAY OF THE PERIOD IDENTIFIED IN SECTION 22.3.2 OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE) AND ENDING ON THE DATE SUCH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) ARE ISSUED IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY OR SUCH A REPLACEMENT L-C IS ISSUED (AS APPLICABLE) PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF SECTION 22.3.2 OR THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE (AS APPLICABLE). THE PARTIES AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPRACTICABLE AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN THE ACTUAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LANDLORD AS A RESULT OF TENANT’S FAILURE TO TIMELY PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY AS REQUIRED IN SECTION 22.3.2, OR A REPLACEMENT L-C AS CONTEMPLATED BY THE L-C FDIC REPLACEMENT NOTICE

 

54

---

(AS APPLICABLE), AND THAT UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE, THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVIDED FOR IN THIS SECTION 22.3.3 REPRESENT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE DAMAGES WHICH LANDLORD WILL INCUR AS A RESULT OF SUCH FAILURE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THIS PROVISION SHALL NOT WAIVE OR AFFECT LANDLORD’S RIGHTS AND TENANT’S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS LEASE (EXCEPT THAT THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY AGREE THAT THE FOREGOING PROVISION WAS AGREED TO IN LIEU OF MAKING FAILURE TO PROVIDE LANDLORD WITH ADDITIONAL L-C(S) IN AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEFICIENCY OR A REPLACEMENT L-C (AS APPLICABLE) A DEFAULT UNDER THIS LEASE). THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PAYMENT OF SUCH LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 3275 OR 3369, BUT IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO LANDLORD PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1671. THE PARTIES HAVE SET FORTH THEIR INITIALS BELOW TO INDICATE THEIR AGREEMENT WITH THE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PROVISION CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 22.3.

 

		ACK		TES/HS
		LANDLORD’S INITIALS		TENANT’S INITIALS

22.4 Transfer and Encumbrance. The L-C shall also provide that Landlord may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, in connection with the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in under this Lease, Landlord shall transfer the L-C to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer; provided, however, with regard to the cost of any particular transfer, Landlord shall be responsible for, and shall pay, the first $1000 of the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith, with Tenant being responsible for any excess.

22.5 L-C Not a Security Deposit. Landlord and Tenant (1) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to, Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “Security Deposit Laws”), (2) acknowledge and agree that the L-C (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (3) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and any successor statue, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which

 

55

---

(x) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (y) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Article 22 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to (a) compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease, and/or (b) compensate Landlord for any and all damages arising out of, or incurred in connection with, the termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, those specifically identified in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

22.6 Non-Interference By Tenant. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with any payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of all or any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw down all or any portion of the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional and thereby afford the Bank a justification for failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant shall not request or instruct the Bank of any L-C to refrain from paying sight draft(s) drawn under such L-C.

22.7 Waiver of Certain Relief. Tenant unconditionally and irrevocably waives (and as an independent covenant hereunder, covenants not to assert) any right to claim or obtain any of the following relief in connection with the L-C:

22.7.1 A temporary restraining order, temporary injunction, permanent injunction, or other order that would prevent, restrain or restrict the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C or the Bank’s honoring or payment of sight draft(s); or

22.7.2 Any attachment, garnishment, or levy in any manner upon either the proceeds of any L-C or the obligations of the Bank (either before or after the presentment to the Bank of sight drafts drawn under such L-C) based on any theory whatever.

22.8 Remedy for Improper Drafts. Tenant’s sole remedy in connection with the improper presentment or payment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C shall be the right to obtain from Landlord a refund of the amount of any sight draft(s) that were improperly presented or the proceeds of which were misapplied, together with interest at the Interest Rate and reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, provided that at the time of such refund, Tenant increases the amount of such L-C to the amount (if any) then required under the applicable provisions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the presentment of sight drafts drawn under any L-C, or the Bank’s payment of sight drafts drawn under such L-C, could not under any circumstances cause Tenant injury that could not be remedied by an award of money damages, and that the recovery of money damages would be an adequate remedy therefor. In the event Tenant shall be entitled to a refund as aforesaid and Landlord shall fail to make such payment within ten (10) business days after demand, Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount thereof together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the next installment(s) of Base Rent.

 

56

---

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors. Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its sole discretion, and provided all signs are compatible with the quality, design and style of the Project’s sign criteria then established by Landlord (the “Project Sign Criteria”), and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant and any of Tenant’s Permitted Transferees or Tenant’s Occupants, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere on the floor in which the Premises is located including in the elevator lobby of the floor where the Premises is located, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building. In addition, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to have its name listed by Landlord on one (1) line in the directory to be located in a mutually and reasonably determined location in the lobby of the Building.

23.2 Prohibited Signage and Other Items. Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Sections 23.3 and 23.4, below, Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.3 Building Top Sign. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Article 23, the Original Tenant and any of its Permitted Transferees shall have the right, but not the obligation, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, to install one (1) non-exclusive Building-top sign on the roof of the Building in one ( l ) location to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Building-Top Sign”), which Building-Top Sign may, subject to the terms set forth in Section 23.6, below, contain Tenant’s name and/or Tenant’s logo. Such Building-Top Sign shall conform to all zoning and CC&Rs, and shall be subject to the Project Sign Criteria and Landlord’s reasonable review and approval. All costs associated with the Building-Top Sign, including, without limitation, the costs to purchase, install, maintain, and remove it, shall be borne exclusively by Tenant.

23.4 Monument Signage. Original Tenant and any of its Permitted Transferees shall have the non-exclusive right, but not the obligation, to have its name and/or logo as determined by Tenant placed on portion of any multi-tenant monument sign serving the Building (which portion shall be determined based on the rentable square footage then leased by Tenant), and such signage shall be compatible with the quality, design and style of the Project’s Sign Criteria; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant’s signage include an “Objectionable Name,” as that term is defined in Section 23.8, of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to (i) position or prioritize Tenant’s name in any position on such monument signage as it shall determine in its sole discretion, from time to time, (ii) design and organize such monument signage (and the materials, design, script size, type face, colors and all other characteristics thereof) in such manner as it shall determine in its sole discretion, (iii) place such other names, business names, trade names or affiliate names representing such other tenants as it shall determine in its sole

 

57

---

discretion, (iv) make such modifications to such monument signage as it shall desire from time to time so long as such changes do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s monument signage rights under this Section 23.4, and (v) place thereon the name of (and/or other identifying information for) the Building and/or Project as Landlord shall determine in its sole discretion.

23.5 Rights Personal. The rights granted under Sections 23.3 and 23.4 are personal to the Original Tenant and its Permitted Transferees, and shall not be transferable in any other respect whatsoever. If (i) the Lease shall be assigned to any party other than Permitted Transferee, (ii) there is an event of default (beyond the applicable notice and cure periods) exists under this Lease, or (iii) the Original Tenant or its Permitted Transferee (together with any Tenant’s Occupants) occupies less than the entire Premises (except for time periods during repairs, remodeling or similar circumstances), Landlord shall have the right to cancel Tenant’s rights under this Section 23.5 and to require Tenant to remove at Tenant’s sole cost and expense Tenant’s name from such monument signage within fifteen ( 15) days after delivery of Landlord ‘s written notice to do so.

23.6 Specifications and Permits. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, size and specifications of Tenant’s name on such monument signage and Building-Top Sign (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be (i) subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, including, without limitation, as to the design, materials, color, size and all other aesthetic factors of such signage and which consent thereto shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion; (ii) consistent with the size and quality of comparable signage on comparable institutionally owned first-class office buildings in the local market, (iii) in compliance with all Laws, (iv) subject to receipt by Tenant of all required governmental permits and approvals therefore, and (v) consistent with the Project Sign Criteria and the overall character of the Building’s/Project’s architecture (as determined by Landlord). In addition, Tenant’s name on such monument signage and Building-Top Sign shall be subject to the receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals (and the submission of copies thereof to Landlord), and shall be subject to all applicable Laws.

23.7 Cost and Maintenance. Landlord’s actual, out-of-pocket costs of the actual signs comprising Tenant’s name and/or logo on such monument sign and Building-Top Sign, as well as the installation, design, construction, and any and all other costs associated with Tenant’s name on such monument signage and/or the Building-Top Sign, including, without limitation, utility charges and hook-up fees (if applicable), permits, and maintenance and repairs, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant provided that Tenant shall have the opportunity to preview estimates for any such amounts to be charged to Tenant; provided that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant’s use of Common Areas to allow Tenant to install, operate, maintain and repair Tenant’s name on such monument sign and/or the Building- Top Sign. Should Tenant’s name and/or logo on such monument sign and/or the Building-Top Sign require repairs and/or maintenance, Landlord shall have the right to provide notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant (except as set forth above) shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to commence to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if such repairs and/or maintenance are reasonably expected

 

58

---

to require longer than thirty (30) days to perform, Tenant shall commence such repairs and/or maintenance within such thirty (30) day period and shall thereafter diligently prosecute such repairs and maintenance to completion at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Should Tenant fail to perform such repairs and/or maintenance within the periods described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant as Additional Rent for the actual out-of-pocket cost of such work plus interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment of such actual costs to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord. Tenant shall bear a pro rata share (based upon the number of tenants identified on such monument sign) of all of Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs of maintenance and operation of such monument sign and all such costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefore. Within a reasonable time following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (which shall in no event be later than thirty (30) days after such expiration or termination of this Lease), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, commence, and thereafter shall diligently pursue, the removal of Tenant’s name from such monument sign and the Building-Top Sign, and shall cause the areas in which such Tenant’s name on such monument sign and the Building-Top Sign was located to be restored to the condition existing immediately prior to the placement of such Tenant’s name on such monument signage and the installation of the Building-Top Sign. If Tenant fails to timely remove Tenant’s name from such monument sign and/or the Building-Top Sign or to restore the areas in which Tenant’s name on such monument sign and/or Building-Top Sign was located, as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, then Landlord may perform such work, and all actual costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in so performing, plus interest at the Interest Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment of such costs to the date of Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord, shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefore. The terms of this Section 23.7 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23.8 Objectionable Name. In no event shall Tenant’s signage include, identify or otherwise refer to a name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political faction or orientation, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of a Comparable Building (an “Objectionable Name”). The parties hereby agree that the name “AnaptysBio, Inc.” or any reasonable derivation thereof, shall not be deemed an Objectionable Name.

ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated and is applicable to the Premises or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises (collectively, “Applicable Laws”). At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall promptly comply with all such Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use (but which for purposes of this provision shall not apply to the extent resulting directly from the particular nature of Tenant’s tissue culture room and rodent vivarium uses) , (ii) the Alterations or the Improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but, as to the Base Building,

 

59

---

only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Tenant’s Alterations, the Improvements, or use of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use (but which for purposes of this provision shall not apply to the extent resulting directly from the particular nature of Tenant’s tissue culture room and rodent vivarium uses). Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4, above, and which are not inconsistent with the terms set forth in the Work Letter in connection with the Landlord Work.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee when due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount plus any attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to pay Rent and/or other charges when due hereunder; provided, however, with regard to the first such failure in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will waive such late charge to the extent Tenant cures such failure within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same was not received when due. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the “Interest Rate” shall be an annual rate equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H. l 5(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published), plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

 

60

---

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure. All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2, above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement. Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all expenditures reasonably made and obligations reasonably incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times (during Building Hours with respect to items (i) and (ii) below) and upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers, or during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment; provided, however, except in the event of an emergency, Tenant shall have the option upon at least twelve (12) hours prior notice to Landlord to require Landlord’s entry be delayed by up to seventy-two (72) hours if Tenant deems such delay to be reasonably necessary to avoid disruption of Tenant’s business operations from within the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27, Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord; (B) take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes; provided, however, except for (x) emergencies , (y) repairs, alterations, improvements or additions required by governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or court order or decree, or (z) repairs which are the obligation of Tenant hereunder, any such entry shall

 

61

---

be performed in a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and shall be performed after normal business hours if reasonably practical. With respect to items (y) and (z) above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises. Tenant’s rights under the terms of Section 6.7 shall apply to Landlord’s entry under the terms of this Article 27 (other than an entry pursuant to the terms of item (B) above), and otherwise (except to the extent of Landlord’s express indemnification obligations under this Lease) Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant, Tenant’s Permitted Transferees and Tenant’s Occupants shall have the right to use, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary, on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding the permitted occupancy density of five (5) persons per each one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises as more particularly set forth in Section 5.2, above, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to park automobiles anywhere in the Project parking facility in a total amount that would at anytime exceed an amount equal to three and one-half (3 ¹⁄₂) unreserved parking passes for every one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any fee for automobile parking passes during the initial Lease Term or any Option Term; provided, however, to the extent not included in Tax Expenses, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements; provided, however, in no event shall the number of parking passes available for

 

62

---

Tenant’s use decrease below the number of parking passes expressly allocated to Tenant under this Lease. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes provided to Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect. Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease not accrued as of the date of the transfer (provided such transferee assumes such obligations in writing) and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and

 

63

---

such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee. Tenant further acknowledges that Landlord may assign its interest in this Lease to a mortgage lender as additional security and agrees that such an assignment shall not release Landlord from its obligations hereunder and that Tenant shall continue to look to Landlord for the performance of its obligations hereunder.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording or Publication. Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded or otherwise published by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments. To the extent Landlord has delivered a written notice to Tenant pursuant to the terms of Section 19.1.1 of this Lease (and until the amounts represented by such notice, together with all other then-outstanding amounts due and owning under this Lease, are satisfied), Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Land lord, in its sole discretion, may elect, it nevertheless being acknowledged that Tenant may be free to make any such payments “under protest,” and such payments shall remain subject to successful contest by Tenant over any obligations in dispute.

29.10 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity. If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty. In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

 

64

---

29.13 Landlord Exculpation. The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the net interest of Landlord in the Project (following payment of any outstanding liens and/or mortgages, whether attributable to sales or insurance proceeds or otherwise). Neither Landlord, nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, in each case, however occurring.

29.14 Entire Agreement. It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the pa(ties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease and except as to Tenant’s obligations under Articles 5 and 24 of this Lease (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure.

 

65

---

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or         other communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“Mail”), (B) transmitted by telecopy, if such telecopy is promptly followed by a Notice sent by Mail, (C) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (D) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the telecopy is transmitted, (iii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iv) the date personal delivery is made or attempted to be made. If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor written notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee or ground or underlying lessor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant’s exercising any remedy available to Tenant. As of the Effective Date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

Kilroy Realty Corporation

12200 West Olympic Boulevard

Suite 200

Los Angeles, California 90064

Attention: Legal Department

with copies to:

Kilroy Realty Corporation

3611 Valley Centre Drive, Suite 550

San Diego, California 92130

Attention: Mr. Brian Galligan

and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several. If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

 

66

---

29.20 Authority. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. This Lease. shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY. IN THE EVENT LANDLORD COMMENCES ANY SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS OR ACTION FOR NONPAYMENT OF BASE RENT OR ADDITIONAL RENT, TENANT SHALL NOT INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY NATURE OR DESCRIPTION (UNLESS SUCH COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE MANDATORY) IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING OR ACTION, BUT SHALL BE RELEGATED TO AN INDEPENDENT ACTION AT LAW.

29.23 Submission of Lease. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “Brokers”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay the Brokers pursuant to the terms of separate commission agreements. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on

 

67

---

account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

29.25 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Confidentiality. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Except as required by any law and/or regulation (including without limitation any SEC regulation), Landlord and Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s or Landlord’s financial, legal, and space planning consultants.

29.29 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Building so long as Tenant’s parking rights under this Lease are not materially, adversely affected, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

29.30 Building Renovations. It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant and has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises including without limitation the parking structure, common areas, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same, which Renovations may include, without limitation, (i) installing sprinklers in the Building common areas and tenant

 

68

---

spaces, (ii) modifying the common areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security, and (iii) installing new floor covering, lighting, and wall coverings in the Building common areas, and in connection with any Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor, except as expressly set forth in Section 6.7 above, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions. Landlord shall perform such Renovations in compliance with the terms of this Lease, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have all such work performed on a continuous basis, and once started, to be completed reasonably expeditiously, with such work being organized, conducted and scheduled in a manner which will minimize any interference to Tenant’s business operations in the Premises.

29.31 No Violation. Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.32 Communications and Computer Lines. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant plans to utilize a significant portion of the existing communications and computer wires and cables in the Premises. Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables (collectively with such existing cabling infrastructure, the “Lines”) at the Project in or serving the Premises, provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be (x) appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, (y) surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (z) identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Tenant shall remove any then-existing, unused Lines previously installed by or on behalf of Tenant and which are located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite

 

69

---

number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “Identification Requirements”). Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or immediately following any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove all Lines installed by Tenant (but not any Lines existing in the Premises prior to the Effective Date and repair any damage caused by such removal. In the event that Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or fails to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Lines, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed by or on behalf of Tenant in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time (1) are in violation of any Applicable Laws, (2) are inconsistent with then-existing industry standards (such as the standards promulgated by the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., such organization’s “2002 National Electrical Code”)), or (3) otherwise represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

29.33 Hazardous Substances.

29.33.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply: “Hazardous Material(s)” shall mean any solid, liquid or gaseous substance or material that is described or characterized as a toxic or hazardous substance, waste, material, pollutant, contaminant or infectious waste, or any matter that in certain specified quantities would be injurious to the public health or welfare, or words of similar import, in any of the “Environmental Laws,” as that term is defined below, or any other words which are intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity or reproductive toxicity and includes, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel, or any mixture thereof), petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde, radon gas, nuclear or radioactive matter, medical waste, soot, vapors, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals, microbial matters (such as molds, fungi or other bacterial matters), biological agents and chemicals which may cause adverse health effects, including but not limited to, cancers and /or toxicity. “Environmental Laws” shall mean any and all federal, state, local or quasi-governmental laws (whether under common law, statute or otherwise), ordinances, decrees, codes, rulings, awards, rules, regulations or guidance or policy documents now or hereafter enacted or promulgated and as amended from time to time, in any way relating to (i) the protection of the environment, the health and safety of persons (including employees), property or the public welfare from actual or potential release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials or (ii) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Materials.

29.33.2 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Landlord covenants that during the Lease Term, Landlord shall comply with all Environmental Laws in accordance with, and as required by, the TCCs of Article 24 of this Lease. Tenant shall not sell, use, or store in or around the Premises any Hazardous Materials, provided that the use or storage of Hazardous Materials shall be permitted to the extent the same is performed in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws, and subject to Tenant’s receipt, at Tenant’s sole cost, of all applicable

 

70

---

permits and required governmental approvals. In addition, Tenant agrees that it: (i) shall not cause or suffer to occur, the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises or any contiguous or adjacent premises; (ii) shall not engage in activities at the Premises that could result in, give rise to, or lead to the imposition of liability upon Tenant or Landlord or the creation of a lien upon the building or land upon which the Premises is located; (iii) shall notify Landlord promptly following receipt of any knowledge with respect to any actual release, discharge, escape or emission (whether past or present) of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises; (iv) shall promptly forward to Landlord copies of all orders, notices, permits, applications and other communications and reports in connection with any release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises or any contiguous or adjacent premises, and (v) in connection with Tenant’s surrender of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver the same free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises by any persons during the period of Tenant’s lease of, use of, or occupancy of, the Premises, and shall obtain and provide to Landlord (A) any and all licenses, clearances or other authorizations of any kind required to permit the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency having jurisdiction over the use, storage, release or removal of Hazardous Materials, (B) evidence from the applicable governmental entities of “closure” of all permits which had been required for Tenant’s use of the Premises, together with “no further action letters” from such applicable governmental entities and a “no further action letter” for unrestricted future use of the Premises, and (C) a Phase I report with regard to the Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that for purposes of establishing a baseline, Landlord shall, promptly following the Effective Date of this Lease, obtain and provide to Tenant an updated Phase I report with regard to the Premises.

29.33.3 Tenant Hazardous Materials. Tenant will (i) obtain and maintain in full force and effect all Environmental Permits (as defined below) that may be required from time to time under any Environmental Laws applicable to Tenant or the Premises, and (ii) be and remain in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such Environmental Permits and with all other Environmental Laws. “Environmental Permits” means, collectively, any and all permits, consents, licenses, approvals and registrations of any nature at any time required pursuant to, or in order to comply with any Environmental Law. On or before the Lease Commencement Date and on each annual anniversary of the Commencement Date thereafter, as well as at any other time following Tenant’s receipt of a reasonable request from Landlord, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord a list (the “HazMat List”) of all Hazardous Materials anticipated to be used by Tenant in the Premises and the quantities thereof. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to promptly remove from the Premises, the Building and the Project, at its sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials, including any equipment or systems containing Hazardous Materials, which are installed, brought upon, stored, used, generated or released upon, in, under or about the Premises, the Building, and/or the Project or any portion thereof by Tenant and/or any Tenant Parties (such obligation to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease). Nothing in this Lease shall impose any liability on Tenant for any Hazardous Materials in existence on the Premises, Building or Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date or brought onto the Premises, Building or Project after the Lease Commencement Date by any third parties not under Tenant’s control.

 

71

---

29.33.4 Landlord’s Right of Environmental Audit. Landlord may, upon reasonable notice to Tenant, be granted access to and enter the Premises no more than once annually to perform or cause to have performed an environmental inspection, site assessment or audit. Such environmental inspector or auditor may be chosen by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and be performed at Landlord’s sole expense. To the extent that the report prepared upon such inspection, assessment or audit, indicates the presence of Hazardous Materials in violation of Environmental Laws, or provides recommendations or suggestions to prohibit the release, discharge, escape or emission of any Hazardous Materials at, upon, under or within the Premises, or to comply with any Environmental Laws, Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant’s sole expense, comply with such recommendations or suggestions, including, but not limited to performing such additional investigative or subsurface investigations or remediation(s) as recommended by such inspector or auditor. Notwithstanding the above, if at any time, Landlord has actual notice or reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has violated, or permitted any violations of any Environmental Law, then Landlord will be entitled to perform its environmental inspection, assessment or audit at any time, notwithstanding the above mentioned annual limitation, and Tenant must reimburse Landlord for the cost or fees incurred for such as Additional Rent if a violation is discovered.

29.33.5 Indemnifications. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Tenant Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials in the Project, Building or Premises prior to the Effective Date and otherwise to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or knowingly permitted by Landlord or a Landlord Party. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from and against any liability, obligation, damage or costs, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting directly or indirectly from any use, presence, removal or disposal of any Hazardous Materials or breach of any provision of this section, to the extent such liability, obligation, damage or costs was a result of actions caused or permitted by Tenant or a Tenant Party.

29.33.6 Control Areas; Storage. In connection with Tenant’s storage of any Hazardous Materials permitted in accordance with this Section 29.33, Tenant shall be allowed to utilize up to Tenant’s Share of the control areas or zones identified on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto (but such use shall be limited to the extent such areas/zones are located within the Premises), as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage.

29.34 Rooftop Rights. Provided that Tenant is then in occupancy of the Premises, then in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8, above, and this Section 29.34, Tenant may install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, but without the payment of any Base Rent or a license or similar fee or charge, the following equipment: (i) one (1) satellite dish/antennae on the roof of the Building which shall be no larger than twenty-four inches (24”) in diameter and which shall weigh no more than fifty pounds (and reasonable equipment and cabling related thereto), for receiving of signals or broadcasts (as opposed to the generation or transmission of any such signals or broadcasts) servicing the business conducted by Tenant from within the Premises (all such equipment is defined collectively as the “Telecommunications Equipment”); and (ii) HVAC equipment to the extent necessary in

 

72

---

connection with Tenant’s One-Pass Air System (the “HVAC Equipment”) (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”).

29.34.1 Landlord makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to the condition of the roof of the Building, or the fitness or suitability of the roof of the Building for the installation, maintenance and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, including, without limitation, with respect to the quality and clarity of any receptions and transmissions to or from the Telecommunications Equipment and the presence of any interference with such signals whether emanating from the Building or otherwise.

29.34.2 In the event Tenant elects to exercise its right to install any Rooftop Equipment, then Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice thereof. Such Rooftop Equipment shall be installed pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Landlord (specifically including, without limitation, all mounting and waterproofing details), which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. In addition, the physical appearance and the size of the Rooftop Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, the location of any such installation of the Rooftop Equipment shall be designated by Tenant subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval and Landlord may require Tenant to install screening around such Rooftop Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, as reasonably designated by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord the actual costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in approving such Rooftop Equipment. Notwithstanding any such review or approval by Landlord, Tenant shall remain solely liable for any damage to any portion of the roof or roof membrane, specifically including any penetrations, in connection with Tenant’s installation, use, maintenance and/or repair of such Rooftop Equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability therewith. Such Rooftop Equipment shall, in all instances, comply with applicable governmental laws, codes, rules and regulations.

29.34.3 Tenant shall maintain such Rooftop Equipment, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall remove such Rooftop Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the “Lease, or, in the event Tenant no longer occupies the Premises, then upon the termination of Tenant’s rights under this Section 29.34, and shall return the affected portion of the rooftop and the Premises to the condition the rooftop and the Premises would have been in had no such Rooftop Equipment been installed (reasonable wear and tear excepted).

29.34.4 Tenant shall not be entitled to assign, sublease, license or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its right to use such Rooftop Equipment (other than in connection with an assignment of this Lease under the terms of Article 14), nor shall Tenant be permitted to receive any revenues, fees or any other consideration for the use of such Rooftop Equipment by an unrelated third party. Tenant’s right to install such Rooftop Equipment shall be non-exclusive, and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges Landlord’s continued right (i) to itself utilize any rooftop space, and (ii) to re-sell, license or lease any rooftop space to an unaffiliated third party; provided, however, such Landlord (or third-party) use shall not materially interfere with (or preclude the installation of) Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment.

[signature page immediately follows]

 

73

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

 

74

---

EXHIBIT A

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

[ATTACHED]

 

EXHIBIT A-1

1

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

2

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

3

---

EXHIBIT A-1

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

PREMISES DEMISING PLAN

[ATTACHED]

 

EXHIBIT A-1

1

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

2

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

3

---

EXHIBIT A-2

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

OUTLINE OF TANVEX EXCLUSIVE AREA

[ATTACHED]

 

EXHIBIT A-2

1

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

2

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

3

---

EXHIBIT A-3

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

BUILDING CONTROL AREA PLAN

[ATTACHED]

 

EXHIBIT A-3

1

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

2

---

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

3

---

EXHIBIT B

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

This Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the improvements in the Premises. This Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles l through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Work Letter to Sections of “this Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections l through 6 of this Work Letter.

SECTION l

LANDLORD’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Base Building as Constructed by Landlord. Landlord has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the Base Building. The Base Building shall consist of those portions of the Premises which were in existence prior to the construction of the improvements in the Premises for the prior tenant (if any) of the Premises.

1.2 Landlord Work. Landlord shall cause the construction or installation of the following items on the floor of the Building containing the Premises (collectively, the “Landlord Work”). The Landlord Work shall be performed in compliance with all Applicable Laws at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, which cost and expense shall be expressly excluded from Operating Expenses and the Improvement Allowance. Tenant may not change or alter the Landlord Work.

1.2.l Demising of Premises. Landlord has, at Landlord’s cost, previously demised the Premises in accordance with the demising plan indicated on Exhibit A-1 to this Lease.

l.2.2 Building System. Landlord has previously separated the following Building Systems serving the Premises from those servicing the non-Premises portions of the Building: (i) HVAC; (ii) electrical; (iii) natural gas; (iv) deionized water; (v) Carbon-Dioxide (C02) piping; (vi) vacuum piping; (vii) laboratory compressed air; and (viii) city water. Further, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and on a contemporaneous basis with Landlord’s control of the construction of the Improvements as set forth in the remainder of this Work Letter, (A) install sample ports in the lab waste system; (B) provide an emergency generator enclosure with associated pad and feeders (excluding the generator itself) in a reasonably designated area adjacent to the Building; (C) provide HYAC consisting of packaged heat pumps with l2 thermal zones that will provide a re-circulated environment; (D) provide plumbing connections from second floor dedicated water meter to second floor plumbing fixtures; and (E) reinstall the drop ceiling in laboratory areas.

---

1.2.3 Architect’s and Engineer’s Fees and Costs. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of the fees of the architects and engineers utilized in connection with the Landlord Work. In addition, and notwithstanding any contrary provisions set forth in this Work Letter, Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Work Letter, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.l of this Work Letter.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the “Improvement Allowance”) in the amount of Thirteen and 00/100 Dollars ($13.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of the improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “Improvements”). In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Work Letter in the event that Tenant fails to immediately pay any portion of the “Over-Allowance Amount,” as defined in Section 4.2.l, nor shall Landlord be obligated to pay a total amount which exceeds the sum of the Improvement Allowance and the cost of the Landlord Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any contrary provision of this Lease, all Improvements shall be deemed Landlord’s property under the terms of this Lease except to the extent otherwise expressly excluded from Landlord’s property pursuant to the TCCs of Section 8.6 of this Lease. Any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of June 30, 2013 shall remain with Landlord and Tenant shall have no further right thereto.

2.2 Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance. Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s disbursement process, including, without limitation, Landlord’s receipt of invoices for all costs and fees described herein) for costs related to the construction of the Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the “Improvement Allowance Items”):

2.2.l The cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Improvements required by all applicable building codes (the “Code”);

2.2.2 The cost of any changes in the Base Building when such changes are required by the Construction Drawings;

2.2.3 The cost of all plan check, permit and license fees relating to construction of the Improvements;

2.2.4 The “Landlord Supervision Fee’’, as that term is defined in Section 4.3.2 of this Work Letter;

2.2.5 To the extent designated for inclusion by Tenant, the cost of Tenant’s telecommunications systems, internet connectivity and network cabling, moving costs, and any

 

2

---

other costs relating to the Premises (other than the cost of furniture or leasing costs) (“Soft Costs”); provided, however, in no event shall the foregoing exceed an aggregate amount equal to Three Dollars ($3.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises.

2.3 Building Standards. Landlord has established or may establish specifications for certain Building standard components to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of greater quality than the quality of such Building standards, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Building standards. Landlord may make changes to said specifications for Building standards from time to time.

2.4 Removal of Improvements. Other than with respect to Above Standard Improvements as set forth in this Section 2.4, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove from the Premises any Improvements (to the extent the same are construction in the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Work Letter) upon the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. “Above Standard Improvements” shall mean any part of the Improvements which do not constitute normal and customary general office improvements as reasonably determined by Landlord (Above Standard Improvements shall include, without limitation, improvements such as voice, data and other cabling, raised floors, floor penetrations, any installations outside the Premises, or any areas requiring floor reinforcement, personal baths and showers, vaults, rolling file systems, any vivariums or vivarium related improvements, laboratory space, and structural alterations of any type), and identified by Landlord for removal at the time of Landlord’s review and approval (to the extent such approval is granted) of the Final Space and/or the Final Working Drawings. In the event so identified by Landlord, Tenant shall remove such Above Standard Improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as more particularly set forth in Section 8.5 of this Lease.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings. Landlord shall retain, on behalf of Tenant, FPBA Architects (the “Architect”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Landlord shall retain, on behalf of Tenant, engineering consultants and/or design-build consultants designated by Landlord (the “Engineers”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and HYAC work of the Improvements and any relevant components of the Landlord Work. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “Construction Drawings.” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications as determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as more particularly set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.3, below. Notwithstanding Landlord’s retention of the Architect and Engineers, Tenant shall be responsible for, and shall fully cooperate and coordinate in good faith with Landlord, the Architect and the Engineers to supply all of the necessary information within Tenant’s possession to allow the Architect and the Engineers to initially prepare and then complete, the Construction Drawings. Landlord hereby agrees (at no cost to Landlord) to cooperate, on a commercially reasonable basis, with Tenant to assist Tenant in the preparation of the Construction Drawings. Landlord’s review of the

 

3

---

Construction Drawings applicable to the Improvements (as opposed to Landlord Work) and as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Improvement-related portions of such Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in such portions of the Construction Drawings, and Tenant’s waiver and indemnity set forth in this Lease shall specifically apply to such portions of the Construction Drawings.

3.2 Final Space Plan. On or before the date set forth in Schedule 1, attached hereto, Tenant and the Architect shall prepare the final space plan for Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “Final Space Plan”), which Final Space Plan shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein, and shall deliver four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Final Space Plan for the Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect; provided, however, Landlord shall only disapprove such Final Space Plan to the extent of a Design Problem. Landlord shall set forth with reasonable specificity in what respect the Final Space Plan is unsatisfactory or incomplete. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Space Plan to be revised within five (5) business days in order to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require, and immediately thereafter Architect shall promptly re-submit the Final Space Plan to Landlord for its approval. Such procedure shall continue (except that the time frame to consent to any revisions shall be shortened to three (3) business days) until the Final Space Plan is approved by Landlord. For purposes of this Work Letter, a “Design Problem” shall be any aspect of the Final Space Plan that (a) have an adverse effect on the structural integrity of the Building; (b) are not in compliance with Applicable Law; (c) have an adverse effect on the systems and equipment of the Building; (d) have an effect on the exterior appearance of the Building; (e) do not comply with the Building standards identified in Section 2.3 of this Work Letter, (f) cause unreasonable interference with the normal and customary operations of any other tenant in the Building, or (g) has incomplete, missing or inaccurate information.

3.3 Final Working Drawings. On or before the date set forth in Schedule 1, Tenant, the Architect and the Engineers shall complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “Final Working Drawings”) and shall submit four (4) hard copies signed by Tenant of the Final Working Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, and concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of such hard copies, Tenant shall send to Landlord via electronic mail one (1) .pdf electronic copy of such Final Working Drawings; provided, however, Landlord shall only disapprove of the Final Working Drawings to the extent the same are not consistent with, or a logical evolution of, the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of all of the Final Working Drawings, either (i) approve the Final Working Drawings, (ii) approve the Final Working Drawings subject to specified

 

4

---

conditions, which conditions must be stated in a reasonably clear and complete manner, or (iii) disapprove and return the Construction Drawings to Tenant with requested revisions. If Landlord disapproves the Final Working Drawings, Tenant shall promptly cause the Final Working Drawings to be revised within five (5) business days in order to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may reasonably require, and immediately thereafter Architect shall promptly re-submit the Final Space Plan to Landlord for its approval based upon the criteria set forth in this Section 3.3, within five (5) business days after Landlord receives such resubmitted Final Working Drawings. Such procedure shall be repeated until the Final Working Drawings are approved.

3.4 Permits. The Final Working Drawings shall be approved by Landlord (the “Approved Working Drawings”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Approved Working Drawings to be immediately submitted to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building and other permits necessary to allow “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, to commence and fully complete the construction of the Improvements and the relevant Landlord Work (the “Permits”). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, provided that Landlord may withhold its consent, in its sole discretion, to any change in the Approved Working Drawings if such change would directly or indirectly delay the “Substantial Completion” of the Premises as that term is defined in Section 5.l of this Work Letter.

3.5 Time Deadlines. Landlord and Tenant shall use their best, good faith, efforts and all due diligence to cooperate with the Architect, the Engineers, and each other to complete all phases of the Construction Drawings and the permitting process and to receive the permits, and with Contractor for approval of the “Cost Proposal,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2 of this Work Letter, as soon as possible after the execution of the Lease, and, in that regard, shall meet with Landlord on a scheduled basis to be mutually and reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant, to discuss Tenant’s progress in connection with the same. The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3, Section 4, below, and in this Work Letter are set forth and further elaborated upon in Schedule 1 (the “Time Deadlines”), attached hereto. Tenant agrees to comply with the Time Deadlines.

3.6 Electronic Approvals. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, transmit or otherwise deliver any of the approvals required under this Work Letter via electronic mail to Tenant’s representative identified in Section 5.1 of this Work Letter, or by any of the other means identified in Section 29.18 of this Lease.

 

5

---

SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor. Landlord shall retain DPR Construction as the contractor (the “Contractor”) to construct the Improvements.

4.2 Cost Proposal. After the Approved Working Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the design and construction of the Improvements (the “Cost Proposal”). Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within five (5) business days of the receipt of the same, and upon receipt of the same by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the “Cost Proposal Delivery Date”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the one-time right to object to such Cost Proposal prior to the Cost Proposal Delivery Date by providing Landlord with written notice of such objection, and which notice shall specifically identify, in detail, the proposed changes that Tenant desires such the Cost Proposal would be acceptable to Tenant, as well as Tenant’s desired pricing parameters. In the event Tenant so objects to the Cost Proposal, Tenant shall work directly with the Architect and/or Engineers to revise the Final Space Plan and/or Approved Working Drawings (as applicable), and resubmit the Final Space Plan and/or Approved Working Drawings (as applicable) to Landlord within three (3) business days following Tenant’s objection, which revised Final Space Plan and/or Approved Working Drawings (as applicable) shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Work Letter, and following the approval of the revised Final Space Plan and/or Approved Working Drawings (as applicable) by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall submit a revised cost proposal “Revised Cost Proposal” to Tenant for its approval in accordance with the terms set forth above in this Section 4.2. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the “Revised Cost Proposal Delivery Date.” In the event Tenant fails to approve or timely object to the original Cost Proposal or Revised Cost Proposal on or before the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, or the Revised Cost Proposal Delivery Date, respectively, such failures shall be deemed to be Tenant delays subject to the terms of Section 5.2 of this Work Letter.

4.3 Construction of Improvements by Contractor under the Supervision of Landlord.

4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount. On the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in an amount (the “Over-Allowance Amount”) equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Improvement Allowance. The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord on a pro-rata basis along with any then remaining portion of the Improvement Allowance, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Drawings or the Improvements, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions or any other additional costs shall be paid by Tenant to

 

6

---

Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount. In addition, if the Final Working Drawings or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto shall require alterations in the Base Building (as contrasted with the Improvements), and if Landlord in its sole and exclusive discretion agrees to any such alterations, and notifies Tenant of the need and cost for such alterations, then Tenant shall pay the cost of such required changes in advance upon receipt of notice thereof (but only to the extent that no Improvement Allowance funds remain unallocated and undisbursed and are available to pay for the same). Tenant shall pay all direct architectural and/or engineering fees in connection therewith, plus six percent (6%) of such direct costs for Landlord’s servicing and overhead. In the event that Tenant fails to deliver the Over-Allowance Amount as provided in this Section 4.3.1, then Landlord may, at its option, cease work in the Premises until such time as Landlord receives payment of the Over- Allowance Amount (and such failure to deliver shall be treated as a Tenant delay in accordance with the terms of Section 5.2 below).

4.3.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor. Landlord shall independently retain Contractor to construct the Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Cost Proposal and Landlord shall supervise the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay a construction supervision and management fee (the “Landlord Supervision Fee”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) six percent (6%) and (ii) an amount equal to the Improvement Allowance plus the Over-Allowance Amount (as such Over-Allowance Amount may increase pursuant to the terms of this Work Letter).

4.3.3 Contractor’s Warranties and Guaranties. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by Contractor relating to the Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Improvements.

4.3.4 Additional Items. Landlord may elect to cause Contractor and Architect to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the County Recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute.

SECTION 5

DELAY OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF PREMISES;

EXTENSION OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises. Except as provided in this Section 5.1, the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease and Section 5.2, below. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

5.1.1 Tenant’s failure to comply with the Time Deadlines;

5.1.2 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

5.1.3 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Work Letter or the Lease;

 

7

---

5.1.4 Changes in any of the Construction Drawings after disapproval of the same by Landlord or because the same do not comply with Code or other applicable laws;

5.1.5 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings;

5.1.6 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time (and where no reasonable substitute exists) given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Improvements, as set forth in the Lease;

5.1.7 Changes to the Base Building required by the Approved Working Drawings;

5.1.8 Tenant’s use of specialized or unusual improvements and/or delays m obtaining Permits due thereto;

5.1.9 Any failure by Tenant to timely pay to Landlord any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount; or

5.1.10 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, Substantial Completion of the Improvements shall be deemed to have occurred on the date such Substantial Completion of the Improvements would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

5.2 Substantial Completion: Extension of Lease Commencement Date. For purposes of this Lease, and subject to adjustment for any Tenant delay or delays as set forth in Section 5.1 of this Work Letter above, “Substantial Completion” of the Improvements shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work- stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor. To the extent Substantial Completion of the Improvements has not occurred on or before August 16, 2011, the Lease Commencement Date otherwise set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary to this Lease shall be extended on a day-for-day basis (in which event any other dates calculated based upon the Lease Commencement Date, such as the Lease Expiration Date and the Rent Abatement Period, shall be adjusted accordingly).

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion. Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall allow Tenant access to the Premises up to sixty (60) days prior to the Substantial Completion of the Improvements for the purpose of Tenant installing over standard equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises, which installation shall be

 

8

---

subject to Tenant’s receipt, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, of any required approvals and/or permits from the applicable governmental agencies. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Additionally, all of Tenant’s Agents, as that term is defined in Section 6.5, below, shall carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry public liability insurance, including property damage, all with limits, in form and with companies as are required to be carried by Tenant as set forth in this Lease. Certificates for all insurance carried pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be delivered to Landlord prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises. Tenant’s Agents shall maintain all of the foregoing insurance coverage in force until the Improvements are fully completed and accepted by Landlord. All policies carried under this Section 6.1 shall insure Landlord and Tenant, as their interests may appear, as well as Contractor and Tenant’s Agents. All insurance, except Workers’ Compensation, maintained by Tenant’s Agents shall preclude subrogation claims by the insurer against anyone insured thereunder. Such insurance shall provide that it is primary insurance as respects the owner and that any other insurance maintained by owner is excess and noncontributing with the insurance required hereunder. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 6.1.

6.2 Freight Elevators. As indicated in Section 6.4.2 of this Lease, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate with Tanvex, the tenant of the remainder of the Building, to allow Tenant the temporary use of the Building elevator located in the back warehouse portion the first floor, which elevator services the Building mezzanine, in order to initially move Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment into the Premises.

6.3 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Ed Marples as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter (whose e-mail address for the purposes of this Work Letter is emarples@anaptvsbio.com), who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Work Letter.

6.4 Landlord’s Representatives. Landlord has designated Richard Mount and Jake Brehm as its sole representative (the “Project Managers”) with respect to the matters set forth in this Work Letter (whose e-mail addresses for the purposes of this Work Letter are rmount@kilroyrealty.com and jbrehm@kilroyrealty.com, respectively), who shall each be responsible for the implementation of all Improvements to be performed by Landlord in the Premises. With regard to all matters involving such Improvements, Tenant shall communicate with the Project Managers rather than with the Contractor. Landlord shall not be responsible for any statement, representation or agreement made between Tenant and the Contractor or any subcontractor. It is hereby expressly acknowledged by Tenant that such Contractor is not Landlord’s agent and has no authority whatsoever to enter into agreements on Landlord’s behalf or otherwise bind Landlord. The Project Managers will furnish Tenant with notices of substantial completion, cost estimates for above standard Improvements, Landlord’s approvals or disapprovals of all documents to be prepared by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter and changes thereto.

 

9

---

6.5 Tenant’s Agents. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment (individually or collectively, “Labor Disturbing Services”) that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. Alternatively, at Landlord’s sole election, Landlord may require that Tenant shall cease utilizing the applicable Labor Disturbing Services during Building Hours, and may only utilize such Labor Disturbing Services during hours other than Building Hours. All contractors, subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall be the “Tenant’s Agents”).

6.6 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence under this Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

6.7 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, if any default (beyond the applicable notice and cure period set forth in this Lease or this Work Letter) by Tenant under the Lease or this Work Letter (including, without limitation, any failure by Tenant to fund any portion of the Over-Allowance Amount) occurs at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to withhold payment of all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance and/or Landlord may, without any liability whatsoever, cause the cessation of construction of the Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements and any costs occasioned thereby), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of the Lease and this Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

6.8 Punch List. Promptly following the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, a representative of Tenant and a representative of Landlord and/or the Architect shall perform a joint walk-through inspection of the Improvements in the Premises to identify any “punchlist” items of known or apparent deficiencies or incomplete work required to be corrected or completed by Landlord pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, which items Landlord shall repair or correct no later than thirty (30) days after the date of such walk-through (unless the nature of such repair or correction is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for completion, in which case, Landlord shall commence such repair or correction work within such thirty (30) day period and diligently prosecute the same to completion).

 

10

---

SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

TIME DEADLINES

 

		Dates		Actions to be Performed
A.		Within ten (10) business days following the full execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant		Final Space Plan to be completed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord.
B.		Five (5) business days after the receipt of the Cost Proposal by Tenant		Tenant to approve Revised Cost Proposal and deliver Revised Cost Proposal to Landlord.
C.		Five (5) business days after the receipt of the Revised Cost Proposal by Tenant.		Tenant to approve Revised Cost Proposal and deliver Revised Cost Proposal to Landlord.

---

EXHIBIT C

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:

 

Re:

Office Lease dated                 ,          between                     , a                      (“Landlord”), and                     , a                  (“Tenant”) concerning Suite                      on floor(s)                      of the office building located at                     ,                     , California.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “Lease”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

1.

The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on                      for a term of                      ending on                     .

 

2.

Rent commenced to accrue on                     , in the amount of                     .

 

3.

If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

4.

Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                     .

 

5.

The exact number of rentable/usable square feet within the Premises is                      square feet.

---

5.

Tenant’s Share as adjusted based upon the exact number of usable square feet within the Premises is                     %.

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted as of             , 20    .
“Tenant”:
a
By:
		Its:

 

2

---

EXHIBIT D

PACIFIC CORPORATE

CENTER RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises, other than the doors in the second (2nd floor) elevator lobby of the Premises which may remain open during Building Hours.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the San Diego, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

---

4. No large furniture, freight or large equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All such moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

6. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

7. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

8. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor (except to the extent of hanging typical picture frames, white boards, interior signs, and the like, on the walls) mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent.

9. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

10. Except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Lease, Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline, explosive material, corrosive material, material capable of emitting toxic fumes, or other inflammable or combustible fluid chemical, substitute or material. Tenant shall provide material safety data sheets for any Hazardous Material used or kept on the Premises.

11. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

12. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a

 

2

---

manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall in no event be deemed “offensive or objectionable” in and of itself nor otherwise constitute a breach of this Section 12.

13. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any firearms, animals (except in connection with the rodent vivarium), birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles. Throughout the Term of the Lease, Landlord shall provide for Tenant’s use a bike locker to adequately secure and store bicycles.

14. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, miles and regulations. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall not, in and of itself, be deemed “offensive, objectionable or immoral” nor otherwise constitute a breach of this Section 14.

15. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant .shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

16. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

17. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products within the Building or within seventy-five feet (75’) of any entrance into the Building or into any other Project building.

18. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating

 

3

---

and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord.

19. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in San Diego, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate. If the Premises is or becomes infested with vermin as a result of the use or any misuse or neglect of the Premises by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, visitors or licensees, Tenant shall forthwith, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Premises to be exterminated from time to time to the satisfaction of Landlord and shall employ such licensed exterminators as shall be approved in. writing in advance by Landlord. Landlord shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide one (1) dumpster (with locking capabilities) in the area of the Project designated by Landlord for the use of such dumpsters.

20. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

21. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the window film on the exterior windows of the Premises and shall promptly repair any such damage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall keep its window coverings closed during any period of the day when the sun is shining directly on the windows of the Premises. Prior to leaving the Premises for the day, Tenant shall draw or lower window coverings and extinguish all lights. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

22. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

23. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

24. Tenant must comply with applicable “NO-SMOKING” ordinances and all related, similar or successor ordinances, rules, regulations or codes. If Tenant is required under the ordinance to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the office of the Building. In addition, no smoking of any substance shall be permitted within the

 

4

---

Project except in specifically designated outdoor areas. Within such designated outdoor areas, all remnants of consumed cigarettes and related paraphernalia shall be deposited in ash trays and/or waste receptacles. No cigarettes shall be extinguished and/or left on the ground or any other surface of the Project. Cigarettes shall be extinguished only in ashtrays. Furthermore, in no event shall Tenant, its employees or agents smoke tobacco products or other substances within any interior areas of the Project or within seventy-five feet (75’) of any entrance into the Building or into any other Project building.

25. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

26. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

27. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

28. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

30. Tenant shall install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, an adequate, visibly marked and properly operational fire extinguisher next to any duplicating or photocopying machines or similar heat producing equipment, which may or may not contain combustible material, in the Premises.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord agrees that it will not unreasonably modify, amend, change or enforce these Rules and Regulations in any unreasonable manner or in a manner which will unreasonably and materially interferes with the Permitted Use pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 5 of

 

5

---

this Lease. Landlord shall provide Tenant with not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of any modification, amendment or change to these Rules and Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

6

---

EXHIBIT E

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “Lease”) made and entered into as of             , 201     by and between                      as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the                      floor(s) of the office building located at             ,             , California                     , certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                     , and the Lease Term expires on                     , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                     .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A.

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                     . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                     .

8. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than thirty (30) days in advance and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

---

10. As of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the undersigned’s knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                      on the              day of             , 20    .

 

 

2

---

EXHIBIT F

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

ALLEN MATKINS LECK GAMBLE

    & MALLORY LLP

190l Avenue of the Stars, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

RECOGNITION OF COVENANTS,

CONDITIONS, AND RESTRICTIONS

This Recognition of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the              day of             , 20    , by and between                     (“Landlord”), and                      (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease Agreement dated                     , 20     (the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord space (the “Premises”) located in an office building on certain real property described in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Property”).

B. The Premises are located in an office building located on real property which is part of an area owned by Landlord containing approximately              (     ) acres of real property located in the City of                     , California (the “Project”), as more particularly described in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

C. Landlord, as declarant, has previously recorded, or proposes to record concurrently with the recordation of this Agreement, a Declaration of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions (the “Declaration”), dated                     , 20    , in connection with the Project.

D. Tenant is agreeing to recognize and be bound by the terms of the Declaration, and the parties hereto desire to set forth their agreements concerning the same.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of (a) the foregoing recitals and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and (b) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows,

1. Tenant’s Recognition of Declaration. Notwithstanding that the Lease has been executed prior to the recordation of the Declaration, Tenant agrees to recognize and by bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Declaration.

---

2. Miscellaneous.

2.1 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, estates, personal representatives, successors, and assigns.

2.2 This Agreement is made in, and shall be governed, enforced and construed under the laws of, the State of California.

2.3 This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede and replace all prior understandings and agreements, whether verbal or in writing. The parties confirm and acknowledge that there are no other promises, covenants, understandings, agreements, representations, or warranties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein.

2.4 This Agreement is not to be modified, terminated, or amended in any respect, except pursuant to any instrument in writing duly executed by both of the parties hereto.

2.5 In the event that either party hereto shall bring any legal action or other proceeding with respect to the breach, interpretation, or enforcement of this Agreement, or with respect to any dispute relating to any transaction covered by this Agreement, the losing party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the prevailing party therein for all reasonable costs of litigation, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in such amount as may be determined by the court or other tribunal having jurisdiction, including matters on appeal.

2.6 All captions and heading herein are for convenience and ease of reference only, and shall not be used or referred to in any way in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

2.7 If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to any party or to any circumstance, shall be adjudged by a court of competent jurisdictions to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the same shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, the application of such provision under circumstances different from those adjudged by the court, or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement as a whole.

2.8 Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

2.9 The Parties agree to execute any further documents, and take any further actions, as may be reasonable and appropriate in order to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement.

2.10 As used herein, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular and plural numbers, shall each be deemed to include the others whenever and whatever the context so indicates.

 

2

---

SIGNATURE PAGE OF RECOGNITION OF

COVENANTS, CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

3

---

EXHIBIT G

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

(Letterhead of a money center bank

acceptable to the Landlord)

 

FAX NO. [(        )         -            ]		[Insert Bank Name And Address]
SWIFT: [Insert No., if any]
		DATE OF ISSUE:_______
BENEFICIARY:		APPLICANT:
[Insert Beneficiary Name And Address]		[Insert Applicant Name And Address]
		LETTER OF CREDIT NO. _______
EXPIRATION DATE:		AMOUNT AVAILABLE:
______________ AT OUR COUNTERS		USD[Insert Dollar Amount]
		(U.S. DOLLARS [Insert Dollar Amount])

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      IN YOUR FAVOR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF [Insert Tenant’s Name], A [Insert Entity Type], UP TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF USD[Insert Dollar Amount] ([Insert Dollar Amount] U.S. DOLLARS) EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY AND EXPIRING ON (Expiration Date) AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT UPON PRESENTATION OF YOUR DRAFT AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [Insert Bank Name] WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT(S):

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY.

2. BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF [Insert Landlord’s Name), A [Insert Entity Type] (“LANDLORD”) STATING THE FOLLOWING:

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT THE LANDLORD, EITHER (A) UNDER THE LEASE (DEFINED BELOW), OR (B) AS A RESULT OF THE TERMINATION OF SUCH LEASE, HAS THE RIGHT TO DRAW DOWN THE AMOUNT OF USD                     IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), OR SUCH AMOUNT CONSTITUTES DAMAGES OWING BY THE TENANT

 

- 1 -

---

UNDER SUCH LEASE TO BENEFICIARY RESULTING FROM THE BREACH OF SUCH LEASE BY THE TENANT THEREUNDER, AND SUCH AMOUNT REMAINS UNPAID AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF [Insert Bank Name]’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND ITS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

OR

“THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                      AS THE RESULT OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HA YING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST THE TENANT UNDER THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE DATED [Insert Lease Date], AS AMENDED (COLLECTIVELY, THE “LEASE”), WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.”

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING. [Please Provide The Required Forms For Review, And Attach As Schedules To The Letter Of Credit.]

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

 

- 2 -

---

ALL BANKING CHARGES ARE FOR THE APPLICANT’S ACCOUNT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTICE WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGN ATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF              (120 days from the Lease Expiration Date).

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN WHOLE (BUT NOT IN PART) ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) AND PAYMENT OF OUR CUSTOMARY TRANSFER FEES BY APPLICANT. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE AND WHERE THE BENEFICIARY’S NAME APPEARS WITHIN THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, THE TRANSFEREE’S NAME IS AUTO MATICALLY SUBSTITUTED THEREFOR.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER [Insert Bank Name] STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.             .”

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO [Insert Time—(e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO [Insert Bank Name] UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER [Insert Time—(e.g., 11:00 AM)], ON A BUSINESS DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BUSINESS DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BUSINESS DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE.

 

- 3 -

---

IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BUSINESS DAY THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.

PRESENTATION OF A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE MADE ON OR PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE HEREOF BY HAND DELIVERY, COURIER SERVICE, OVERNIGHT MAIL, OR FACSIMILE. PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION SHALL BE BY TRANSMISSION OF THE ABOVE REQUIRED SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US TOGETHER WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO OUR FACSIMILE NUMBER, [Insert Fax Number - (            )             -            ], ATTENTION: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], WITH TELEPHONIC CONFIRMATION OF OUR RECEIPT OF SUCH FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT OUR TELEPHONE NUMBER [Insert Telephone Number - (            )             -            ] OR TO SUCH OTHER FACSIMILE OR TELEPHONE NUMBERS, AS TO WHICH YOU HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE FROM US AS BEING THE APPLICABLE SUCH NUMBER. WE AGREE TO NOTIFY YOU IN WRITING, BY NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE, OF ANY CHANGE IN SUCH DIRECTION. ANY FACSIMILE PRESENTATION PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL ALSO STATE THEREON THAT THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH SIGHT DRAFT AND LETTER OF CREDIT ARE BEING REMITTED, FOR DELIVERY ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY, TO [Insert Bank Name] AT THE APPLICABLE ADDRESS FOR PRESENTMENT PURSUANT TO THE PARAGRAPH FOLLOWING THIS ONE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT ALL DOCUMENT( S) DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED IF DRAWN AND PRESENTED FOR PAYMENT AT OUR OFFICE LOCATED AT [Insert Bank Name], [Insert Bank Address], ATTN: [Insert Appropriate Recipient], ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT, (Expiration Date) .

IN THE EVENT THAT THE ORIGINAL OF THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED, OR OTHERWISE DESTROYED, WE HEREBY AGREE TO ISSUE A DUPLICATE ORIGINAL HEREOF UPON RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU AND A CERTIFICATION BY YOU (PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY YOUR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE) OF THE LOSS, THEFT, MUTILATION, OR OTHER DESTRUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL HEREOF.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

 

- 4 -

---

EXHIBIT H

PACIFIC CORPORATE CENTER

MARKET RENT DETERMINATION FACTORS

When determining Market Rent, the following rules and instructions shall be followed.

1. RELEVANT FACTORS. The “Comparable Transactions” shall be the “Net Equivalent Lease Rates” per rentable square foot, at which tenants, are, pursuant to transactions consummated within twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Option Term, leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered space comparable in location and quality to the Premises containing a square footage comparable to that of the Premises for a term of five (5) years, in an arm’s-length transaction, which comparable space is located in “Comparable Buildings.” The terms of the Comparable Transactions shall be calculated as a “Net Equivalent Lease Rate” pursuant to the terms of this Exhibit H, and shall take into consideration only the following terms and concessions: (i) the rental rate and escalations for the Comparable Transactions, the amount of parking rent per parking permit paid in the Comparable Transactions, if any, operating expense and tax protection granted in such Comparable Transactions such as a base year or expense stop (although for each such Comparable Transaction the base rent shall be adjusted to a triple net base rent using reasonable estimates of operating expenses and taxes as determined by Landlord for each such Comparable Transaction); (iv) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (v) any “Renewal Allowance,” as defined herein below, to be provided by Tenant in connection with the Option Term as compared to the improvements or allowances provided or to be provided in the Comparable Transactions, taking into account the contributory value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, design, quality of finishes, and layout of the existing improvements, and (vi) all other monetary concessions (including the value of any signage), if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such Comparable Transactions. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, in determining the Market Rent, no consideration shall be given to any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in Comparable Transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of improvements, or any commission paid or not paid in connection with such Comparable Transaction. The Market Rent shall include adjustment of the stated size of the Premises based upon the standards of measurement utilized in the Comparable Transactions. The Market Rent shall additionally be subject to appropriate adjustments (if any) to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of the Tenant vis-a-vis the subject tenants under the Comparable Transactions and taking into account any applicable credit enhancements (e.g., security deposits, letters of credit, guaranties, etc.).

2. TENANT SECURITY. The Market Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as an enhanced security deposit, a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term; provided, however, Tenant shall only be obligated to provide additional financial security to the extent Tenant’s then-existing financial condition is materially worse than those existing as of the date of this Lease. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in

 

- 5 -

---

Comparable Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants, and giving reasonable consideration to Tenant’s prior performance history during the Lease Term).

3. RENEWAL IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Exhibit H, once the Market Rent for the Option Term is determined as a Net Equivalent Lease Rate, if, in connection with such determination, it is deemed that Tenant is entitled to an improvement or comparable allowance for the improvement of the Premises, (the total dollar value of such allowance shall be referred to herein as the “Renewal Allowance”), Landlord shall pay the Renewal Allowance to Tenant pursuant to a commercially reasonable disbursement procedure determined by Landlord and the terms of Article 8 of this Lease and the rental rate component of the Market Rent shall be increased to be a rental rate which takes into consideration that Tenant will receive payment of such Renewal Allowance and, accordingly, such payment (with interest at a then-applicable, commercially reasonable amortization rate) shall be factored into the base rent component of the Market Rent. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to accept a Renewal Allowance once the Market Rent has been determined, and in the event Tenant elects not to accept such a Renewal Allowance, the Market Rent shall be adjusted accordingly to take account of such non-election.

4. COMPARABLE BUILDINGS. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Comparable Buildings” shall mean first-class multi-tenant occupancy research and development buildings (based on the approximate percentage of lab to office buildout) which are comparable to the Building in terms of age (based upon the date of completion of construction or major renovation), quality of construction, level of services and amenities (including, but not limited to, the type (e.g., surface, covered, subterranean) and amount of parking), size and appearance, and are located in the “Comparable Area,” which is the “Sorrento Mesa, University Towne Center, Torrey Pines and Del Mar/Carmel Valley Area.” The “Sorrento Mesa, University Towne Center, Torrey Pines and Del Mar/Carmel Valley Area” shall be the area containing Comparable Buildings which have reasonably comparable freeway access to the Project and which are within an area bounded by SR-52 on the South side, SR-56 on the North side, I-15 on the East side, and the Pacific Ocean on the West side.

 

- 6 -

---

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (“First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 10th day of September, 2015, by and between KILROY REALTY, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ANAPTYSBIO, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Office Lease dated April 19, 2011 (the “Lease”), whereby Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord that certain space consisting (i) primarily of Suite 200 located on the second (2^nd) floor of the “Building” (defined below), and (ii) a conference room located on the first (1^st) floor (the “Premises”) of that certain building located at 10421 Pacific Center Court, San Diego, California 92121 (the “Building”).

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Terms. All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same respective meanings as are given such terms in the Lease unless expressly provided otherwise in this First Amendment.

2. Premises.

2.1. Square Footage of Premises. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in the Lease (specifically including Section 2.2 of the Summary attached to the Lease), Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the aggregate rentable square footage of the Premises is 25,450 rentable square feet of space consisting of (i) 25,296 rentable square feet commonly known as Suite 200 and located on the second (2^nd) floor of the Building, and (ii) 154 rentable square feet of space on the first floor of the Building. Effective as of September 1, 2016 and continuing throughout the “Extended Term” (as that term is defined in Section 3.1 below), the Premises shall be deemed to contain 25,450 rentable square feet of space for all purposes under the Lease.

2.2. Condition of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant has been occupying the Premises pursuant to the Lease, and therefore Tenant continues to accept the Premises in its presently existing, “as is” condition. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 2.2, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Landlord shall, on a one (1)-time basis and at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform the following work utilizing Building standard methods, materials and finishes: (i) replace the existing supplemental HVAC unit which services the server room located in the Premises with a new HVAC unit which is reasonably comparable to the existing supplemental HVAC unit (the exact make, model and specifications of which shall be reasonably and mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant), and (ii) balance and service the HVAC system which services the entire Premises (the extent and scope of which shall be determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion) (collectively, the “Landlord’s Work”). Tenant shall provide a clear working area for Landlord’s Work, as necessary, and upon Landlord’s reasonable request, move any furniture, trade fixtures and personal property in the Premises in such a manner as to accommodate Landlord’s

---

performance of Landlord’s Work. Tenant hereby agrees that the performance of Landlord’s Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from Landlord’s Work, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for (i) any loss or damage to Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures or personal property sustained in connection with Landlord’s performance of Landlord’s Work or the relocation of any such items in order to perform Landlord’s Work, or (ii) loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from Landlord’s Work or Landlord’s actions (or the actions of Landlord’s contractors, employees and/or agents) in connection with Landlord’s Work, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by Landlord’s Work or Landlord’s actions (or the actions of Landlord’s contractors, employees and/or agents) in connection with Landlord’s Work. Further, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises or the Building with respect to the suitability of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is not in default or violation of any covenant, provision, obligation, agreement or condition contained in the Lease.

3. Lease Term.

3.1. Extended Lease Term. Pursuant to the Lease, the Lease Term is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2016. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years, from September 1, 2016, until August 31, 2021, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, as hereby amended by this First Amendment, unless sooner terminated as provided in the Lease. The period of time commencing on September 1, 2016, and ending on August 31, 2021, shall be referred to herein as the “Extended Term.”

3.2. No Further Right to Extend Lease Term. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Extended Term provided herein shall be deemed to represent Tenant’s option to extend the Lease Term as provided in Section 2.3 of the Lease, and therefore, effective as of the date of this First Amendment, Section 2.3 of the Lease shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

4. Rent.

4.1. Base Rent. Prior to September 1, 2016, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. During the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay monthly installments of Base Rent for the Premises as follows, but otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease:

 

Period During Extended Term		Annual Base Rent*				Monthly Installment of Base Rent*				Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot*
September 1, 2016 – August 31, 2017		$	525,288.00			$	43,774.00			$	1.72
September 1, 2017 – August 31, 2018		$	543,673.08			$	45,306.09			$	1.78	**
September 1, 2018 – August 31, 2019		$	562,701.60			$	46,891.80			$	1.84	**

 

2

---

Period During Extended Term		Annual Base Rent*				Monthly Installment of Base Rent*				Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot*
September 1, 2019 – August 31, 2020		$	582,396.12			$	48,533.01			$	1.91	**
September 1, 2020 – August 31, 2021		$	602,780.04			$	50,231.67			$	1.97	**

 

*

The initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot amount by the number of rentable square feet of space in the Premises, and the initial Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the initial Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12). In all subsequent Base Rent payment periods during the Extended Term commencing on September 1, 2017, the calculation of each Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount reflects an annual increase of three and one-half percent (3.5%) and each Annual Base Rent amount was calculated by multiplying the corresponding Monthly Installment of Base Rent amount by twelve (12).

**	The amounts identified in the column entitled “Monthly Rental Rate per Rentable Square Foot” are rounded amounts and are provided for informational purposes only.

4.2. Direct Expenses. Tenant shall continue to be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of the annual Building Direct Expenses in connection with the Premises which arise or accrue prior to September 1, 2016, in accordance with the terms of the Lease. Effective as of September 1, 2016, and continuing throughout the Extended Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of all Building Direct Expenses in connection with the Premises which arise or accrue on or after September 1, 2016, in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided that for purposes of calculating the amount of Tenant’s Share of such annual Building Direct Expenses, due to the terms of Section 2.1 above, Tenant’s Share shall equal 33.5996%.

5. Utility Billing Information. In the event that the Tenant is permitted to contract directly for the provision of electricity, gas and/or water services to the Premises with the third-party provider thereof (all in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall promptly, but in no event more than fifteen (15) days following its receipt of each and every invoice for such items from the applicable provider, provide Landlord with a copy of each such invoice. Tenant acknowledges that pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 25402.10 and the regulations adopted pursuant thereto (collectively the “Energy Disclosure Requirements”), Landlord may be required to disclose information concerning Tenant’s energy usage at the Building to certain third parties, including, without limitation, prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants of the Building (the “Tenant Energy Use Disclosure”). Tenant hereby (A) consents to all such Tenant Energy Use Disclosures, and (B) acknowledges that Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. Further, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities relating to, arising out of and/or resulting from any Tenant Energy Use Disclosure. The terms of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

6. Green Cleaning/Recycling. To the extent a “green cleaning program” and/or a recycling program is implemented by Landlord in the Building and/or Project (each in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with the provisions of each of the foregoing programs (e.g., Tenant shall separate waste appropriately so that it can be efficiently processed by Landlord’s particular recycling contractors). To the extent Tenant fails to comply with any of Landlord’s recycling programs contemplated by the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to pay any contamination charges related to such non-compliance.

 

3

---

7. Prohibited Persons; Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Anti-Money Laundering. Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective members, partners or other equity holders, and none of their respective officers, directors or managers is, nor prior to or during the Lease Term, will they become a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under (a) the Patriot Act (as defined below), (b) any other requirements contained in the rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) (including any “blocked” person or entity listed in the Annex to Executive Order Nos. 12947, 13099 and 13224 and any modifications thereto or thereof or any other person or entity named on OFAC’s Specially Designated Blocked Persons List) or (c) any other U.S. statute, Executive Order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or other governmental action (collectively. “Prohibited Persons”). Prior to and during the Lease Term, Tenant, and to Tenant’s knowledge, its employees and any person acting on its behalf have at all times fully complied with, and are currently in full compliance with, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws. Tenant is not entering into this First Amendment, directly or indirectly, in violation of any laws relating to drug trafficking, money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. As used herein, “Patriot Act” shall mean the USA Patriot Act of 2001. 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) and all other statutes, orders, rules and regulations of the U.S. government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices interpreting and implementing the Patriot Act.

8. No Broker. Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this First Amendment, and that they know of no real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this First Amendment. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, as hereby amended.

9. California Accessibility Disclosure. For purposes of Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Common Areas and the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

10. No Further Modification. Except as specifically set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

[signatures contained on following page]

 

4

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

5

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

AnaptysBio, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report, dated June 5, 2015, except for earnings per share information and Note 12, which are dated July 13, 2015, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

San Diego, California

December 18, 2015